WO2016030851A1 - Gel/gel composition containing an anti-perspirant active agent - Google Patents
Gel/gel composition containing an anti-perspirant active agent Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016030851A1 WO2016030851A1 PCT/IB2015/056504 IB2015056504W WO2016030851A1 WO 2016030851 A1 WO2016030851 A1 WO 2016030851A1 IB 2015056504 W IB2015056504 W IB 2015056504W WO 2016030851 A1 WO2016030851 A1 WO 2016030851A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- composition
- gelling agent
- wax
- aluminum
- mixtures
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q15/00—Anti-perspirants or body deodorants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/02—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K8/04—Dispersions; Emulsions
- A61K8/042—Gels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/19—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing inorganic ingredients
- A61K8/26—Aluminium; Compounds thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
- A61K8/33—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing oxygen
- A61K8/37—Esters of carboxylic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K8/81—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- A61K8/8105—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- A61K8/8111—Homopolymers or copolymers of aliphatic olefines, e.g. polyethylene, polyisobutene; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K8/81—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- A61K8/8105—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- A61K8/8117—Homopolymers or copolymers of aromatic olefines, e.g. polystyrene; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K8/81—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- A61K8/8141—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- A61K8/8152—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters, e.g. (meth)acrylic acid esters; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2800/00—Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
- A61K2800/20—Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of the composition as a whole
- A61K2800/30—Characterized by the absence of a particular group of ingredients
- A61K2800/33—Free of surfactant
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2800/00—Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
- A61K2800/40—Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of particular ingredients
- A61K2800/48—Thickener, Thickening system
Definitions
- the present invention aims to provide for the field of care and hygiene of keratinous substances, and in particular of the skin of the body, a new galenic particularly interesting in terms of its technical performance and sensory sensations that it provides to the user during its application on these and in particular on the skin.
- It also relates to a cosmetic process for treating perspiration and possibly body odors related to human perspiration including axillary odors.
- keratin materials skin and integuments.
- skin is meant the skin of the face and / or the body, the scalp and the semi-mucous membranes (lips).
- astringent salts such as aluminum salts and / or zirconium salts which have the effect of limiting or suppressing the flow of sweat.
- compositions containing them for example available in the form of roll-on, of sticks are generally emulsions stabilized with surfactants.
- antiperspirants which are in the form of salts, tend to leave white marks and yellow spots on fabrics and clothing. These salts cause the inconvenience of forming, after application to the keratin materials, a deposit which dries slowly or even a fatty deposit. Moreover, the effectiveness of these antiperspirants too often require a repetitive application on the keratin materials in order to obtain a satisfactory effective antiperspirant effect.
- the present invention aims precisely to meet these needs.
- the present invention aims at a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- the present invention also relates to a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- At least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent at least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent
- composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent, especially chosen from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- at least one antiperspirant active agent especially chosen from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- antiperspirant agent any substance which has the effect of reducing the flow of sweat and / or of reducing the sensation of moisture related to human sweat and / or of masking human sweat.
- the antiperspirant active agent may be present in the aqueous phase, in the oily phase or alternatively in the aqueous phase and in the oily phase.
- the gelling agent of the phase in which the antiperspirant active agent is present must be compatible with said antiperspirant active agent.
- compatible is meant that the bringing together in the same phase, in particular in the aqueous phase, of the antiperspirant active agent and gelling agent of said phase does not lead to destabilization of the phase.
- destabilization of the phase is meant all the phenomena that can lead to a heterogeneity of the product such as the release of the oil, the creaming or the sedimentation, the appearance of macroscopic aggregates.
- composition according to the invention comprises:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- At least one antiperspirant active agent present in the aqueous phase at least one antiperspirant active agent present in the aqueous phase
- composition according to the invention comprises:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- the composition according to the invention is such that the antiperspirant active agent is present in the aqueous phase or present in the aqueous phase and the oily phase, more preferably the antiperspirant active agent is present in the aqueous phase.
- the antiperspirant active agent (s) are present in whole or in part, and preferably only, in the gelled aqueous phase.
- compositions called gel-gel
- This type of formulation combines a gelled aqueous phase with a gelled oily phase.
- gel / gel formulations are described in Almeida et al, Pharmaceutical Development and Technology, 2008, 13: 487, Tables 1 and 2, page 488; WO 99/65455; PI 0405758-9; WO 99/62497; JP 2005-112834 and WO 2008/081175.
- this type of composition does not currently make it possible to guarantee all the essential properties expected in the cosmetic field, such as a pleasant texture during the gripping of the product, a non-sticky deposit, comfortable and homogeneous, or a stability of the formulation.
- these compositions are not formulated as a deodorant.
- composition according to the invention has a very good stability.
- a composition according to the invention makes it possible to obtain a sensation of freshness and lightness to the user at the application. More particularly, the compositions according to the invention are distinguished by their property of non-wetting freshness, absence of tack and non-greasy feel.
- composition is easy to apply on the surface of the targeted keratin material and leads to an improvement in the quality of the deposit (non-greasy) while conferring a good antiperspirant and possibly deodorant efficacy.
- the application of the composition according to the invention to the skin leads in particular to a smooth and homogeneous deposit, and produces a pleasant sensory, especially a sensation of freshness and lightness.
- compositions according to the invention make it possible to significantly reduce white traces and yellow spots on the tissues (non transfer character), while improving the quality of the deposit of the product and its effectiveness over time, while at the same time providing good wettability vis-à-vis the support in the presence of water and / or sebum, and, remanently, resistance to moisture due to perspiration and sebum fat, and a dry touch, and while retaining a sensory approval adapted for an antiperspirant / deodorant application.
- the non-transfer character of a composition corresponds to the fact that once applied, it does not deposit significantly on the surfaces with which it comes in contact, and more particularly clothing.
- the subject of the invention is, according to another of its aspects, a process for preparing a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising at least one mixing step:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- the subject of the invention is also a method for preparing a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising at least one mixing step:
- At least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent
- At least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent at least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent
- composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent, in particular selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- at least one antiperspirant active agent in particular selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
- non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent in the sense of the present invention, a compound capable of gelling the oily phase of the compositions according to the invention and which comprises in its structure no cellulose group of chemical formula:
- this process may advantageously comprise a step of mixing at least two, preferably at least three, or even more gelled phases.
- the number of gelled aqueous phases and gelled oily phases to be considered for forming a composition according to the invention may vary for each of the two types of phase beyond two.
- the mixing of the phases can be carried out at ambient temperature.
- the method of the invention may include, if necessary, a step of heating the mixture.
- the gelled phases representative of the same type of architecture are gelled by a different gelling agent.
- the final formula can be manufactured without following a particular order of introduction of the various constituents and in some cases an "all-in-one" manufacture can be carried out.
- the invention further relates, in another of its aspects, a cosmetic process for treating perspiration and possibly body odors related to human perspiration including axillary odors, consisting in applying to the surface of the skin and more particularly to axillary level, a composition according to the invention.
- composition according to the invention is different from an emulsion.
- An emulsion generally consists of an oily liquid phase and an aqueous liquid phase. It is a dispersion of droplets of one of the two liquid phases in the other.
- the size of the droplets forming the dispersed phase of the emulsion is typically of the order of one micrometer (0.1 to 100 ⁇ ).
- an emulsion requires the presence of a surfactant or an emulsifier to ensure its stability.
- a composition according to the invention consists of a macroscopically homogeneous mixture of two immiscible gelled phases. These two phases both have a gel / gel-like texture. This texture is reflected in particular visually by a consistent and / or creamy appearance.
- the term "macroscopically homogeneous mixture” means a mixture in which each of the gelled phases can not be individualized with the naked eye. More precisely, in a composition according to the invention, the gelled aqueous phase and the gelled oily phase interpenetrate and thus form a stable and consistent product. This consistency is achieved by mixing interpenetrating macro domains. These interpenetrating macro-domains are not measurable objects. Thus, under the microscope, the composition according to the invention is very different from an emulsion.
- a composition according to the invention can not be characterized as having a "meaning", ie an O / W or E / H direction. In other words, a continuous phase and a dispersed phase can not be defined.
- a composition according to the invention has a gel-like consistency.
- the stability of the composition can be ensured without the mandatory presence of a surfactant. Therefore, a cosmetic composition according to the invention does not necessarily require surfactant or silicone emulsifier to ensure its stability.
- a composition according to the invention differs from an emulsion according to at least one of the following tests: test carried out using a dyestuff, "drop test” and dilution test. Test carried out using a coloring material
- This test consists in depositing, on the one hand, a drop of a hydrophilic solvent on a first sample of the tested composition, and, on the other hand, a drop of a hydrophobic solvent on a second sample of the same composition tested, and to analyze the behavior of the two drops of solvents.
- a drop of a hydrophilic solvent diffuses into the sample and the drop of hydrophobic solvent remains on the surface of the sample.
- the drop of hydrophilic solvent remains on the surface of the sample and the drop of hydrophobic solvent diffuses throughout the sample.
- a composition of gel / gel type bi-continuous system
- the test that will be preferred for distinguishing a gel / gel composition from an emulsion is a dilution test.
- a dilution test in a gel / gel type composition, the aqueous and oily gelled domains interpenetrate and form a consistent and stable composition, in which the behavior in water and in oil is different from the behavior of an emulsion. Therefore, the behavior during a dilution of a gel-like composition (dual-stream system) can be compared to that of an emulsion, and will of course lead to different results.
- the dilution test consists in putting 40 g of product and 160 g of dilution solvent (water or oil) in a beaker.
- the dilution is carried out with controlled stirring to avoid any emulsification phenomenon. In particular, this is done using a planetary mixer: Speed Mixer TM DAC400FVZ. The mixer speed is set at 1500 rpm for 4 minutes. Finally, the observation of the resulting sample is performed using an optical microscope at a magnification of x100 (x10x10).
- oils as Parleam ® and Xiameter PMX-200 Silicone Fluid 5CS ® marketed by Dow Corning suitable as dilution solvent in the same way that oil contained in the composition.
- a gel / gel-type composition when it is diluted in oil or in water, a heterogeneous appearance is always observed.
- a gel / gel composition (bicontinuous system) is diluted in water, pieces of oily gel are observed in suspension and when a gel / gel composition (bicontinuous system) is diluted in water. the oil, pieces of aqueous gel are observed in suspension.
- the aqueous gelled phase and the gelled oily phase forming a composition according to the invention are present in a weight ratio ranging from 95/5 to 5/95. More preferably, the aqueous phase and the oily phase are present in a weight ratio ranging from 30/70 to 80/20.
- the ratio between the two gelled phases is adjusted according to the desired cosmetic properties.
- a composition according to the invention can therefore be in the form of a creamy gel having a minimum stress below which it does not flow unless subjected to external mechanical stress.
- composition according to the invention may have a minimum threshold stress of 1.5 Pa, in particular greater than 10 Pa, and preferably greater than 70 Pa.
- composition according to the invention may have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
- composition according to the invention may have a modulus of rigidity G * preferably of less than 50000 Pa, preferably less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa, preferably less than 5000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
- the gelled phases considered for forming a composition according to the invention may respectively have a threshold stress greater than 1.5 Pa, preferably greater than 10 Pa, and more preferably greater than 70 Pa.
- the gelled phases considered for forming a composition according to the invention may have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
- the characterization of the threshold stresses is performed by oscillation rheology measurements. A methodology is proposed in the exemplification chapter of this text.
- the corresponding measurements are carried out at 25 ° C. using an imposed stress rheometer, RS600 HAAKE, equipped with a plane-plane measuring body (diameter 60 mm) provided with a device anti-evaporation (bell). For each measurement, the sample is gently placed and the measurements begin 5 minutes after the sample is placed in the gap (2 mm). The tested composition is then subjected to a stress ramp of 10 -2 to 10 3 Pa at a frequency set at 1 Hz.
- a composition according to the invention may also have a certain elasticity.
- This elasticity is characterized by a modulus of rigidity G * which below this minimum stress threshold may be at least equal to 400 Pa, and preferably greater than 1000 Pa.
- the G * value of a composition can be obtained by subjecting the composition considered at a stress ramp of 10 -2 to 10 3 Pa at a frequency set at 1 Hz.
- hydrophilic gelling agent in the sense of the present invention, a compound capable of gelling the aqueous phase of the compositions according to the invention.
- the gelling agent is hydrophilic and is therefore present in the aqueous phase of the composition.
- the gelling agent may be water-soluble or water-dispersible.
- the hydrophilic gelling agents are preferably non-emulsifiers.
- the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention is gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent.
- the hydrophilic gelling agent may be chosen from synthetic polymeric gelling agents, natural or natural polymeric gelling agents, mixed silicates and pyrogenic silicas, and mixtures thereof.
- hydrophilic gelling agents may be cationic, anionic, amphoteric or nonionic.
- the hydrophilic gelling agent will be chosen from hydrophilic nonionic gelling agents, cationic hydrophilic gelling agents, and mixtures thereof.
- the hydrophilic gelling agent may be chosen from synthetic polymeric gelling agents.
- Polymeric hydrophilic gelling agents that are suitable for the invention may be natural or of natural origin.
- the expression "of natural origin” means polymeric gelling agents obtained by modifying natural polymeric gelling agents.
- These gelling agents may be particulate or non-particulate.
- these gelling agents fall within the category of polysaccharides.
- polysaccharides can be distinguished into several categories.
- polysaccharides that are suitable for the invention may be homopolysaccharides in the image of glucans, galactans and mannans or heteropolysaccharides such as hemicellulose.
- they may be linear or branched polysaccharides such as gum arabic and amylopectin, or mixed in the image of starch.
- polysaccharides that are suitable for the invention can be distinguished according to whether they are starchy or not.
- Native starches may be especially mentioned, native starches, modified starches and particulate starches.
- Native starches may be especially mentioned, native starches, modified starches and particulate starches.
- the starches which can be used in the present invention are more particularly macromolecules in the form of polymers consisting of elementary units which are anhydroglucose (dextrose) units, linked by ⁇ (1,4) bonds, of chemical formula (C 6 H 0 O 5 ) n
- the number of these units and their assembly make it possible to distinguish amylose, a molecule formed from approximately 600 to 1000 molecules of linearly-linked glucose, and amylopectin, a branched polymer around every 25 glucose residues ( ⁇ -bond, The total chain can make between 10,000 and 100,000 glucose residues.
- Starch is described in particular in "Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical TECHNOLOGY, 3rd edition, volume 21, pages 492-507, Wiley Inter Science 1983".
- amylose and amylopectin vary according to the botanical origin of the starches. On average, a sample of native starch consists of about 25% amylose and 75% amylopectin.
- phytoglycogen between 0% and 20% of the starch
- an analogue of amylopectin but branched every 10 to 15 glucose residues.
- the starch can be in the form of semi-crystalline granules: amylopectin is organized in sheets, amylose forms a less well-organized amorphous zone between the different layers.
- Amyloidosis is organized into a right helix with six glucoses per turn. It dissociates into assimilable glucose under the action of enzymes, amylases, more easily if it is in the form of amylopectin. Indeed, helical formation does not promote the accessibility of starch to enzymes.
- the starches are generally in the form of a white powder insoluble in cold water, the size of the elementary particles ranges from 3 to 100 microns.
- starch molecules used in the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers.
- starches are for example chosen from starches of maize, rice, cassava, tapioca, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum, pea.
- the native starches are represented, for example, by the products sold under the names C * Amilogel TM, Cargill Gel TM, C * Gel TM, Cargill Gum TM, Dry Gel TM, C * Pharm Gel TM by the company Cargill, under the name Amidon de Magnolia by Roquette, and under the name Tapioca Pure by the company National Starch. Modified starches
- modified starches used in the composition of the invention may be modified by one or more of the following reactions: pre-gelatinization, degradation (acid hydrolysis, oxidation, dextrinization), substitution (esterification, etherification), crosslinking (esterification), bleaching.
- pre-gelatinization by bursting the starch granules (for example drying and cooking in a drying drum);
- crosslinking by functional agents capable of reacting with the hydroxyl groups of the starch molecules which will thus be bonded together (for example with glyceryl and / or phosphate groups);
- alkaline esterification for the grafting of functional groups in particular C 1 -C 6 acyl (acetyl), C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl (hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl), carboxymethyl, octenylsuccinic.
- X denotes in particular alkali metals (for example sodium or potassium), alkaline earth metals (for example calcium, magnesium), ammonia salts, amine salts such as those of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, 3-aminopropanediol-1,2, ammonium salts derived from basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine, sarcosine, ornithine, citrulline.
- alkali metals for example sodium or potassium
- alkaline earth metals for example calcium, magnesium
- ammonia salts such as those of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, 3-aminopropanediol-1,2, ammonium salts derived from basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine, sarcosine, ornithine, citrulline.
- the phosphorus compounds may be, for example, sodium tripolyphosphate, sodium orthophosphate, phosphorus oxychloride or sodium trimetaphosphate.
- the starch molecules can be derived from all plant sources of starch such as, in particular, corn, potato, oats, rice, tapioca, sorghum, barley or wheat. It is also possible to use the hydrolysates of the starches mentioned above.
- the modified starches are represented for example by the products sold under the names C * Tex-Instant (pre-gelatinized adipate), C * StabiTex-Instant (pre-gelatinized phosphate), C * PolarT ex-Instant (pre-gelatinized hydroxypropyl) , C * Set (acid hydrolysis, oxidation), C * size (oxidation), C * BatterCrisp (oxidation), C * DrySet (dextrinisation), C * TexTM (acetylated diamidon adipate), C * PolarTexTM (hydroxypropylated diamidon phosphate) ), C * StabiTexTM (diamidon phosphate, acetylated diamidon phosphate) by Cargill, diamidon phosphates or compounds rich in diamidon phosphate, such as the product sold under the references PREJEL VA-70-T AGGL (phosphate de hydroxypropylated manioc gelatinized diamidon) or PREJEL TK
- gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate in particular NATIONAL STARCH STRUCTURE ZEA, is used.
- NATIONAL STARCH STRUCTURE ZEA is used.
- non-starch polysaccharides may be chosen from polysaccharides prepared by microorganisms; polysaccharides isolated from algae, polysaccharides from higher plants, such as homogeneous polysaccharides, in particular celluloses and its derivatives, heterogeneous polysaccharides such as gums arabic, galactomannans, glucomannans, and their derivatives; and their mixtures.
- the polysaccharides may be chosen from glucans, amylose, amylopectin, glycogen, celluloses and their derivatives, in particular methylcelluloses, hydroxyalkylcelluloses, ethylhydroxyethylcelluloses, and mannans, xylans, lignins, arabans, galactans, galacturonans, chitin, chitosans, glucoronoxylans, arabinoxylans, xyloglucans, glucomannans, arabinogalactans, glycosaminoglucans, gums Tragacanth gums, Ghatti gums, Karaya gums, locust bean gums, galactomannans such as guar gums and their nonionic derivatives, in particular hydroxypropyl guar, and ionic gums, the original biopolysaccharide gums microbial, in particular scleroglucan or mucopolysaccharide gums, the original
- polysaccharides may be modified chemically, in particular by urea, urethane groups, or by reaction of hydrolysis, oxidation, esterification, etherification, sulfation, phosphatation, amination, amidation, alkylation, or by several of these modifications.
- Such a gelling agent may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, in particular from 0.1% to 6% by weight.
- these polysaccharides suitable for the invention can be distinguished according to whether they are derived from microorganisms, algae or higher plants, and are detailed below.
- Succinoglycan is an extracellular polymer produced by bacterial fermentation, of high molecular weight and consisting of repeated units of octasaccharides (repetition of 8 sugars).
- Succinoglycans are, for example, sold under the name Rheozan by Rhodia.
- Scleroglucan is a branched, nonionic homopolysaccharide composed of ⁇ -D glucan units.
- the molecules consist of a main linear chain formed of D-glucose linked by ⁇ (1,3) linkages and of which one in three is linked to a lateral D-glucose unit via a ⁇ (1,6) bond.
- Scleroglucan is for example sold under the name AMIGUM by ALBAN MULLER, or under the name ACTIGUM TM CS by Cargill.
- the polysaccharide according to the invention may be a galactan, in particular chosen from agar.
- Galactans Agar type are galactose polysaccharides contained in the cell wall of some of these species of red algae (rhodophycea). They are formed of a polymer group whose base skeleton is a ⁇ (1,3) D-galactopyranose and a (1,4) L-6 anhydrogalactose chain, these units repeating regularly and alternately. Differences within the agar family are due to the presence or absence of methylated or carboxyethylated solvated groups. These hybrid structures are generally present as a variable percentage, depending on the species of algae and the season of harvest.
- Agar-agar is a mixture of high molecular weight polysaccharides (agarose and agaropectin) of between 40,000 and 300,000 g. mol "1. It is obtained by manufacturing algae extraction juice, usually by autoclaving, and treating these juices which include about 2% of agar to extract it.
- the agar is for example produced by the group B & V Agar Producers, under the name Gold Agar, Agarite and Grand Agar by the company Hispanagar, and under the names Agar-Agar, QSA (Quick Soluble Agar), and Puragar by the company Setexam .
- the furce ⁇ arane is obtained commercially from red algae Furcellaria fasztigiata.
- the furce ⁇ arane is for example produced by the company East-Agar.
- polysaccharides can be divided into homogeneous polysaccharides (a single species of oste) and heterogeneous compounds of several types of dares. a) Homogeneous polysaccharides and their derivatives
- the polysaccharide according to the invention may be chosen from celluloses and derivatives or fructans.
- the polysaccharide according to the invention may also be a cellulose or a derivative thereof in particular ethers or cellulose esters (eg methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxymethylpropylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate, nitrocellulose).
- ethers or cellulose esters eg methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxymethylpropylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate, nitrocellulose.
- the invention may also contain a cellulosic associative polymer.
- Cellulosic compound is understood to mean, according to the invention, any polysaccharide compound having in its structure linear chains of anhydroglucopyranose (AGU) residues united by ⁇ (1,4) glycosidic linkages. The repetition pattern is the cellobiose dimer.
- the AGUs are in chair conformation and have 3 hydroxyl functions: 2 secondary alcohols (in position 2 and 3) and a primary alcohol (in position 6).
- the polymers thus formed combine with each other by intermolecular links of the hydrogen bonding type, thus conferring a fibrillar structure on the cellulose (approximately 1500 molecules per fiber).
- the degree of polymerization differs enormously depending on the origin of the cellulose; its value can vary from a few hundred to a few tens of thousands.
- Cellulose has the following chemical structure:
- hydroxyl groups of the cellulose may partially or totally react with different chemical reagents to give cellulose derivatives having their own properties.
- Cellulose derivatives can be anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic.
- cellulose ethers there are cellulose ethers, cellulose esters and cellulose ether esters.
- nonionic cellulose ethers mention may be made of alkylcelluloses, such as methylcelluloses and ethylcelluloses; hydroxyalkylcelluloses, such as hydroxymethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylcelluloses and hydroxypropylcelluloses; mixed hydroxyalkyl-alkylcellulose celluloses, such as hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylethylcelluloses and hydroxybutyl-methylcelluloses.
- alkylcelluloses such as methylcelluloses and ethylcelluloses
- hydroxyalkylcelluloses such as hydroxymethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylcelluloses and hydroxypropylcelluloses
- mixed hydroxyalkyl-alkylcellulose celluloses such as hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylethylcelluloses and hydroxybutyl-methylcelluloses.
- anionic cellulose ethers mention may be made of carboxyalkylcelluloses and their salts.
- carboxymethylcelluloses, carboxymethylmethylcelluloses and carboxymethylhydroxyethylcelluloses and their sodium salts mention may be made of carboxymethylcelluloses, carboxymethylmethylcelluloses and carboxymethylhydroxyethylcelluloses and their sodium salts.
- cationic cellulose ethers mention may be made of quaternized hydroxyethylcelluloses which may or may not be crosslinked.
- the quaternizer may be in particular glycidyltrimethylammonium chloride or a fatty amine, such as laurylamine or stearylamine.
- a fatty amine such as laurylamine or stearylamine.
- Another cationic cellulose ether that may be mentioned is hydroxyethylcellulosehydroxypropyltrimethylammonium.
- the quaternized cellulose derivatives are, in particular:
- quaternized celluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain such as alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof;
- quaternized hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, such as alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof.
- the alkyl radicals carried by the celluloses or hydroxyethylcelluloses quaternized above preferably comprise from 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the aryl radicals preferably denote phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl or anthryl groups.
- C 8 -C 30 fatty chain quaternized alkylhydroxy ethylcelluloses are the products QUATRISOFT LM 200, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-18-A, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-18B (C 12 alkyl) and QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-8 (C 18 alkyl) marketed by the company AMERCHOL and the products CRODACEL QM, CRODACEL QL (C 12 alkyl) and CRODACEL QS (C 18 alkyl) marketed by the company CRODA.
- celluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain for example hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, such as alkyl groups, in particular C 8 -C 22 alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups, such as NATROSOL PLUS GRADE 330 CS (alkyls in C 16 ) sold by AQUALON, and
- celluloses modified with alkyl phenol polyalkylene glycol ether groups such as the product AMERCELL POLYMER HM-1500 (polyethylene glycol (15) nonyl phenol ether) sold by the company Amerchol.
- the cellulose esters there are the inorganic esters of cellulose (cellulose nitrates, sulphates, or phosphates, etc.), the organic cellulose esters (cellulose monoacetates, triacetates, amidopropionates, acetatebutyrates, acetatepropionates or acetatetrimellitates, etc.). and mixed organic / inorganic cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate and acetate sulphates and cellulose acetate propionates.
- the cellulose ether esters mention may be made of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalates and ethylcellulose sulphates.
- the cellulosic compounds of the invention may be chosen from unsubstituted celluloses and substituted celluloses.
- Celluloses and derivatives are exemplified by the products sold under the names Avicel ® (microcrystalline cellulose, MCC) by FMC Biopolymers, under the name Cekol (carboxymethylcellulose) by the company Noviant (CP-Kelco), under the name Akucell AF (carboxymethylcellulose sodium) by Akzo Nobel under the name MethocelTM (cellulose ethers) and EthocelTM (ethylcellulose) by Dow under the names Aqualon ® (carboxymethylcellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose), Benecel ® (methyl cellulose), BlanoseTM ( carboxymethylcellulose), Culminai ® (methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), Klucel ® (hydroxypropylcellulose), Polysurf ® (cetyl hydroxy ethyl cellulose) and Natrosol ® CS (hydroxy ethyl cellulose) by the company Hercules Aqualon.
- Avicel ® microcrystalline cellulose, MCC
- Cekol
- the polysaccharides that may be used according to the invention may be gums, for example cassia gum, karaya, konjac, tragacanth, tara, acacia or arabic gum.
- Gum arabic is a highly branched acidic polysaccharide which is in the form of mixtures of potassium, magnesium and calcium salts.
- the monomeric elements of the free acid (arabic acid) are D-galactose, L-arabinose, L-rhamnose and D-glucuronic acid.
- Galactomannans are nonionic polysaccharides extracted from the albumen of leguminous seeds of which they constitute the reserve carbohydrate.
- Galactomannans are macromolecules consisting of a main chain of ⁇ (1,4) -linked D-mannopyranose units, bearing lateral branches consisting of a single unit D-galactopyranose linked in a (1,6) to the chain main.
- the different galactomannans are distinguished on the one hand by the proportion of ⁇ -D-galactopyranose units present in the polymer, and on the other hand by significant differences in terms of distribution of galactose units along the mannose chain.
- the mannose / galactose ratio (M / G) is of the order of 2 for guar gum, 3 for tara gum and 4 for locust bean gum.
- Guar gum is characterized by a mannose: galactose ratio of the order of 2: 1.
- the galactose group is regularly distributed along the mannose chain.
- the guar gums that may be used according to the invention may be nonionic, cationic or anionic. According to the invention, chemically modified or unmodified nonionic guar gums can be used.
- Non unmodified nonionic guar gums are for example the products sold under the name VIDOGUM GH VIDOGUM G and Vidocrem by Unipektin company and under the name Jaguar by Rhodia under the name Meypro ® Guar by the company Danisco under the name VISCOGUMTM by Cargill, and under the name Supercol ® guar gum by Aqualon.
- nonionic guar gums hydrolyzed used according to the invention are for example represented by the products sold under the name Meyprodor ® by the company Danisco.
- modified nonionic guar gums which can be used according to the invention are preferably modified with C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl groups, among which, by way of example, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and hydroxybutyl groups may be mentioned.
- nonionic guar gums optionally modified with hydroxyalkyl groups are for example sold under the trade names Jaguar HP 60, Jaguar HP 105 and Jaguar HP 120 (hydroxypropyl guar), by Rhodia, or under the name N-Hance ® HP (hydroxypropyl guar) by the company Aqualon.
- the cationic galactomannan gums preferably have a cationic charge density of less than or equal to 1.5 meq / g and more particularly between 0.1 and 1 meq / g.
- the charge density can be determined according to the Kjeldahl method. It generally corresponds to a pH of the order of 3 to 9.
- cationic galactomannan gum generally means any galactomannan gum containing cationic groups and / or ionizable groups in cationic groups.
- the preferred cationic groups are chosen from those comprising primary, secondary, tertiary and / or quaternary amine groups.
- the cationic galactomannan gums used generally have a weight average molecular weight of between about 500 and 5 ⁇ 10 6 , and preferably between about 10 3 and 3 ⁇ 10 6 .
- the cationic galactomannan gums that can be used according to the present invention are, for example, gums comprising trialkyl (C 1 -C 4 ) ammonium cationic groups. Preferably, 2% to 30% by number of the hydroxyl functions of these gums carry cationic trialkylammonium groups.
- trialkylammonium groups there may be mentioned very particularly trimethylammonium and triethylammonium groups.
- these groups represent from 5% to 20% by weight of the total weight of the modified galactomannan gum.
- the cationic galactomannan gum is preferably a guar gum comprising hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium groups, that is to say a guar gum modified for example with 2,3-epoxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride.
- galactomannan gums in particular guar gums modified with cationic groups, are products that are already known per se and are described, for example, in US Pat. Nos. 3,589,578 and 4,031,307. Such products are sold in particular under the US Pat. trade names Jaguar Excel, Jaguar C13S, Jaguar C15, Jaguar C 17 and Jaguar C 62 (guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride) by Rhodia under the name Amilan ® guar (guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride) by Degussa, under the N-Hance ® 3000 name (Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) by Aqualon.
- the anionic guar gums that may be used according to the invention are polymers containing groups derived from carboxylic, sulfonic, sulphene, phosphoric, phosphonic acid or pyruvic acid.
- the anionic group is a carboxylic acid group.
- the anionic group may also be in the form of an acid salt, especially a salt of sodium, calcium, lithium or potassium.
- anionic guar gums that can be used according to the invention are preferably carboxymethyl guar derivatives (carboxymethyl guar or carboxymethyl hydroxypropyl guar).
- Locust bean gum is extracted from carob seed (Ceratonia siliqua).
- the gum unmodified carob used in this invention is sold for example under the name Viscogum TM by Cargill under the name VIDOGUM L by Unipektin company, under the name Grinsted ® LBG by Danisco.
- the chemically modified carob gums which can be used in this invention can be represented, for example, by the cationic carob sold under the name Catinal CLB (carob Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) by the company Toho.
- Catinal CLB carob Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride
- the Tara gum that can be used in the context of this invention is sold, for example, under the name Vidogum SP by the company Unipektin.
- Glucomannan is a high molecular weight polysaccharide (500,000 ⁇ Mglucomannan ⁇ 2,000,000) composed of D-mannose units and D-glucose with branching every 50 or 60 units. It is found in wood but it is also the main constituent of Konjac gum.
- Konjac Amorphophallus konjac
- the products used according to the invention are for example sold under the name ® and Propol Rheolex ® by the company Shimizu.
- chitin Poly N-acetyl-D-glucosamine, P (1,4) -2-acetamido-2-deoxy-D-glucose
- chitosan and derivatives chitosan-beta-glycerophosphate, carboxymethylchitine, etc.
- the term synthetic means that the polymer is neither naturally existing nor derived from a polymer of natural origin.
- the polymeric hydrophilic gelling agent is advantageously chosen from nonionic associative polymers, cationic associative polymers and their mixtures, and in particular nonionic associative polymers of the polyurethane type.
- the term "associative polymer” means any amphiphilic polymer comprising in its structure at least one fatty chain and at least one hydrophilic portion.
- the associative polymers according to the present invention may be anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric.
- cationic associative polymers mention may be made of polyacrylates with amino side groups.
- the polyacrylates with amino side groups, quaternized or otherwise, have, for example, hydrophobic groups of the steareth type (stearyl alcohol polyoxyethylenated (20)).
- aminated side chain polyacrylates examples include polymers 8781-121B or 9492-103 from National Starch.
- Nonionic associative polymers include polymers 8781-121B or 9492-103 from National Starch.
- the nonionic associative polymers may be chosen from:
- copolymers of hydrophilic methacrylates or acrylates and of hydrophobic monomers comprising at least one fatty chain such as, for example, polyethylene glycol methacrylate / lauryl methacrylate copolymer
- the associative polyurethanes are nonionic block copolymers comprising in the chain both hydrophilic sequences most often of polyoxyethylenated nature (the polyurethanes may then be called polyurethane polyethers) and hydrophobic sequences which may be aliphatic chains alone and / or or cycloaliphatic and / or aromatic chains.
- these polymers comprise at least two hydrocarbon-based lipophilic chains having from C 6 to C 30 carbon atoms, separated by a hydrophilic sequence, the hydrocarbon chains may be pendant chains or chains at the end of the hydrophilic sequence. In particular, it is possible that one or more pendant chains are provided.
- the polymer may comprise a hydrocarbon chain at one end or at both ends of a hydrophilic block.
- the associative polyurethanes can be sequenced in the form of triblock or multiblock.
- the hydrophobic sequences may therefore be at each end of the chain (for example: hydrophilic central block triblock copolymer) or distributed at both the ends and in the chain (multiblock copolymer for example).
- These polymers may also be graft or star.
- the associative polyurethanes are triblock copolymers whose hydrophilic sequence is a polyoxyethylenated chain comprising from 50 to 1,000 oxyethylenated groups.
- the associative polyurethanes comprise a urethane bond between the hydrophilic sequences, hence the origin of the name.
- a nonionic associative polymer of the polyurethane type is used as a gelling agent.
- nonionic polyurethane polyethers fatty chain used in the invention can also be used Rheolate ® FX 1100 (Steareth- 100 / PEG 136 / FIDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) copolymer), Rheolate ® 205 urea function sold by Elementis or the Rheolates ® 208, 204 or 212, and Acrysol ® RM 184 or Acrysol ® RM 2020.
- Rheolate ® FX 1100 Stepareth- 100 / PEG 136 / FIDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) copolymer
- Rheolate ® 205 urea function sold by Elementis or the Rheolates ® 208, 204 or 212 and Acrysol ® RM 184 or Acrysol ® RM 2020.
- the nonionic polyether-polyurethanes comprising a fatty chain is used, including the Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) Copolymer sold by example under the trade name Rheolate ® FX 1100 by Elementis.
- Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) Copolymer sold by example under the trade name Rheolate ® FX 1100 by Elementis.
- the DW 1206B ® product from Rohm & Haas with a C20 alkyl chain and a urethane linkage, proposed at 20% solids content in water, can also be used.
- Rheolate 255 mention may be made of Rheolate 255, Rheolate 278 and Rheolate 244 sold by Elementis. It is also possible to use the product DW 1206F and DW 1206J proposed by Rohm & Haas.
- the associative polyurethanes that can be used according to the invention are in particular those described in the article by G. Fonnum, J. Bakke and Fk. Hansen, Colloid Polym. Sci., 271, 380-389 (1993).
- an associative polyurethane obtainable by polycondensation of at least three compounds comprising (i) at least one polyethylene glycol comprising from 150 to 180 moles of ethylene oxide, (ii) stearyl alcohol or decyl alcohol and (iii) at least one diisocyanate.
- Aculyn 46 is a polycondensate of polyethylene glycol with 150 or 180 moles of ethylene oxide, alcohol stearyl and methylenebis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) (SMDI), 15% by weight in a matrix of maltodextrin (4%) and water (81%), and ⁇ Aculyn ® 44 is a polycondensate of polyethylene glycol 150 or 180 moles of ethylene oxide, decyl alcohol and methylene bis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate) (SMDI), 35% by weight in a mixture of propylene glycol (39%) and water (26%) .
- SMDI alcohol stearyl and methylenebis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate
- ⁇ Aculyn ® 44 is a polycondensate of polyethylene glycol 150 or 180 moles of ethylene oxide, decyl alcohol and methylene bis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate) (SMDI), 35%
- solutions or dispersions of these polymers especially in water or in an aqueous-alcoholic medium.
- SER AD FXIOIO SER AD FX1035 and SER AD 1070 from Elementis
- Rheolate 255 Rheolate 278 and Rheolate 244 sold by Elementis.
- the Aculyn ® 44, Aculyn ® 46, DW 1206F and DW 1206J products can also be used, as well as the Acrysol ® RM 184 from Rohm & Haas, or the Borchi Gel LW 44 from Borchers, and their mixtures.
- the associative polymer is chosen from nonionic associative polymers and more particularly from associative polyurethanes, such as Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI Copolymer sold under the name Rheolate FX 1100 by Elementis.
- Such an associative polymer is advantageously used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter and preferably from 0.5% to 6% by weight relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
- gelling agents are more particularly chosen from mixed silicates and pyrogenic silicas.
- mixed silicate is understood to mean all silicates of natural or synthetic origin containing several (two or more) types of cations chosen from alkali metals (for example Na, Li, K) or alkaline earth metals (for example Be, Mg, Ca), transition metals and aluminum.
- alkali metals for example Na, Li, K
- alkaline earth metals for example Be, Mg, Ca
- the mixed silicate or silicates are in the form of solid particles containing at least 10% by weight of at least one silicate relative to the total weight of the particles.
- these particles are referred to as "silicate particles".
- the silicate particles contain less than 1% by weight of aluminum relative to the total weight of the particles. Even more preferably, they contain from 0% to 1% by weight of aluminum relative to the total weight of the particles.
- the silicate particles contain at least 50% by weight of silicate, more preferably at least 70% by weight relative to the total weight of the particles. Particles containing at least 90% by weight of silicates, based on the total weight of the particles, are particularly preferred.
- silicate is a silicate or a mixture of silicates of alkali or alkaline earth metals, aluminum or iron.
- it is sodium silicate, magnesium and / or lithium.
- these silicates are generally in a finely divided form, and in particular in the form of particles having an average size ranging from 2 nm to 1 ⁇ m (from 2 nm to 1 000 nm), and preferably from 5 nm to 600 nm, and even more preferably 20 nm to 250 nm.
- the silicate particles may have any shape, for example the shape of spheres, flakes, needles, platelets, disks, sheets, or totally random forms.
- the silicate particles are in the form of disks or sheets.
- the term "average size" of the particles means the average size in number of the largest dimension (length) that can be measured between two diametrically opposed points of an individual particle.
- the size can be determined for example by transmission electron microscopy, or from the measurement of the specific surface area by the BET method, or by means of a laser granulometer.
- the particles in the form of disks or sheets generally have a thickness ranging from about 0.5 nm to 5 nm.
- the silicate particles may consist of an alloy with oxides of metals or metalloids, obtained for example by thermal melting of its various constituents. When the particles further comprise such a metal oxide or metalloid, it is preferably selected from silicon oxide, boron or aluminum.
- the silicates are phyllosilicates, namely silicates having a structure in which the SiO 4 tetrahedra are organized into sheets between which the metal cations are enclosed.
- the mixed silicates that are suitable for the invention may be chosen for example from montmorillonites, hectorites, bentonites, beidellite, saponites. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mixed silicates used are more particularly chosen from hectorites and bentonites, and even better from laponites.
- a family of silicates particularly preferred in the compositions of the present invention is that of laponites.
- Laponites are silicates of magnesium, sodium and possibly lithium, having a layered structure similar to that of montmorillonites.
- Lapponite is the synthetic form of the natural mineral called "hectorite". The synthetic origin of this family of silicates presents a considerable advantage over the natural form because it allows a good control of the composition of the product.
- laponites have the advantage of having a much smaller particle size than natural hectorite and bentonite.
- Laponite XLS Laponite XLG
- Laponite RD Laponite RDS
- LAPONITE ® XL21 products are sodium and magnesium silicates and sodium, lithium and magnesium silicates
- Such gelling agents may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
- the fumed silicas according to the present invention are hydrophilic.
- the pyrogenic hydrophilic silicas are obtained by pyrolysis in continuous flame at 1000 ° C of silicon tetrachloride (SiCl 4 ) in the presence of hydrogen and oxygen.
- SiCl 4 silicon tetrachloride
- the fumed silicas of hydrophilic nature that can be used according to the present invention, mention may be made in particular of those sold by Degussa or Evonik.
- Degussa under the trade names AEROSIL ® 90, 130, 150, 200, 300 and 380, or by CABOT under the name Carbosil H5.
- Such gelling agents may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 10% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, in particular from 0.1% to 5% by weight relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
- hydrophilic gelling agents will be chosen from amylaceous polysaccharides, non-starch polysaccharides, nonionic associative polymers, and mixtures thereof.
- a modified starch will be chosen, and in particular a gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate, in particular NATIONAL STARCH STRUCTURE ZEA (INCI name: HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE).
- non-starch polysaccharides non-ionic celluloses and more particularly hydroxyethyl celluloses, such as the commercial product NATROSOL 250 HHR PC from Ashland, will be chosen.
- nonionic associative polymers nonionic polyether urethanes with a fatty chain such as the copolymer STEARETH-100 / PEG-136 / HDI COPOLYMER such as the commercial product RHEOLATE FX from Elementis will be used.
- mixtures of these gelling agents such as the following mixtures:
- modified starch in particular gelatinised cornstarch phosphate
- associative nonionic polymer in particular polyether urethane with a fatty chain
- nonionic cellulose hydroxyethylcellulose
- associative nonionic polymer especially polyether urethane fatty chain
- modified starch in particular gelatinised cornstarch phosphate
- associative nonionic polymer in particular polyether urethane with a fatty chain
- nonionic cellulose in particular hydroxyethylcellulose
- lipophilic gelling agent is intended to mean a compound capable of gelling the oily phase of the compositions according to the invention.
- the gelling agent is therefore lipophilic present in the oily phase of the composition.
- the gelling agent is liposoluble or lipodispersible.
- the lipophilic gelling agent is advantageously chosen from particulate gelling agents, organopolysiloxane elastomers, semi-crystalline polymers, dextrin esters, hydrogen-bonded polymers, hydrocarbon block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
- the particulate gelling agent used in the composition according to the invention is in the form of particles, preferably spherical.
- polar, polar and apolar waxes, modified clays, silicas such as pyrogenic silicas and hydrophobic silica aerogels can be particularly mentioned.
- wax considered in the context of the present invention is generally meant a lipophilic compound, solid at room temperature (25 ° C), reversible solid state / liquid change, having a higher melting point or equal to 30 ° C up to 200 ° C and in particular up to 120 ° C.
- the melting temperature corresponds to the temperature of the most endothermic peak observed in thermal analysis (DSC) as described in ISO 11357-3; 1999.
- the melting point of the wax can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), for example the calorimeter sold under the name "MDSC 2920" by the company TA Instruments.
- the measurement protocol is as follows:
- a 5 mg sample of wax placed in a crucible is subjected to a first temperature rise from -20 ° C to 100 ° C, at the heating rate of 10 ° C / minute, then cooled from 100 ° C to -20 ° C at a cooling rate of 10 ° C / min and finally subjected to a second temperature rise from -20 ° C to 100 ° C at heating rate of 5 ° C / minute.
- the melting point of the compound is the value of the temperature corresponding to the peak apex of the curve representing the variation of the difference in power absorbed as a function of the temperature.
- the waxes that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are chosen from waxes, solid, at room temperature of animal, vegetable, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof.
- the waxes within the meaning of the invention, may be those used generally in the cosmetic or dermatological fields. They may in particular be polar or apolar, silicone hydrocarbonaceous and / or fluorinated, optionally having ester or hydroxyl functions. They can also be of natural or synthetic origin. a) Apolar waxes
- apolar wax in the sense of this invention means a wax having a solubility parameter at 25 ° C as defined below, O a is 0 (J / cm) 1 ⁇ 2
- solubility parameters in the three-dimensional solubility space of Hansen are described in the article by C. M. Hansen: "The three dimensional solubility parameters” J. Paint Technol. 39, 105 (1967).
- ⁇ h characterizes the specific interaction forces (hydrogen bond, acid / base, donor / acceptor, etc.) type
- ⁇ a ( ⁇ ⁇ 2 + ⁇ h 2 ) 1 ⁇ 2
- the parameters ⁇ ⁇ , ô h , ôo and ô a are expressed in (J / cm) 1 ⁇ 2
- the apolar waxes are in particular hydrocarbon waxes consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms and free of heteroatoms such as N, O, Si and P.
- the apolar waxes are chosen from microcrystalline waxes, paraffin waxes, ozokerite, polyethylene waxes, and mixtures thereof.
- Microcrystalline waxes which may be used include Multiwax W 445 ® sold by Sonneborn, Microwax HW ® and Base Wax 30540 ® sold by Paramelt, and Cerewax ® No. 3 sold by Baerlocher.
- microwaxes which can be used in the compositions according to the invention as apolar wax, mention may be made especially polyethylene microwaxes such as those sold under the names Micropoly 200 ®, 220 ®, ® 220L and 250S ® by the company Micro Powders.
- As polyethylene wax include Performalene 500-L polyethylene and polyethylene Performalene 400 sold by New Phase Technologies, Asensa ® SC 211 marketed by Honeywell. b) Polar wax
- polar wax within the meaning of the present invention, is meant a wax whose solubility parameter at 25 ° C ⁇ a is different from 0 (J / cm3) 1 ⁇ 2.
- polar wax is understood to mean a wax whose chemical structure is formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and comprising at least one highly electronegative heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. , nitrogen, silicon or phosphorus.
- the polar waxes may especially be hydrocarbon, fluorinated or silicone.
- the polar waxes may be hydrocarbon-based.
- hydrocarbon wax is meant a wax formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and possibly oxygen atoms, nitrogen and not containing a silicon or fluorine atom. It may contain alcohol, ester, ether, carboxylic acid, amine and / or amide groups.
- ester wax is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one ester function.
- alcohol wax is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one alcohol function, that is to say comprising at least one free hydroxyl (OH) group.
- ester wax
- ester waxes such as those chosen from:
- R 1 COOR 2 waxes of formula R 1 COOR 2 in which R 1 and R 2 represent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic chains whose number of atoms ranges from 10 to 50, which may contain a heteroatom such as O, N or P and the melting point temperature varies from 25 to 120 ° C;
- waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or vegetable oils having C8-C32 linear or branched fatty chains for example such as hydrogenated jojoba oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated coconut oil, and waxes obtained by hydrogenation of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol;
- beeswax synthetic beeswax, polyglycerolated beeswax, carnauba wax, candelilla wax, oxypropylene lanolin wax, rice bran wax, Ouricury wax , Alfa wax, cork fiber wax, sugar cane wax, Japanese wax, sumac wax, montan wax, orange wax, laurel wax, wax Hydrogenated Jojoba, sunflower wax, lemon wax, olive wax, berry wax.
- HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE OF C18-C38 FATTY ALCOHOLS INCI name: SYNTHETIC BEESWAX and sold under the name KESTERWAX K82P by the company Koster Keunen.
- the polar wax may be an alcohol wax.
- alcohol wax is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one alcohol function, that is to say comprising at least one free hydroxyl (OH) group.
- alcohol wax include, for example wax C30-50 Alcohol Alcohol Performacol ® 550 sold by New Phase Technology, stearic alcohol, cetyl alcohol.
- silicone waxes which may advantageously be substituted polysiloxanes, preferably at a low melting point.
- silicon wax an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular comprising Si-O groups.
- silicone waxes of this type mention may be made in particular of those sold under the names Abilwax 9800, 9801 or 9810 (Goldschmidt), KF910 and KF7002 (Shin Etsu), or 176-1118-3 and 176-11481 (General Electric ).
- the silicone waxes that can be used can also be alkyl or alkoxydimethicones, as well as (C 2 -C 6) alkyl dimethicones, in particular (C 30 -C 45 ) alkyl dimethicones, such as the silicone wax sold under the name SF-1642 by the company GE-Bayer. silicones or C30-45 Alkyldiméthylsilyl polypropylsilsesquioxane under the name SW-8005 C30 Resin Wax ® marketed by Dow Corning.
- the waxes within the meaning of the invention, may be those used generally in the cosmetic or dermatological fields. They can in particular be polar or apolar, silicone hydrocarbon and / or fluorinated, optionally comprising ester or hydroxyl functions. They can also be of natural or synthetic origin.
- waxes of polyethylene waxes, jojoba wax, and silicone waxes.
- use of the melting point waxes greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more compounds esters C40-C70 and containing no ester compound of a C 20 -C 3. 9
- ester compound is intended to mean any organic molecule comprising a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based chain comprising at least one ester function of formula -COOR where R represents a hydrocarbon radical, in particular a linear and saturated alkyl radical.
- wax not comprising ester compound C 20 -C39 is meant any wax containing less than 1% by weight of C 20 -C 3 ester compound 9, preferably less than 0.5% by weight the weight of the wax, or even free of C 2 -C 3 9 ester compound.
- the waxes according to the invention can also be used in the form of a mixture of waxes.
- the ester content comprising from 40 to 70 carbon atoms preferably ranges from 20 to 100% by weight and preferably from 20 to 90% by weight relative to the total weight of wax (es).
- oily phase may be present in the oily phase in a proportion of 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the weight of the oily phase, for example between 5% and 20% of the oily phase, and more particularly from 2% to 15% by weight. % by weight relative to the weight of the oily phase.
- composition according to the invention may comprise at least one lipophilic clay.
- the clays can be natural or synthetic and are made lipophilic by treatment with an alkyl ammonium salt such as a C 10 -C 22 ammonium chloride, for example di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride.
- an alkyl ammonium salt such as a C 10 -C 22 ammonium chloride, for example di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride.
- They may be chosen from bentonites, in particular hectorites and montmorillonites, beidellites, saponites, nontronites, sepiolites, biotites, attapulgites, vermiculites and zeolites.
- the lipophilic clays used are hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride, such as hectorite modified with distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example, that marketed.
- Bentone 38V ® by the company Elementis
- Bentone gel in isododecane sold under the name Bentone gel ISD V ® (87% isododecane / disteardimonium hectorite 10% / Propylene carbonate 3%) by Elementis.
- At least one lipophilic clay may in particular be present in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, in particular from 0.5% to 10%, more particularly from 1% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight.
- the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may also comprise, as gelling agent, fumed silica or silica airgel particles. a) Pyrogenic silica
- the hydrophobic treated silica treated surface It is indeed possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a decrease in the number of silanol groups present on the surface of the silica. In particular, it is possible to substitute silanol groups with hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained.
- hydrophobic groups can be:
- silica trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are especially obtained by treatment of fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane.
- Silicas thus treated are named "Silica Silylate” according to the CTFA (8 th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R812 ® by Degussa, Cab-O-Sil TS-530 ® by the company Cabot.
- silica dimethyl silylate is marketed under the references Aerosil R972 ® , and Aerosil R974 ® by Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-610 ® and CAB-O-SIL TS-720 ® by Cabot.
- the fumed silicas may be present in a composition according to the present invention at a content of between 0.1% and 40% by weight, more particularly between 1% and 15% by weight, relative to the total weight of the phase. oily.
- the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may also comprise, as gelling agent, at least silica aerogel particles.
- Silica aerogels are porous materials obtained by replacing (by drying) the liquid component of a silica gel with air.
- sol-gel processes are generally synthesized by sol-gel process in a liquid medium and then usually dried by extraction of a supercritical fluid, the most commonly used being the supercritical CO 2 . This type of drying avoids the contraction of the pores and the material.
- the sol-gel process and the various dryings are described in detail in Brinker CJ, and Scherer GW, Sol-Gel Science: New York: Academy Press, 1990.
- the hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a surface area per unit mass (SM) of from 500 to 1500 m 2 / g, preferably from 600 to 1200 m 2 / g and more preferably from 600 to 1200 m 2 / g. at 800 m 2 / g, and a size expressed in volume mean diameter (D [0.5]) ranging from 1 to 1500 ⁇ , better from 1 to 1000 ⁇ , preferably from 1 to 100 ⁇ , in particular from 1 to 30 ⁇ , more preferably from 5 to 25 ⁇ , more preferably from 5 to 20 ⁇ and even more preferably from 5 to 15 ⁇ .
- SM surface area per unit mass
- the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles used in the present invention have a size expressed in volume mean diameter (D [0.5]) ranging from 1 to 30 ⁇ , preferably from 5 to 25 ⁇ . , better from 5 to 20 ⁇ and even better from 5 to 15 ⁇ .
- the specific surface area per unit mass can be determined by the nitrogen absorption method called the BET method (Brunauer - Emmet - Teller) described in "The Journal of the American Chemical Society", vol. 60, page 309, February 1938 and corresponding to the international standard ISO 5794/1 (Appendix D).
- the BET surface area corresponds to the total specific surface area of the particles under consideration.
- the silica airgel particle sizes can be measured by static light scattering using a commercial particle size analyzer. MasterSizer 2000 from Malvern. The data is processed on the basis of Mie scattering theory. This theory, which is accurate for isotropic particles, makes it possible to determine, in the case of non-spherical particles, an "effective" diameter of particles. This theory is particularly described in Van de Hulst, HC, "Light Scattering by SmallP Articles", Chapters 9 and 10, Wiley, New York, 1957.
- the hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a specific surface per unit mass (SM) ranging from 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
- the silica airgel particles used in the present invention may advantageously have a packed density p ranging from 0.02 g / cm 3 to 0.10 g / cm 3 , preferably from 0.03 g / cm 3 to 0, 08 g / cm 3 , in particular ranging from 0.05 g / cm 3 to 0.08 g / cm 3 .
- this density can be evaluated according to the following protocol, referred to as packed density:
- the hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a specific surface area per unit volume SV ranging from 5 to 60 m 2 / cm 3 , preferably from 10 to 50 m 2 / cm 3 and better from 15 to 40 m 2 / cm 3 .
- the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles according to the invention have an oil absorption capacity measured at Wet Point ranging from 5 to 18 ml / g, preferably from 6 to 15 ml / g and better still from 8 to 18 ml / g. at 12 ml / g.
- the absorption capacity measured at Wet Point, and denoted by Wp corresponds to the amount of oil that must be added to 100 g of particles in order to obtain a homogeneous paste.
- the oil intake corresponds to the ratio Vs / m.
- the aerogels used according to the present invention are aerogels of hydrophobic silica, preferably of silylated silica (INCI name: silica silylate).
- hydrophobic silica any silica whose surface is treated with silylating agents, for example by halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes, in order to functionalize the OH groups by Si-Rn silyl groups, for example trimethylsilyl groups.
- silylating agents for example by halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes
- Hydrophobic silica airgel particles that are surface-modified with trimethylsilyl groups preferably INCI Silica silylate, will preferably be used.
- hydrophobic silica aerogels examples include, for example, the airgel marketed under the name VM-2260 or VM-2270 (INCI name: Silica silylate), by the company Dow Corning, whose particles have a average size of about 1000 microns and a specific surface area per unit mass of 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
- the airgel marketed under the name VM-2270 (INCI name Silica silylate), by the company Dow Corning, whose particles have an average size ranging from 5 to 15 microns and a specific surface per unit mass ranging from 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
- the particles of hydrophobic silica aerogels are present in the composition according to the invention in a dry matter content ranging from 0.1% to 8% by weight, preferably from 0.2% to 5% by weight. weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase.
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer which can be used as a lipophilic gelling agent, has the advantage of conferring on the composition according to the invention good application properties. It provides a very soft and matifying after application, especially advantageous for application on the skin. It can also allow an effective filling of the hollows present on the keratin materials.
- organopolysiloxane elastomer or “silicone elastomer” is meant a flexible, deformable organopolysiloxane having viscoelastic properties and in particular the consistency of a sponge or a flexible sphere. Its modulus of elasticity is such that this material resists deformation and has a limited capacity for extension and contraction. This material is able to recover its original shape after stretching.
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one silicon-bonded hydrogen and diorganopolysiloxane having silicon-bonded ethylenically unsaturated groups, especially in the presence of platinum catalyst; or by condensation-crosslinking dehydrogenation reaction between a hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon, especially in the presence of an organotin; or by crosslinking condensation reaction of a hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a hydrolyzable organopolysilane; or by thermal crosslinking of organopolysiloxane, especially in the presence of organoperoxide catalyst; or by crosslinking of organopolysiloxane by high energy radiation such as gamma rays, ultraviolet rays, electron beam.
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer is obtained by addition reaction crosslinking (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B) diorganopolysiloxane having at least two silicon-bonded ethylenic unsaturation groups. , especially in the presence (C) of platinum catalyst, as for example described in the application EP-A-295886.
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by reaction of dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated dimethylpolysiloxane and trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxane in the presence of platinum catalyst.
- the compound (A) is the basic reagent for the formation of organopolysiloxane elastomer and the crosslinking is carried out by addition reaction of the compound (A) with the compound (B) in the presence of the catalyst (C).
- the compound (A) is in particular an organopolysiloxane having at least two hydrogen atoms bonded to distinct silicon atoms in each molecule.
- the compound (A) may have any molecular structure, in particular a linear chain or branched chain structure or a cyclic structure.
- the compound (A) may have a viscosity at 25 ° C ranging from 1 to 50,000 centistokes, in particular to be well miscible with the compound (B).
- the organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms of the compound (A) can be alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group, or a mercapto group.
- alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl
- substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl
- aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl
- substituted aryl groups such as
- the compound (A) may thus be chosen from trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxanes, trimethylsiloxy-terminated dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers, and dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogensiloxane cyclic copolymers.
- the compound (B) is advantageously a diorganopolysiloxane having at least two lower alkenyl groups (for example C 2 -C 4 ); the lower alkenyl group may be chosen from vinyl, allyl and propenyl groups. These lower alkenyl groups may be located at any position of the organopolysiloxane molecule but are preferably located at the ends of the organopolysiloxane molecule.
- the organopolysiloxane (B) may have a branched chain, straight chain, cyclic or network structure but the linear chain structure is preferred.
- the compound (B) may have a viscosity ranging from the liquid state to the gum state. Preferably, the compound (B) has a viscosity of at least 100 centistokes at 25 ° C.
- the other organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms in the compound (B) may be alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group, or a mercapto group.
- alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl
- substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl
- aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl
- substituted aryl groups such
- the organopolysiloxane (B) can be chosen from methylvinylpolysiloxanes, the methylvinylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylpolysiloxanes comprising dimethylvinylsiloxy endings, dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers terminated dimethylsiloxane-diphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane trimethylsiloxy termini, trimethylsiloxy-terminated dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated methyl (3,3,3-trifluoropropyl) polysiloxane, and dimethylvinyl
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by reaction of dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated dimethylpolysiloxane and trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxane in the presence of platinum catalyst.
- the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of the compound (B) and the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms per molecule of the compound (A) is at least 5.
- the compound (A) is added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in the compound (A) and the total amount of all the groups to Ethylenic unsaturation in the compound (B) is in the range of 1.5: 1 to 20: 1.
- Compound (C) is the catalyst for the crosslinking reaction, and is especially chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid-alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, and platinum. on support.
- the catalyst (C) is preferably added from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, more preferably from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of the compounds (A). and B).
- the elastomer is advantageously a non-emulsifying elastomer.
- non-emulsifying defines organopolysiloxane elastomers that do not contain a hydrophilic chain, and in particular that do not contain polyoxyalkylene (especially polyoxyethylene or polyoxypropylene) units or polyglyceryl units.
- the composition comprises an organopolysiloxane elastomer devoid of polyoxyalkylene units and a polyglyceryl unit.
- the silicone elastomer used in the present invention is selected from Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (INCI name) .
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer particles may be transported in the form of a gel consisting of an elastomeric organopolysiloxane included in at least one hydrocarbon oil and / or a silicone oil. In these gels, the organopolysiloxane particles are often non-spherical particles. Non-emulsifying elastomers are described in EP 242 219, EP 285 886, EP 765 656 and JP-A-61-194009.
- the silicone elastomer is generally in the form of a gel, a paste or a powder, but advantageously in the form of a gel in which the silicone elastomer is dispersed in a linear silicone oil (dimethicone ) or cyclic (eg cyclopentasiloxane), advantageously in a linear silicone oil.
- a linear silicone oil dimethicone
- cyclic eg cyclopentasiloxane
- a silicone elastomer gel dispersed in a silicone oil chosen from a non-exhaustive list comprising cyclopentadimethylsiloxane, dimethicones, dimethylsiloxanes, methyl trimethicone, phenylmethicone, phenyldimethicone, phenyltrimethicone, and cyclomethicone, is used.
- a linear silicone oil chosen from polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS) or dimethicones with a viscosity at 25 ° C. ranging from 1 to 500 ° C. at 25 ° C., optionally modified with aliphatic groups, optionally fluorinated, or with functional groups such as groups hydroxyls, thiols and / or amines.
- Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as USG-105 and USG-107A from Shin Etsu; “DC9506” and “DC9701” from Dow Corning;
- Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Dimethicone, such as "KSG-6" and “KSG-16” from Shin Etsu;
- Cyclopentasiloxane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as "DC9040", “DC9045” and “DC5930” from Dow Corning;
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as "DC9041” from Dow Corning
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as Dow Corning EL-9240 Silicone Elastomer Blend from Dow Corning (a mixture of polydimethylsiloxane cross-linked with hexadiene / polydimethyl siloxane (2 cSt));
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as "DC9041" from Dow Corning;
- Dimethicone Crosspolymer such as "Dow Corning ® EL-9240 silicone elastomer blend" of Dow Corning (polydimethylsiloxane crosslinked by mixing hexadiene / polydimethylsiloxane (2 cSt)); and
- organopolysiloxane elastomer particles may also be used in powder form, mention may be made in particular of the powders sold under the names "Dow Corning 9505 Powder” and “Dow Corning 9506 Powder” by the company Dow Corning. These powders are intended INCI name: dimethicone / vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer.
- the organopolysiloxane powder may also be coated with silsesquioxane resin, as described, for example, in US Pat. No. 5,538,793.
- silsesquioxane resin as described, for example, in US Pat. No. 5,538,793.
- Such elastomer powders are sold under the names "KSP-100”, “KSP-101", “KSP-102”, “KSP-103", “KSP-104", "KSP-105" by the company Shin Etsu, and are INCI name: vinyl dimethicone / methicone silsesquioxane Crosspolymer.
- organopolysiloxane powders coated with silsesquioxane resin that can advantageously be used according to the invention, there may be mentioned especially the reference "KSP-100" from Shin Etsu.
- organopolysiloxane elastomer type As preferred lipophilic gelling agent of the organopolysiloxane elastomer type, there may be mentioned in particular cross-linked organopolysiloxane elastomers chosen from Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer ( INCI name), Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (INCI name), DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL / TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE / DIMETHICONE
- the organopolysiloxane elastomer may be present in a composition of the present invention at a content of between 0.1% and 35% by weight of dry matter, in particular between 1% and 20% and more particularly between 2% and 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase.
- composition according to the invention may comprise at least one semi-crystalline polymer.
- the semi-crystalline polymer has an organic structure, and a melting temperature greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
- the term "semi-crystalline polymer” is intended to mean polymers comprising a crystallizable part and an amorphous part and having a first-order reversible phase change temperature, in particular melting (solid-liquid transition). .
- the crystallizable portion is either a side chain (or pendant chain) or a sequence in the backbone.
- this crystallizable block is of a different chemical nature from that of the amorphous sequences; in this case, the semi-crystalline polymer is a block copolymer, for example of the diblock, triblock or multiblock type.
- the semi-crystalline polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
- the melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably less than 150 ° C.
- the melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C and less than 100 ° C. More preferably, the melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is greater than or equal to 30 ° C and less than 70 ° C.
- the semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention used are solids at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), whose melting temperature is greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
- the melting point values correspond to the melting point measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), such as the calorimeter sold under the name DSC 30 by the Mettler company, with a temperature rise of 5 or 10 ° C per minute (The melting point considered is the point corresponding to the temperature of the most endothermic peak of the thermogram).
- DSC differential scanning calorimeter
- the semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention preferably have a melting point higher than the temperature of the keratinous support intended to receive said composition, in particular the skin, the lips or the eyebrows.
- the semi-crystalline polymers are advantageously soluble in the fatty phase, especially at least 1% by weight, at a temperature above their melting point.
- the sequences of the polymers are amorphous
- chain or crystallizable block is meant, in the sense of the invention, a chain or sequence which, if it were alone, would pass from the amorphous state to the crystalline state, reversibly, depending on whether it is above or below below the melting temperature.
- a chain within the meaning of the invention is a group of atoms, during or lateral to the backbone of the polymer.
- a sequence is a group of atoms belonging to the backbone, a group constituting one of the repeating units of the polymer.
- the polymer backbone of the semi-crystalline polymers is soluble in the fatty phase at a temperature above their melting point.
- the crystallizable sequences or chains of the semicrystalline polymers represent at least 30% of the total weight of each polymer and better still at least 40%.
- Crystallizable side-chain semi-crystalline polymers are homo- or co-polymers.
- the semicrystalline polymers of the invention with crystallizable sequences are copolymers, sequenced or multiblocked. They can be obtained by polymerization of monomer with reactive (or ethylenic) double bonds or by polycondensation.
- the polymers of the invention are crystallizable side chain polymers, the latter are advantageously in random or statistical form.
- the semi-crystalline polymers of the invention are of synthetic origin.
- the semi-crystalline polymer is chosen from:
- homopolymers and copolymers comprising units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing crystallizable hydrophobic side chain (s),
- the semicrystalline polymers that may be used in the invention may be chosen in particular from:
- polycondensates and in particular of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type, copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis,
- acrylate / silicone copolymers such as copolymers of acrylic acid and polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl acrylate, polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl methacrylate copolymers, and polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl methacrylate and acrylic acid copolymers, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, ethyl-2-hexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate with polydimethylsiloxane grafts.
- KP-561 CFA name: acrylates / dimethicone
- KP-541 CFA name: acrylates / dimethicone and isopropyl alcohol
- KP-545 CFA name acrylates / dimethicone and cyclopentasiloxane
- the amount of semicrystalline polymer (s), preferably selected from semicrystalline crystallizable side chain polymers is from 0.1% to 30% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the oily phase, for example from 0.5% to 25% by weight, better still from 5% to 20%, or from 5% to 12% by weight, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
- Esters of dextrin are from 0.1% to 30% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the oily phase, for example from 0.5% to 25% by weight, better still from 5% to 20%, or from 5% to 12% by weight, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
- composition according to the invention may comprise, as lipophilic gelling agent, at least one dextrin ester.
- the composition preferably comprises at least one ester of dextrin and fatty acid, preferably C 12 to C 24 , in particular C 14 to C 18; or their mixtures.
- the dextrin ester is a C 12 -C 18 , in particular C 14 -C 18, fatty acid dextrin ester.
- the dextrin ester is selected from dextrin myristate and / or dextrin palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
- the dextrin ester is dextrin myristate, such as that sold especially under the name Rheopearl MKL-2 by Chiba Flour Milling.
- the dextrin ester is dextrin palmitate. This can for example be chosen from those marketed under the
- the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise from 0.1% to 30% by weight of ester (s) of dextrin, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
- the composition according to the invention may comprise between 0.1% and 10% by weight of dextrin palmitate, preferably between 0.5% and 5% by weight relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
- Dextrin palmitate can in particular be that marketed under the names Rheopearl TL ® or Rheopearl KL ® or Rheopearl KL2 ® by the company Chiba Flour Milling.
- polyamides and in particular hydrocarbon polyamides and silicone polyamides may be particularly mentioned.
- the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one polyamide chosen from hydrocarbon polyamides, silicone polyamides, and mixtures thereof.
- the total content of polyamide (s) is between 0.1% and 30% by weight expressed as dry matter, preferably between 0.1% and 20% by weight, preferably between 0.5% and 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase.
- polyamide means a compound having at least 2 amide repeating units, preferably at least 3 amide repeating units and more preferably 10 amide repeating units.
- hydrocarbon-based polyamide is meant a polyamide formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and optionally of oxygen, nitrogen, and not containing a silicon atom or fluorine. It may contain alcohol, ester, ether, carboxylic acid, amine and / or amide groups.
- the term "functionalized chain” means an alkyl chain comprising one or more functional groups or reactive groups chosen in particular from hydroxyl, ether, esters, oxyalkylene or polyoxyalkylene groups.
- this polyamide of the composition according to the invention has a weight average molecular weight of less than 100,000 g / mol, especially ranging from 1,000 to 100,000 g / mol, in particular less than 50,000 g / mol, in particular ranging from 1 000 to 50,000 g / mol, and more preferably from 1,000 to 30,000 g / mol, preferably from 2,000 to 20,000 g / mol, and more preferably from 2,000 to 10,000 g / mol.
- This polyamide is insoluble in water, especially at 25 ° C.
- the polyamide used is a polyamide of formula (I): wherein X is -N (R 1 ) 2 or -OR 1 in which
- Ri is a linear alkyl or branched C 8 -C 22; may be identical or different from each other, R 2 is a residue of diacid dimer C 28 -C 2 2 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5;
- the polyamide used is a polyamide having a terminal ending of formula (Ia): in which X represents a group -N (R 1) 2 in which R 1 is a linear or branched C 8 -C 22 alkyl radical , which may be identical to or different from each other, R 2 is a diacid dimer residue at C 28 -C 42 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5;
- the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may furthermore additionally comprise, in this case, at least one additional polyamide of formula (Ib):
- X represents an -OR group wherein R is a linear alkyl or branched C 8 -C 22; preferably C 16 to C 22; may be identical or different from each other, R 2 is a diacid dimer residue C 28 -C 42 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5, such as commercial products sold by the company Arizona Chemical under the names Uniclear 80 and Uniclear 100 or Uniclear 80 V, Uniclear 100 V and Uniclear 100 VG, whose INCI name is "ethylenediamine / stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer".
- the silicone polyamides are preferably solid at room temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg).
- the silicone polyamides may preferentially be polymers comprising at least one unit of formula (III) or (IV):
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 which are identical or different, represent a group chosen from
- saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon groups linear, branched or cyclic, in C 1 -C 40, which may contain in their chain one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms, and which may be substituted in part or totally by fluorine atoms,
- polyorganosiloxane chains containing or not one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms
- the X which may be identical or different, represents a linear or branched C1 to C30 alkylene di-yl group which may contain in its chain one or more oxygen and / or nitrogen atoms,
- Y is a divalent linear or branched alkylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, alkylarylene or arylalkylene, saturated or unsaturated, Ci to C50 group, which may comprise one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms, and / or substitute one of the following atoms or groups of atoms: fluorine, hydroxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 40 alkyl, C 5 -C 10 aryl, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 alkyl groups to C 3 hydroxyalkyl, Ci to C 3 alkyl and amino -C 6, or Y represents a group corresponding to the formula: in which
- T represents a trivalent or tetravalent hydrocarbon group, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, C 3 to C 24 optionally substituted with a polyorganosiloxane chain, and which may contain one or more atoms selected from O, N and S, or T represents a trivalent atom selected from N, P and Al, and
- R 8 represents a linear or branched C 1 -C 50 alkyl group or a polyorganosiloxane chain which may comprise one or more ester, amide, urethane, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea and / or sulphonamide groups which may or may not be bonded to a other polymer chain,
- N is an integer from 2 to 500, preferably from 2 to 200 and m is an integer from 1 to 1000, preferably from 1 to 700 and more preferably from 6 to 200.
- the silicone polyamide comprises at least one unit of formula (III) in which m ranges from 50 to 200, in particular from 75 to 150, and preferably of the order of 100.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 independently represent a linear or branched C 1 -C 40 alkyl group, preferably a CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , n C 3 H 7 or isopropyl group in the formula (III).
- silicone polymer As an example of a silicone polymer that can be used, mention may be made of one of the silicone polyamides obtained according to Examples 1 to 3 of US Pat. No. 5,981,680.
- the silicone polymers and / or copolymers advantageously have a transition temperature of the solid state in the liquid state ranging from 45 ° C. to 190 ° C. Preferably, they have a solid state transition temperature in the liquid state of from 70 ° C to 130 ° C and more preferably from 80 ° C to 105 ° C.
- the total content of polyamide (s) and / or polyamide (s) silicone (s) is between 0.5% and 25% by weight of dry matter, in particular from 2% to 20% by weight, preferably between 2% and 12% by weight, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
- a composition according to the invention comprises a lipophilic gelling agent chosen from particulate gelling agents, organopolysiloxane elastomers, semi-crystalline polymers, dextrin esters, hydrogen-bonded polymers and their mixtures, and in particular at least one organopolysiloxane elastomer.
- lipophilic gelling agents may be mentioned other polymeric gelling agents that are the block copolymers hydrocarbon also called block copolymers.
- the polymeric gelling agent is capable of thickening or gelling the hydrocarbon phase of the composition.
- amorphous polymer is meant a polymer that does not have a crystalline form.
- the polymeric gelling agent is preferably also film-forming, that is to say that it is capable of forming a film when it is applied to the skin and / or the lips.
- the hydrocarbon block copolymer may in particular be a diblock, triblock, multiblock, radial or star copolymer, or mixtures thereof.
- hydrocarbon block copolymers are described in US-A-2002/005562 and in US-A-5,221,534.
- the copolymer may have at least one block whose glass transition temperature is preferably less than 20 ° C, preferably less than or equal to 0 ° C, preferably less than or equal to -20 ° C, more preferably lower or equal to -40 ° C.
- the glass transition temperature of said block may be between -150 ° C. and 20 ° C., in particular between -100 ° C. and 0 ° C.
- the hydrocarbon block copolymer present in the composition according to the invention is an amorphous copolymer formed by polymerization of an olefin.
- the olefin may in particular be an ethylenically unsaturated elastomeric monomer.
- ethylenic carbide monomers especially having one or two ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene, isoprene or pentadiene. .
- the hydrocarbon-based block copolymer is an amorphous block copolymer of styrene and olefin.
- block copolymers comprising at least one styrene block and at least one block comprising units selected from butadiene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, isoprene or a mixture thereof.
- the hydrocarbon block copolymer is hydrogenated to reduce the residual ethylenic unsaturations after polymerization of the monomers.
- the hydrocarbon-based block copolymer is a copolymer, optionally hydrogenated, with styrene blocks and with ethylene / C 3 -C 4 alkylene blocks.
- the composition according to the invention comprises at least one diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, preferably chosen from styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymers, styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymers, styrene copolymers. -ethylene / butylene.
- Diblock polymers are in particular sold under the name Kraton® G1701E by Kraton Polymers.
- a diblock copolymer such as those described above, in particular a diblock copolymer of styrene-ethylene / propylene, or a mixture of diblock, as described above, is used as polymeric gellant.
- a composition according to the invention comprises, as lipophilic gelling agent, at least one hydrocarbon-based block copolymer, preferably a copolymer, optionally hydrogenated, with styrene blocks and with ethylene / C 3 -C 4 alkylene blocks, still more preferably selected from a diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, such as a styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymer, a styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymer.
- a hydrocarbon-based block copolymer preferably a copolymer, optionally hydrogenated, with styrene blocks and with ethylene / C 3 -C 4 alkylene blocks, still more preferably selected from a diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, such as a styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymer, a styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymer.
- the hydrocarbon-based block copolymer (or the mixture of hydrocarbon-based block copolymers) may be present in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, preferably ranging from 0.1% to 10% by weight, more preferably ranging from 0% to 15% by weight. From 5% to 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.5% to 3% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition.
- Preferred lipophilic gelling agents are chosen from polar waxes, apolar waxes, organopolysiloxane elastomers, modified clays, hydrocarbon block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
- polar waxes preferably chosen wax HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE OF FATTY ALCOHOLS -C 8 -C 38, the melting point waxes greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more compounds esters C40-C70 and not comprising ester compound C 20 -C 3 9, in particular selected from candelilla wax and / or beeswax.
- polyethylene waxes and in particular CIREBELLE108 from Cirebelle are preferably chosen.
- DIMETHIC ONE (and) DIMETHICONE / VINYL DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER elastomers are preferably chosen, such as in particular the commercial product KSG16 from Shin Etsu or DIMETHICONE (and)
- the hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride are preferably chosen, such as hectorite modified with di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example, that marketed under the name Bentone 38V ® by the company Elementis or Bentone gel in isododecane sold under the name Bentone gel ISD V ® (87% isododecane / disteardimonium hectorite 10% / Propylene carbonate 3%) by Elementis.
- the diblock copolymers such as COPOLYMER DIBLOC STYRENE / ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE such as KRATON G1701 EU SQR 1111 will be chosen.
- mixtures of these gelling agents in particular:
- organopolysiloxane elastomer / modified clay organopolysiloxane elastomer / modified clay.
- hydrophilic gelling agent (s) hydrophilic gelling agent (s) / lipophilic gelling agent (s):
- non-ionic associative polymer combined with a modified starch / non-polar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay, and more particularly non-polar polyether urethane associative ionic agent combined with a gelatinized cornstarch phosphate / polyethylene wax or wax C 8 -C 38 fatty acid hydroformyl stearate or wax with a melting point of greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more C40-C70 ester compounds and not including a C 2 -C 3 9 ester compound associated or not with a hectorite modified with an ammonium chloride in
- Nonionic cellulose associated with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay and more particularly hydroxyethylcellulose associated with a modified gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate / polyethylene wax or wax HYDROX YS TE ARO YL STEARATE OF C 18 - C 38 FATTY ALCOHOLS or wax with a melting point of greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more C40-C70 ester compounds and not comprising ester compound in C20-C39 with or without a hectorite modified with an ammonium chloride C 10 to C22.
- salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium suitable for the invention can be used as antiperspirant active agents well known to those skilled in the art.
- antiperspirant active is meant a salt that, by itself, has the effect of reducing the flow of sweat, reduce the sensation on the skin of moisture related to human sweat or hide human sweat.
- antiperspirant salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium are preferably chosen from aluminum halohydrates; aluminum and zirconium halohydrates, complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and of aluminum hydroxychloride with or without an amino acid, such as those described in patent US-3792068, and mixtures thereof.
- aluminum chlorohydrate in activated or non-activated form, aluminum chlorohydrex, aluminum complex chlorohydrex polyethylene glycol, aluminum chlorohydrex complex propylene glycol, aluminum dichlorohydrate, aluminum dichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol complex, aluminum dichlorohydrex propylene glycol complex, sesquichlorohydrate aluminum, sesquichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol aluminum complex, sesquichlorohydrex propylene glycol aluminum complex, sodium lactate and sodium lactate buffered aluminum sulfate. aluminum, and mixtures thereof.
- aluminum and zirconium salts mention may in particular be made of aluminum zirconium octachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium pentachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium tetrachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium trichlorohydrate, and mixtures thereof.
- ZAG complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and aluminum hydroxychloride with an amino acid are generally known as ZAG (when the amino acid is glycine).
- ZAG when the amino acid is glycine.
- Sesquichlorohydrate aluminum is sold in particular under the trade name REACH 301® by SUMMITREHEIS.
- aluminum and zirconium salts mention may be made of complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and of aluminum hydroxychloride with an amino acid such as glycine having the INCI name: ALUMINUM ZIRCONIUM TETRACHLOROHYDREX GLY for example that marketed under the name REACH AZP-908-SUF® by the company SUMMITREHEIS.
- Aluminum hydrochloride in activated or non-activated form will be used more particularly; under the trade names MICRODRY ALUMINUM CHLOROHYDRATE®, MICRO-DRY 323®, CHLORHYDROL® 50, REACH® 103, REACH® 501 by SUMMITREHEIS; under the trade name WESTCHLOR 200® by WESTWOOD; under the trade name ALOXICOLL PF 40® by the company GUILINI CHEMIE; CLURON 50% ® by INDUSTRIA QUIMICA DEL CENTRO; CLOROHIDROXIDO ALUMINIO SO A 50% ® by the company FINQUFMICA.
- the aluminum salt used in a composition according to the invention is an aluminum chlorohydrate.
- the antiperspirant active agent preferably chosen from the salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium, that is to say the said one or more, is present in a content ranging from 1% to 50% by weight. preferably from 10% to 40% and more preferably from 15% to 35% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
- the antiperspirant active agent is present either in the aqueous phase or in both the aqueous and oily phases, preferably the antiperspirant active agent is in the aqueous phase.
- the antiperspirant active agent is chosen from aluminum salts, and preferably the antiperspirant active agent is aluminum chlorohydrate.
- the composition of the invention comprises the antiperspirant active agent in the aqueous phase and comprises and a hydrophilic gelling agent (s) / lipophilic gelling agent (s) chosen from the following combinations :
- nonionic associative polymer combined with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (s) associated or not with a modified clay;
- nonionic cellulose associated with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay;
- nonionic cellulose combined with a modified starch / organopolysiloxane elastomer combined with a modified clay.
- the antiperspirant active agent is more particularly aluminum chlorohydrate.
- compositions according to the invention may also contain at least one deodorant active agent.
- Deodorant active means any substance capable of masking, absorbing, improving and / or reducing the unpleasant odor resulting from the decomposition of human sweat by bacteria
- the deodorant active agents may be bacteriostatic agents or bactericidal agents acting on the germs of axillary odors, such as 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxydiphenyl ether (Triclosan®), 2,4-dichloro-2 3-Hydroxydiphenyl ether, 3 ', 4', 5'-trichlorosalicylanilide, 1- (3 ', 4'-dichlorophenyl) -3- (4'-chlorophenyl) urea
- Triclocarban® Triclocarban® or 3,7,1-trimethyldodeca-2,5,10-trienol (Farnesol®); quaternary ammonium salts such as cetyltrimethylammonium salts, cetylpyridinium salts; polyols such as those of the glycerol type, 1,3-propanediol (in particular ZEMEA PROPANEDIOL® sold by the company Dupont Tate and Lyle Bioproducts), 1,2-decanediol (in particular sold under the trade name Symclariol® by the company Symrise); derivatives of glycerin, for example Caprylic / Capric Glycerides (in particular marketed under the trade name CAPMUL MCM® by the company Abitec), Caprylate or Glycerol caprate (especially sold under the trade names Dermosoft GMCY® and Dermosoft GMC® respectively by the company STRAETMANS), Polyglyceryl-2 Caprate ((especially
- zinc salts such as zinc salicylate, zinc gluconate and zinc pidolate
- zinc sulphate zinc chloride, zinc lactate, zinc phenolsulfonate
- zinc ricinoleate we can also mention:
- salicylic acid and its derivatives such as n-octanoyl-5-salicylic acid;
- zeolites in particular metallic zeolites, without silver
- the deodorant active agents may preferably be present in the compositions according to the invention in weight concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
- the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention comprises water and optionally a water-soluble solvent.
- water-soluble solvent in the present invention a liquid compound at room temperature and miscible with water (miscibility in water greater than 50% by weight at 25 ° C and atmospheric pressure).
- the water-soluble solvents that can be used in the composition of the invention may also be volatile.
- the aqueous phase (water and optionally the water-miscible solvent) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 5% to 95%, better still from 30% to 80% by weight, preferably from 40% to 75% by weight. by weight, relative to the total weight of said composition.
- the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one C 2 -C 32 polyol.
- polyol is meant for the purposes of the present invention, any organic molecule comprising at least two free hydroxyl groups.
- a polyol according to the present invention is present in liquid form at room temperature.
- a polyol that is suitable for the invention may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl compound, saturated or unsaturated, bearing at least two -OH functions on the alkyl chain, in particular at least three -OH functions, and more particularly at minus four functions -OH.
- the polyols which are advantageously suitable for formulating a composition according to the present invention are those having in particular 2 to 32 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
- the polyol may be, for example, chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, 1,3 propanediol, butylene glycol, isoprene glycol, pentylene glycol, hexylene glycol and glycerol.
- polyglycerols such as oligomers of glycerol such as diglycerol, polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
- said polyol is chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols, polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
- composition of the invention may comprise at least propylene glycol.
- composition of the invention may comprise at least glycerol.
- an oily phase comprises at least one oil.
- oil means any fatty substance in liquid form at ambient temperature at atmospheric pressure.
- An oily phase suitable for the preparation of the cosmetic compositions according to the invention may comprise hydrocarbon oils, silicone oils, fluorinated or not, or mixtures thereof.
- the oils may be volatile or non-volatile.
- non-volatile oil means an oil having a vapor pressure of less than 0.13 Pa.
- silicon oil means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular at least one Si-O group.
- fluorinated oil means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom.
- hydrocarbon oil means an oil containing mainly hydrogen and carbon atoms.
- the oils may optionally comprise oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and / or phosphorus atoms, for example, in the form of hydroxyl or acidic radicals.
- volatile oil is meant, within the meaning of the invention, any oil capable of evaporating on contact with the skin in less than one hour, at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
- the volatile oil is a volatile cosmetic compound which is liquid at ambient temperature, in particular having a non-zero vapor pressure, at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular having a vapor pressure ranging from 0.13 Pa to 40,000 Pa (10 ").
- 3 to 300 mmHg in particular ranging from 1.3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 10 mmHg); mm Hg).
- the volatile oils may be hydrocarbon or silicone.
- C 8 -C 6 such as isoalkanes (also called isoparaffins) C 8 -C 6, isododecane, isodecane , isohexadecane, and for example the oils sold under the trade names Isopar or Permethyl, branched esters, C 8 -C 6 such as isohexyl neopentanoate, and mixtures thereof.
- the volatile hydrocarbon oil is chosen from volatile hydrocarbon oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms and mixtures thereof, in particular from isododecane, isodecane and isohexadecane, and is especially isohexadecane.
- volatile linear alkanes comprising from 8 to
- 16 carbon atoms in particular from 10 to 15 carbon atoms, and more particularly from 11 to 13 carbon atoms, for example such as n-dodecane (C 12 ) and n-tetradecane (C 14 ) sold by Sasol respectively under the references PARAFOL 12-97 and PARAFOL 14-97, and mixtures thereof, the undecane-tridecane mixture, the n-undecane (Cn) and n-undecane mixtures.
- tridecane (C 13 ) obtained in Examples 1 and 2 of Application WO 2008/155059 from Cognis, and mixtures thereof.
- Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include linear silicone volatile oils such as hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, decamethyltetrasiloxane, tetradecamethylhexasiloxane, hexadecamethylheptasiloxane and dodecamethylpentasiloxane.
- Cyclic silicone volatile oils that may be mentioned include hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane.
- the non-volatile oils may, in particular, be chosen from hydrocarbon oils, fluorinated oils and / or non-volatile silicone oils.
- non-volatile hydrocarbon oil mention may notably be made of:
- hydrocarbon oils of vegetable origin synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40 carbon atoms, such as dicapryl ether,
- esters such as the oils of formula R 1 COOR 2 , in which R 1 represents a residue of a linear or branched fatty acid comprising from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon chain, in particular, branched, containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms with the proviso that R 1 + R 2 is> 10.
- the esters may be, in particular, chosen from fatty alcohol and fatty acid esters, for example cetostearyl octanoate, esters and the like.
- isopropyl alcohol such as isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, ethyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, octyl stearate, hydroxylated esters such as isostearyl lactate, octyl hydroxystearate, ricinoleates of alcohols or polyhydric alcohols, hexyl laurate, esters of neopentanoic acid, such as isodecyl neopentanoate, neopentanoate.
- esters of isononanoic acid such as isononanoate isononyl, isotridecyl isononanoate, polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, such as dipentaerythritol tetrahydroxystearate / tetraisostearate,
- C12-C22 fatty acids such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and mixtures thereof,
- non-phenylated silicone oils for example caprylyl methycone, and
- phenylated silicone oils for example phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyl trimethylsiloxy diphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenyl methyldiphenyl trisiloxanes, and 2-phenylethyl trimethylsiloxysilicates, dimethicones or phenyltrimethicone with a viscosity of less than or equal to 100 cSt; trimethylpentaphenyltrisiloxane, and mixtures thereof; as well as the mixtures of these different oils.
- a composition according to the invention comprises volatile and / or nonvolatile silicone oils.
- silicone oils are particularly preferred when the lipophilic gelling agent is an organopolysiloxane elastomer.
- a composition according to the invention may comprise from 2% to 85% by weight, better still from 5% to 40% by weight, preferably from 7% to 35% by weight of oil (s) relative to the total weight of said composition.
- the gelled oily phase according to the invention can have a threshold stress greater than 1.5 Pa, preferably greater than 10 Pa, and more preferably greater than 70 Pa.
- the gelled oily phase according to the invention can have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
- This threshold stress value reflects a gel-like texture of this oily phase.
- cosmetic adjuvants chosen from softeners, antioxidants, opacifiers, stabilizers, moisturizing agents, vitamins, bactericides, preservatives, perfumes, or any other ingredient usually used in cosmetics for this type of application.
- composition according to the invention may comprise at least one moisturizing agent (also called humectant).
- moisturizing agent also called humectant
- the moisturizing agent is glycerin.
- the additives are generally present in the composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
- the moisturizing agent (s) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, especially from 0.5% to 10% by weight, or even from 1% to 6% by weight, relative to to the total weight of said composition
- composition according to the invention may further comprise at least one solid particle such as a filler.
- fillers are conventionally used in hygiene or care compositions.
- These fillers are colorless or solid white particles of all shapes, which are in an insoluble form and dispersed in the medium of the composition.
- these fillers advantageously make it possible to fight against various aggressions such as sebum or sweat.
- these fillers may be mentioned talc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-alanine powders and polyethylene, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders (Teflon ®), lauroyl lysine, starch, boron nitride, polymeric hollow microspheres such as polyvinylidene chloride / acrylonitrile such as Expancel ® (Nobel Industry), acrylic acid copolymers, silicone resin microspheres (Toshiba Tospearls ® , for example), elastomeric polyorganosiloxane particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate and hydrocyanate, hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethane
- such fillers may be present in a composition according to the invention in a content of between 0.01% and 25% by weight, in particular between 0.1% and 15% by weight, in particular between 0, 5% and 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
- a composition may comprise at least solid particles such as fillers.
- a composition according to the invention may comprise from 0.01% to 25% by weight, in particular from 0.1% to 25% by weight, in particular from 1% to 20% by weight and preferably from 5% to 15% by weight of solid particles, relative to the total weight of the composition.
- composition according to the invention may further comprise a dispersing agent.
- Such a dispersing agent may be a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several of them.
- a dispersing agent according to the invention is a surfactant.
- the measurements are carried out using a Haake RS600 rheometer on a product at rest, at 25 ° C with a plane plane 60 mm and a gap of 2 mm.
- the measurements in harmonic regime make it possible to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the products.
- the technique involves subjecting a material to sinusoidally varying stress over time and measuring the response of the material to that stress.
- the constraint ( ⁇ ) and the deformation ( ⁇ ) are two sinusoidal functions of the time which are written in the following way:
- ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ sin (cot + ⁇ )
- ⁇ represents the maximum amplitude of the stress (Pa);
- ⁇ represents the maximum amplitude of the deformation (-);
- ⁇ 2 ⁇ represents the pulsation (rad.s "1 ) with N representing the frequency
- ⁇ represents the phase shift of the stress with respect to the deformation (rad).
- the two functions have the same angular frequency but they are out of phase by an angle ⁇ .
- the behavior of the system can be apprehended:
- the material is viscoelastic.
- a modulus of complex rigidity representing the overall resistance of the material to deformation, whether of elastic or viscous origin, is then defined by:
- the parameter adopted is the modulus of average stiffness G * measured at the plateau measured at a frequency of 1 Hz.
- the fatty phase is gelled with at least one oily gelling agent.
- the fatty phase is gelled by a polar wax: synthetic beeswax (Examples 1 and 7), an apolar synthetic wax (Examples 2, 3), by an apolar polymer: by a copolymer diblock (Example 4), with a silicone elastomer (Example 5, 6, 8, 10, 11), with a modified clay such as Disteardimonium Hectorite (Bentone 38 VCG) (Examples 7 to 11).
- the components of the aqueous phase are weighed in a beaker and stirred.
- the aqueous phase is gelled with at least one aqueous gelling agent with aluminum chlorohydrate.
- the aqueous phase is gelled with an amphoteric synthetic associative polymer (Examples 1 to 9 and 11), an amphoteric modified starch (Examples 1 to 10) and a non-starch polysaccharide (Example 10).
- an amphoteric synthetic associative polymer Examples 1 to 9 and 11
- an amphoteric modified starch Examples 1 to 10
- a non-starch polysaccharide Example 10
- the gel / gel is prepared by mixing the two phases in a "kneader" mixer equipped with a tank and an axial blade with moderate stirring for 4 minutes.
- the final gel is characterized by macroscopically homogeneous, bicontinuous dispersion.
- compositions obtained are stored at room temperature. The observation of the macroscopic appearance of the gel / gel is continued during
- compositions according to the invention are compositions according to the invention:
- Example 9 Example 10
- Example 11 INCI name
- Example 9 Example 10
- Example 11 INCI name
- Example 9 Example 10
- Example 11 INCI name
- Example 9 Example 10
- Example 11 INCI name
- NATROSOL 250 marketed under the - 0.25 - name NATROSOL 250
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Birds (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Cosmetics (AREA)
Abstract
Description
« Composition gel/gel contenant un actif anti-transpirant » "Gel / gel composition containing an antiperspirant active"
La présente invention vise à proposer pour le domaine du soin et de l'hygiène des matières kératiniques, et en particulier de la peau du corps, une nouvelle galénique tout particulièrement intéressante au regard de ses performances techniques et des ressentis sensoriels qu'elle procure à l'utilisateur lors de son application sur celles-ci et en particulier sur la peau. The present invention aims to provide for the field of care and hygiene of keratinous substances, and in particular of the skin of the body, a new galenic particularly interesting in terms of its technical performance and sensory sensations that it provides to the user during its application on these and in particular on the skin.
Elle concerne en outre un procédé cosmétique pour traiter la transpiration et éventuellement les odeurs corporelles liées à la transpiration humaine notamment les odeurs axillaires. It also relates to a cosmetic process for treating perspiration and possibly body odors related to human perspiration including axillary odors.
Par « matières kératiniques », on entend la peau et les phanères. By "keratin materials" is meant skin and integuments.
Par « peau », on entend la peau du visage et/ou du corps, le cuir chevelu et les semi-muqueuses (lèvres). By "skin" is meant the skin of the face and / or the body, the scalp and the semi-mucous membranes (lips).
Dans le domaine cosmétique, il est bien connu d'utiliser en application topique comme anti-transpirants des sels astringents comme les sels d'aluminium et/ou les sels de zirconium qui ont pour effet de limiter voire supprimer le flux sudoral. In the cosmetic field, it is well known to use topically as antiperspirants astringent salts such as aluminum salts and / or zirconium salts which have the effect of limiting or suppressing the flow of sweat.
Les compositions les contenant par exemple disponibles sous forme de roll-on, de sticks sont généralement des émulsions stabilisées par des tensioactifs. The compositions containing them, for example available in the form of roll-on, of sticks are generally emulsions stabilized with surfactants.
Or les tensioactifs ne sont pas compatibles avec toutes les applications, en outre ils sont parfois décrits comme présentant une agressivité pour la peau. Surfactants are not compatible with all applications, and they are sometimes described as being aggressive to the skin.
De plus, dans le cas particulier des anti-transpirants, la présence de sels d'aluminium à caractère ionique limite l'utilisation de familles larges de tensioactif. L'utilisation de tensioactifs non ioniques a été une façon de s'affranchir de ce problème. In addition, in the particular case of antiperspirants, the presence of ionic aluminum salts limits the use of broad families of surfactants. The use of nonionic surfactants has been a way to overcome this problem.
Il existe par conséquent un besoin d'autres galéniques requérant une teneur limitée en tensioactifs et proposant une autre façon de véhiculer les anti-transpirants. There is therefore a need for other galenics requiring a limited content of surfactants and providing another way to convey the antiperspirants.
Plus généralement, il existe également un besoin de proposer aux utilisateurs des galéniques nouvelles, différentes des galéniques émulsionnées classiques que sont les roll'ons, les aérosols émulsions, les sticks émulsions et les crèmes épaisses. More generally, there is also a need to provide users with new galenics, different from conventional emulsified galenics such as roll'ons, aerosols emulsions, emulsion sticks and thick creams.
Enfin, il est également connu que les anti-transpirants, qui sont sous forme de sels, ont tendance à laisser des traces blanches et des taches jaunes sur les tissus et vêtements. Ces sels causent le désagrément de former, après application sur les matières kératiniques, un dépôt qui sèche lentement voire un dépôt gras. Par ailleurs, l'efficacité de ces anti-transpirants requiert trop souvent une application répétitive sur les matières kératiniques afin d'obtenir un effet anti-transpirant effectif satisfaisant. Finally, it is also known that antiperspirants, which are in the form of salts, tend to leave white marks and yellow spots on fabrics and clothing. These salts cause the inconvenience of forming, after application to the keratin materials, a deposit which dries slowly or even a fatty deposit. Moreover, the effectiveness of these antiperspirants too often require a repetitive application on the keratin materials in order to obtain a satisfactory effective antiperspirant effect.
Il subsiste donc le besoin de disposer de produits stables anti-transpirants et éventuellement déodorants dénués des inconvénients et/ou limitations exposés ci-dessus. There remains therefore the need for stable antiperspirant products and possibly deodorants devoid of the disadvantages and / or limitations outlined above.
La présente invention vise précisément à répondre à ces besoins. The present invention aims precisely to meet these needs.
Ainsi, selon l'un de ses aspects, la présente invention vise une composition notamment cosmétique, comprenant : Thus, according to one of its aspects, the present invention aims at a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising:
- au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
- au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one lipophilic gelling agent;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène ; said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein;
ladite composition comprenant en outre au moins un actif anti-transpirant choisi parmi les sels d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, les complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, et leurs mélanges. said composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
La présente invention vise également une composition notamment cosmétique, comprenant : The present invention also relates to a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising:
- au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
- au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile non cellulosique ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène ; said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein;
ladite composition comprenant en outre au moins un actif anti-transpirant, notamment choisi parmi les sels d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, les complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, et leurs mélanges. said composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent, especially chosen from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
Par « agent anti-transpirant », on entend toute substance qui a pour effet de diminuer le flux de la sueur et/ou de diminuer la sensation d'humidité liée à la sueur humaine et/ou de masquer la sueur humaine. L'actif anti-transpirant peut être présent dans la phase aqueuse, dans la phase huileuse ou encore, à la fois dans la phase aqueuse et dans la phase huileuse. Bien évidemment le gélifiant de la phase dans laquelle est présent l'actif anti-transpirant doit être compatible avec ledit actif anti-transpirant. By "antiperspirant agent" is meant any substance which has the effect of reducing the flow of sweat and / or of reducing the sensation of moisture related to human sweat and / or of masking human sweat. The antiperspirant active agent may be present in the aqueous phase, in the oily phase or alternatively in the aqueous phase and in the oily phase. Of course, the gelling agent of the phase in which the antiperspirant active agent is present must be compatible with said antiperspirant active agent.
Par « compatible », on entend que la mise en présence dans une même phase, en particulier dans la phase aqueuse, de l'actif anti-transpirant et du gélifiant de ladite phase ne conduit pas à une déstabilisation de la phase. By "compatible" is meant that the bringing together in the same phase, in particular in the aqueous phase, of the antiperspirant active agent and gelling agent of said phase does not lead to destabilization of the phase.
Par « déstabilisation de la phase », on entend tous les phénomènes pouvant amener à une hétérogénéité du produit tels que le relargage de l'huile, le crémage ou la sédimentation, l'apparition d'agrégats macroscopiques. By "destabilization of the phase" is meant all the phenomena that can lead to a heterogeneity of the product such as the release of the oil, the creaming or the sedimentation, the appearance of macroscopic aggregates.
Ainsi selon une première variante, préférée, la composition selon l'invention comprend : Thus according to a first, preferred variant, the composition according to the invention comprises:
-au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
-au moins un actif anti-transpirant présent dans la phase aqueuse ; at least one antiperspirant active agent present in the aqueous phase;
-au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one lipophilic gelling agent;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène. said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein.
Selon une deuxième variante, la composition selon l'invention comprend :According to a second variant, the composition according to the invention comprises:
- au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
- au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one lipophilic gelling agent;
- au moins un actif anti-transpirant présent dans la phase aqueuse et dans la phase huileuse ; at least one antiperspirant active agent present in the aqueous phase and in the oily phase;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène. De préférence, la composition selon l'invention est telle que l'actif anti- transpirant est présent dans la phase aqueuse ou présent dans la phase aqueuse et la phase huileuse, plus préférentiellement l'actif anti-transpirant est présent dans la phase aqueuse. Avantageusement, le ou les actifs anti-transpirants sont présents en tout ou en partie, et de préférence uniquement, dans la phase aqueuse gélifiée. said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein. Preferably, the composition according to the invention is such that the antiperspirant active agent is present in the aqueous phase or present in the aqueous phase and the oily phase, more preferably the antiperspirant active agent is present in the aqueous phase. Advantageously, the antiperspirant active agent (s) are present in whole or in part, and preferably only, in the gelled aqueous phase.
Il ressort des exemples ci-après que les compositions selon l'invention sont stables. It is apparent from the examples below that the compositions according to the invention are stable.
Des compositions, dites gel-gel, sont déjà proposées dans le domaine cosmétique. Ce type de formulations associe une phase aqueuse gélifiée à une phase huileuse gélifiée. Ainsi, des formulations gel/gel sont décrites dans Almeida et al, Pharmaceutical Development and Technology, 2008, 13 :487, tableaux 1 et 2, page 488 ; WO 99/65455 ; PI 0405758-9 ; WO 99/62497 ; JP 2005-112834 et WO 2008/081175. Compositions, called gel-gel, are already proposed in the cosmetics field. This type of formulation combines a gelled aqueous phase with a gelled oily phase. Thus, gel / gel formulations are described in Almeida et al, Pharmaceutical Development and Technology, 2008, 13: 487, Tables 1 and 2, page 488; WO 99/65455; PI 0405758-9; WO 99/62497; JP 2005-112834 and WO 2008/081175.
Toutefois, à la connaissance des inventeurs, ce type de composition ne permet pas à l'heure actuelle de garantir toutes les propriétés essentielles attendues dans le domaine cosmétique, telles qu'une texture agréable lors de la préhension du produit, un dépôt non collant, confortable et homogène, ou encore une stabilité de la formulation. En outre ces compositions ne sont pas formulées sous forme de déodorant. However, to the inventors' knowledge, this type of composition does not currently make it possible to guarantee all the essential properties expected in the cosmetic field, such as a pleasant texture during the gripping of the product, a non-sticky deposit, comfortable and homogeneous, or a stability of the formulation. In addition, these compositions are not formulated as a deodorant.
Ainsi, une composition selon l'invention manifeste une très bonne stabilité. En outre une composition selon l'invention permet de procurer un ressenti de fraîcheur et de légèreté à l'utilisateur à l'application. Plus particulièrement, les compositions selon l'invention se distinguent par leur propriété de fraîcheur non mouillante, d'absence de collant et de toucher non gras. Thus, a composition according to the invention has a very good stability. In addition, a composition according to the invention makes it possible to obtain a sensation of freshness and lightness to the user at the application. More particularly, the compositions according to the invention are distinguished by their property of non-wetting freshness, absence of tack and non-greasy feel.
Enfin, la composition s'avère facile à appliquer en surface de la matière kératinique visée et conduit à une amélioration de la qualité du dépôt (non gras) tout en conférant une bonne efficacité anti-transpirante et éventuellement déodorante. L'application de la composition selon l'invention sur la peau conduit notamment à un dépôt lisse et homogène, et produit un sensoriel agréable, notamment une sensation de fraîcheur et de légèreté. Plus particulièrement, les compositions selon l'invention permettent de diminuer significativement les traces blanches et les taches jaunes sur les tissus (caractère non transfert), tout en améliorant la qualité du dépôt du produit et son efficacité dans le temps, tout en apportant une bonne mouillabilité vis-à-vis du support en présence d'eau et/ou de sébum, ainsi que, de manière rémanente, une résistance à l'humidité due à la transpiration et au gras du sébum, et un toucher sec, et tout en conservant un agrément sensoriel adapté pour une application anti- transpirante/ déodorante . Finally, the composition is easy to apply on the surface of the targeted keratin material and leads to an improvement in the quality of the deposit (non-greasy) while conferring a good antiperspirant and possibly deodorant efficacy. The application of the composition according to the invention to the skin leads in particular to a smooth and homogeneous deposit, and produces a pleasant sensory, especially a sensation of freshness and lightness. More particularly, the compositions according to the invention make it possible to significantly reduce white traces and yellow spots on the tissues (non transfer character), while improving the quality of the deposit of the product and its effectiveness over time, while at the same time providing good wettability vis-à-vis the support in the presence of water and / or sebum, and, remanently, resistance to moisture due to perspiration and sebum fat, and a dry touch, and while retaining a sensory approval adapted for an antiperspirant / deodorant application.
Le caractère non transfert d'une composition correspond au fait qu'une fois appliquée, celle-ci ne se dépose pas de façon notable sur les surfaces avec lesquelles elle vient en contact, et plus particulièrement les vêtements. The non-transfer character of a composition corresponds to the fact that once applied, it does not deposit significantly on the surfaces with which it comes in contact, and more particularly clothing.
L'invention a encore pour objet, selon un autre de ses aspects, un procédé de préparation d'une composition, notamment cosmétique, comprenant au moins une étape de mélange : The subject of the invention is, according to another of its aspects, a process for preparing a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising at least one mixing step:
- d'au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
- d'au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one lipophilic gelling agent;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène ; said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein;
ladite composition comprenant en outre au moins un actif anti-transpirant choisi parmi les sels d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, les complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, et leurs mélanges. said composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
L'invention a aussi pour objet, un procédé de préparation d'une composition, notamment cosmétique, comprenant au moins une étape de mélange : The subject of the invention is also a method for preparing a composition, in particular a cosmetic composition, comprising at least one mixing step:
- d'au moins une phase aqueuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile ; at least one aqueous phase gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent;
- d'au moins une phase huileuse gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant lipophile non cellulosique ; at least one oily phase gelled with at least one non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent;
lesdites phases y formant un mélange macroscopiquement homogène ; said phases forming a macroscopically homogeneous mixture therein;
ladite composition comprenant en outre au moins un actif anti-transpirant, en particulier choisi parmi les sels d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, les complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, et leurs mélanges. said composition further comprising at least one antiperspirant active agent, in particular selected from aluminum and / or zirconium salts, aluminum and / or zirconium complexes, and mixtures thereof.
On entend par « gélifiant lipophile non-celullosique » au sens de la présente invention, un composé apte à gélifier la phase huileuse des compositions selon l'invention et qui ne comporte dans sa structure aucun groupement cellulose de formule chimique : The term "non-cellulosic lipophilic gelling agent" in the sense of the present invention, a compound capable of gelling the oily phase of the compositions according to the invention and which comprises in its structure no cellulose group of chemical formula:
non ni tout autre groupement dérivé de cellulose résultant de la réaction des groupements OH de la cellulose avec des réactifs chimiques tel qu'un éther de cellulose (éthylcellulose), ester de cellulose (carboxymethylcellulose) ou ester-éther de cellulose. no or any other group derived from cellulose resulting from the reaction of OH groups of cellulose with chemical reagents such as a cellulose ether (ethylcellulose), cellulose ester (carboxymethylcellulose) or ester-cellulose ether.
Selon une variante de réalisation, ce procédé peut avantageusement comprendre une étape de mélange d'au moins deux, de préférence au moins trois phases gélifiées, voire plus. According to an alternative embodiment, this process may advantageously comprise a step of mixing at least two, preferably at least three, or even more gelled phases.
Pour des raisons évidentes, le nombre de phases aqueuses gélifiées et de phases huileuses gélifiées à considérer pour former une composition selon l'invention peut varier pour chacun des deux types de phase au delà de deux. For obvious reasons, the number of gelled aqueous phases and gelled oily phases to be considered for forming a composition according to the invention may vary for each of the two types of phase beyond two.
Selon une variante de réalisation, le mélange des phases peut être réalisé à température ambiante. According to an alternative embodiment, the mixing of the phases can be carried out at ambient temperature.
Toutefois, le procédé de l'invention peut comporter, si nécessaire, une étape de chauffage du mélange. However, the method of the invention may include, if necessary, a step of heating the mixture.
Selon un mode de réalisation particulier, les phases gélifiées représentatives d'un même type d'architecture sont gélifiées par un gélifiant différent. According to a particular embodiment, the gelled phases representative of the same type of architecture are gelled by a different gelling agent.
Selon une variante de réalisation, la formule finale peut être fabriquée sans suivre un ordre particulier d'introduction des différents constituants et dans certains cas une fabrication « tout en un » peut être réalisée. According to an alternative embodiment, the final formula can be manufactured without following a particular order of introduction of the various constituents and in some cases an "all-in-one" manufacture can be carried out.
Des formules multiphasiques peuvent ainsi être développées. Multiphase formulas can thus be developed.
L'invention a encore pour objet, selon un autre de ses aspects, un procédé cosmétique pour traiter la transpiration et éventuellement les odeurs corporelles liées à la transpiration humaine notamment les odeurs axillaires, consistant à appliquer sur la surface de la peau et plus particulièrement au niveau des axillaires, une composition selon l'invention. Composition The invention further relates, in another of its aspects, a cosmetic process for treating perspiration and possibly body odors related to human perspiration including axillary odors, consisting in applying to the surface of the skin and more particularly to axillary level, a composition according to the invention. Composition
Tout d'abord, il est important de noter qu'une composition selon l'invention est différente d'une émulsion. First, it is important to note that a composition according to the invention is different from an emulsion.
Une émulsion est généralement constituée d'une phase liquide huileuse et d'une phase liquide aqueuse. Il s'agit d'une dispersion de gouttelettes de l'une des deux phases liquides dans l'autre. La taille des gouttelettes formant la phase dispersée de l'émulsion est typiquement de l'ordre du micromètre (0, 1 à 100 μιη). De plus, une émulsion requiert la présence d'un tensio-actif ou d'un émulsifiant pour assurer sa stabilité. An emulsion generally consists of an oily liquid phase and an aqueous liquid phase. It is a dispersion of droplets of one of the two liquid phases in the other. The size of the droplets forming the dispersed phase of the emulsion is typically of the order of one micrometer (0.1 to 100 μιη). In addition, an emulsion requires the presence of a surfactant or an emulsifier to ensure its stability.
A l'inverse, une composition selon l'invention consiste en un mélange macroscopiquement homogène de deux phases gélifiées non miscibles. Ces deux phases possèdent toutes deux une texture de type gel/gel. Cette texture se traduit notamment visuellement par un aspect consistant et/ou crémeux. In contrast, a composition according to the invention consists of a macroscopically homogeneous mixture of two immiscible gelled phases. These two phases both have a gel / gel-like texture. This texture is reflected in particular visually by a consistent and / or creamy appearance.
On entend par « mélange macroscopiquement homogène », un mélange dans lequel chacune des phases gélifiées ne peut être individualisé à l'œil nu. Plus précisément, dans une composition selon l'invention, la phase aqueuse gélifiée et la phase huileuse gélifiée interpénètrent et forment ainsi un produit stable et consistant. Cette consistance est atteinte par mélange des macro-domaines interpénétrés. Ces macro-domaines interpénétrés ne sont pas des objets mesurables. Ainsi, au microscope, la composition selon l'invention est très différente d'une émulsion. Une composition selon l'invention ne peut non plus être caractérisée comme ayant un « sens », i.e. un sens H/E ou E/H. En d'autres termes, une phase continue et une phase dispersée ne peuvent être définies. The term "macroscopically homogeneous mixture" means a mixture in which each of the gelled phases can not be individualized with the naked eye. More precisely, in a composition according to the invention, the gelled aqueous phase and the gelled oily phase interpenetrate and thus form a stable and consistent product. This consistency is achieved by mixing interpenetrating macro domains. These interpenetrating macro-domains are not measurable objects. Thus, under the microscope, the composition according to the invention is very different from an emulsion. A composition according to the invention can not be characterized as having a "meaning", ie an O / W or E / H direction. In other words, a continuous phase and a dispersed phase can not be defined.
Ainsi, une composition selon l'invention possède une consistance de type gel. La stabilité de la composition peut être assurée sans la présence obligatoire d'un tensio- actif. Par conséquent, une composition cosmétique selon l'invention ne requiert pas nécessairement de tensio-actif ni d'émulsifiant siliconé pour assurer sa stabilité. Une composition selon l'invention se distingue d'une émulsion selon au moins un des tests suivants : test réalisé au moyen d'une matière colorante, « test de la goutte » et test de dilution. Test réalisé au moyen d'une matière colorante Thus, a composition according to the invention has a gel-like consistency. The stability of the composition can be ensured without the mandatory presence of a surfactant. Therefore, a cosmetic composition according to the invention does not necessarily require surfactant or silicone emulsifier to ensure its stability. A composition according to the invention differs from an emulsion according to at least one of the following tests: test carried out using a dyestuff, "drop test" and dilution test. Test carried out using a coloring material
Il est connu de l'état de l'art d'observer la nature intrinsèque d'un mélange de gels aqueux et huileux dans une composition de type gel/gel, par exemple, en introduisant une matière colorante soit dans la phase gélifiée aqueuse soit dans la phase gélifiée lipophile, avant la formation de la composition de type gel/gel. Lors de l'inspection visuelle, dans une composition de type gel/gel, la matière colorante semble uniformément dispersée, même si le colorant est présent uniquement dans la phase aqueuse gélifiée ou dans la phase huileuse gélifiée. En effet, si deux colorants différents de couleurs distinctes sont introduits respectivement dans la phase huileuse et dans la phase aqueuse, avant la formation de la composition de type gel/gel, les deux couleurs peuvent être observées comme uniformément dispersées dans toute la composition de type gel/gel. Cela est différent d'une émulsion dans laquelle, si un colorant, soluble dans l'eau ou soluble dans l'huile, est introduit respectivement dans les phases aqueuse et huileuse, avant de former l'émulsion, on observera uniquement la couleur du colorant présent dans la phase externe (Remington : The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, I9eme Edition (1995), Chapitre 21, page 282). It is known from the state of the art to observe the intrinsic nature of a mixture of aqueous and oily gels in a gel / gel-type composition, for example by introducing a coloring material either in the aqueous gelled phase or in the gelled lipophilic phase, before the formation of the gel / gel-type composition. During the visual inspection, in a gel / gel composition, the coloring matter appears to be uniformly dispersed, even if the dye is present only in the gelled aqueous phase or in the gelled oily phase. In fact, if two different dyes of different colors are introduced respectively into the oily phase and into the aqueous phase, before the formation of the gel / gel-type composition, the two colors can be observed as uniformly dispersed throughout the composition of the type. gel / gel. This is different from an emulsion in which, if a water-soluble or oil-soluble dye is introduced into the aqueous and oily phases, respectively, before forming the emulsion, only the color of the dye will be observed. present in the external phase (Remington: the Science and Practice of Pharmacy, I9 th Edition (1995), Chapter 21, page 282).
Test de la goutte Test of gout
Il est également connu de distinguer une composition de type gel/gel d'une émulsion en effectuant un « test de la goutte ». Ce test consiste à démontrer la nature bi- continue d'une composition de type gel/gel. En effet, comme mentionné précédemment, la consistance d'une composition est obtenue grâce à l'interpénétration des domaines gélifiés aqueux et huileux. Par conséquent, la nature bi-continue d'une composition de type gel/gel peut être mise en évidence par un simple test avec respectivement des solvants hydrophile et hydrophobe. Ce test consiste à déposer, d'une part, une goutte d'un solvant hydrophile sur un premier échantillon de la composition testée, et d'autre part, une goutte d'un solvant hydrophobe sur un second échantillon de la même composition testée, et d'analyser le comportement des deux gouttes de solvants. Dans le cas d'une émulsion H/E, la goutte de solvant hydrophile diffuse dans l'échantillon et la goutte de solvant hydrophobe reste à la surface de l'échantillon. Dans le cas d'une émulsion E/H, la goutte de solvant hydrophile reste à la surface de l'échantillon et la goutte de solvant hydrophobe diffuse dans tout l'échantillon. Finalement, dans le cas d'une composition de type gel/gel (système bi-continu), les gouttes hydrophile et hydrophobe diffusent dans tout l'échantillon. It is also known to distinguish a gel / gel composition of an emulsion by performing a "drop test". This test consists of demonstrating the bi-continuous nature of a gel / gel composition. Indeed, as mentioned above, the consistency of a composition is obtained thanks to the interpenetration of the aqueous and oily gelled domains. Therefore, the bi-continuous nature of a gel / gel composition can be evidenced by a simple test with hydrophilic and hydrophobic solvents respectively. This test consists in depositing, on the one hand, a drop of a hydrophilic solvent on a first sample of the tested composition, and, on the other hand, a drop of a hydrophobic solvent on a second sample of the same composition tested, and to analyze the behavior of the two drops of solvents. In the case of an O / W emulsion, the drop of hydrophilic solvent diffuses into the sample and the drop of hydrophobic solvent remains on the surface of the sample. In the case of an W / O emulsion, the drop of hydrophilic solvent remains on the surface of the sample and the drop of hydrophobic solvent diffuses throughout the sample. Finally, in the case of a composition of gel / gel type (bi-continuous system), hydrophilic and hydrophobic drops diffuse throughout the sample.
Test de dilution Dilution test
Dans le cas de la présente invention, le test qui sera privilégié pour distinguer une composition de type gel/gel d'une émulsion est un test de dilution. En effet, dans une composition de type gel/gel, les domaines gélifiés aqueux et huileux interpénètrent et forment une composition consistante et stable, dans laquelle le comportement dans l'eau et dans l'huile est différent du comportement d'une émulsion. Par conséquent, le comportement lors d'une dilution d'une composition de type gel (système bi-continu) peut être comparé à celui d'une émulsion, et conduiront bien entendu à des résultats différents. In the case of the present invention, the test that will be preferred for distinguishing a gel / gel composition from an emulsion is a dilution test. Indeed, in a gel / gel type composition, the aqueous and oily gelled domains interpenetrate and form a consistent and stable composition, in which the behavior in water and in oil is different from the behavior of an emulsion. Therefore, the behavior during a dilution of a gel-like composition (dual-stream system) can be compared to that of an emulsion, and will of course lead to different results.
Plus spécifiquement, le test de dilution consiste à mettre 40 g de produit et 160 g de solvant de dilution (eau ou huile) dans un bêcher. La dilution est effectuée sous agitation contrôlée pour éviter tout phénomène d'émulsification. En particulier, ceci est effectué en utilisant un mélangeur à mouvement planétaire : Speed Mixer TM DAC400FVZ. La vitesse du mélangeur est réglée à 1 500 rpm pendant 4 minutes. Enfin, l'observation de l'échantillon résultant est effectuée à l'aide d'un microscope optique à un grossissement de xlOO (xlOxlO). Il peut être noté que les huiles comme Parleam® et Xiameter PMX-200 Silicone Fluid 5CS® commercialisés par Dow Corning conviennent comme solvant de dilution au même titre qu'une des huiles contenue dans la composition. More specifically, the dilution test consists in putting 40 g of product and 160 g of dilution solvent (water or oil) in a beaker. The dilution is carried out with controlled stirring to avoid any emulsification phenomenon. In particular, this is done using a planetary mixer: Speed Mixer TM DAC400FVZ. The mixer speed is set at 1500 rpm for 4 minutes. Finally, the observation of the resulting sample is performed using an optical microscope at a magnification of x100 (x10x10). It may be noted that oils as Parleam ® and Xiameter PMX-200 Silicone Fluid 5CS ® marketed by Dow Corning suitable as dilution solvent in the same way that oil contained in the composition.
Dans le cas d'une composition de type gel/gel (système bi-continu), lorsqu'elle est diluée dans l'huile ou dans l'eau, un aspect hétérogène est toujours observé. Quand une composition de type gel/gel (système bi-continu) est dilué dans de l'eau, on observe des morceaux de gel huileux en suspension et quand une composition de type gel/gel (système bi-continu) est dilué dans de l'huile, on observe des morceaux de gel aqueux en suspension. In the case of a gel / gel-type composition (bicontinuous system), when it is diluted in oil or in water, a heterogeneous appearance is always observed. When a gel / gel composition (bicontinuous system) is diluted in water, pieces of oily gel are observed in suspension and when a gel / gel composition (bicontinuous system) is diluted in water. the oil, pieces of aqueous gel are observed in suspension.
Au contraire, lors de la dilution, les émulsions présentent un comportement différent. Une émulsion H/E, lorsqu'elle est diluée dans un solvant aqueux, se réduit progressivement sans présenter d'aspect hétérogène et grumeleux. Cette même émulsion H/E, lors de la dilution avec l'huile, présente une apparence hétérogène (morceaux d'émulsion H/E suspendus dans l'huile). Une émulsion E/H, lorsqu'elle est diluée avec un solvant aqueux, présente une apparence hétérogène (morceaux d'émulsion E/H suspendus dans l'eau). Cette même émulsion E/H, lorsqu'elle est diluée dans l'huile se réduit progressivement sans présenter d'aspect hétérogène et grumeleux. On the contrary, during the dilution, the emulsions exhibit a different behavior. An O / W emulsion, when diluted in an aqueous solvent, gradually reduces without having a heterogeneous and lumpy appearance. This same O / W emulsion, when diluted with the oil, has a heterogeneous appearance (pieces of O / W emulsion suspended in the oil). W / O emulsion, when diluted with an aqueous solvent, has a heterogeneous appearance (suspended E / H emulsion pieces) in water). This same W / O emulsion, when diluted in the oil, gradually reduces without presenting a heterogeneous and lumpy appearance.
Selon la présente invention, la phase gélifiée aqueuse et la phase gélifiée huileuse formant une composition selon l'invention y sont présentes dans un rapport pondéral variant de 95/5 à 5/95. Plus préférentiellement, la phase aqueuse et la phase huileuse sont présentes dans un rapport pondéral variant de 30/70 à 80/20. According to the present invention, the aqueous gelled phase and the gelled oily phase forming a composition according to the invention are present in a weight ratio ranging from 95/5 to 5/95. More preferably, the aqueous phase and the oily phase are present in a weight ratio ranging from 30/70 to 80/20.
Le rapport entre les deux phases gélifiées est ajusté selon les propriétés cosmétiques recherchées. The ratio between the two gelled phases is adjusted according to the desired cosmetic properties.
Ces ratios préférés sont particulièrement avantageux pour obtenir des compositions fraîches et légères. These preferred ratios are particularly advantageous for obtaining fresh and light compositions.
Avantageusement, une composition selon l'invention peut se présenter donc sous l'aspect d'un gel crémeux possédant une contrainte minimale au dessous de laquelle elle ne s'écoule pas sauf à avoir été soumise à une sollicitation mécanique externe. Advantageously, a composition according to the invention can therefore be in the form of a creamy gel having a minimum stress below which it does not flow unless subjected to external mechanical stress.
Comme il ressort de ce qui suit une composition selon l'invention peut posséder une contrainte seuil minimale de 1,5 Pa,en particulier supérieure à 10 Pa, et de préférence supérieure à 70 Pa. As is apparent from the following a composition according to the invention may have a minimum threshold stress of 1.5 Pa, in particular greater than 10 Pa, and preferably greater than 70 Pa.
La composition selon l'invention peut posséder une contrainte de seuil inférieure à 30000 Pa, de préférence inférieure à 10000 Pa et de préférence inférieure à 3000Pa. The composition according to the invention may have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
Elle peut posséder également avantageusement un module de rigidité G* au moins égal à 400 Pa, et de préférence supérieur à 1 000 Pa. It can also advantageously have a modulus of rigidity G * of at least 400 Pa, and preferably greater than 1000 Pa.
La composition selon l'invention peut posséder un module de rigidité G* de préférence inférieur à 50000 Pa, de préférence inférieur à 30000 Pa, de préférence inférieur à 10000 Pa, de manière préférée inférieur à 5000 Pa et de préférence inférieur à 3000Pa. The composition according to the invention may have a modulus of rigidity G * preferably of less than 50000 Pa, preferably less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa, preferably less than 5000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
Selon une variante de réalisation avantageuse, les phases gélifiées considérées pour former une composition selon l'invention peuvent posséder respectivement une contrainte seuil supérieure à 1,5 Pa, de préférence supérieure à 10 Pa, et plus préférablement supérieure à 70 Pa. According to an advantageous variant embodiment, the gelled phases considered for forming a composition according to the invention may respectively have a threshold stress greater than 1.5 Pa, preferably greater than 10 Pa, and more preferably greater than 70 Pa.
Les phases gélifiées considérées pour former une composition selon l'invention peuvent posséder une contrainte de seuil inférieure à 30000 Pa, de préférence inférieure à 10000 Pa et de préférence inférieure à 3000 Pa. La caractérisation des contraintes seuil est effectuée par des mesures de rhéologie en oscillation. Une méthodologie est proposée dans le chapitre exemplification du présent texte. The gelled phases considered for forming a composition according to the invention may have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa. The characterization of the threshold stresses is performed by oscillation rheology measurements. A methodology is proposed in the exemplification chapter of this text.
D'une manière générale, les mesures correspondantes sont réalisées à 25 °C à l'aide d'un rhéomètre à contrainte imposée, RS600 HAAKE, équipé d'un corps de mesure plan-plan (diamètre 60 mm) muni d'un dispositif anti-évaporation (cloche). Pour chaque mesure, l'échantillon est mis en place délicatement et les mesures débutent 5 minutes après la mise en place de l'échantillon dans l'entrefer (2 mm). La composition testée est ensuite soumise à une rampe en contrainte de 10"2 à 103 Pa à une fréquence fixée à 1 Hz. In general, the corresponding measurements are carried out at 25 ° C. using an imposed stress rheometer, RS600 HAAKE, equipped with a plane-plane measuring body (diameter 60 mm) provided with a device anti-evaporation (bell). For each measurement, the sample is gently placed and the measurements begin 5 minutes after the sample is placed in the gap (2 mm). The tested composition is then subjected to a stress ramp of 10 -2 to 10 3 Pa at a frequency set at 1 Hz.
Une composition selon l'invention peut posséder également une certaine élasticité. Cette élasticité est caractérisable par un module de rigidité G* qui sous ce seuil de contrainte minimale peut être au moins égal à 400 Pa, et de préférence supérieur à 1 000 Pa. La valeur G* d'une composition peut être obtenue en soumettant la composition considérée à une rampe en contrainte de 10"2 à 103 Pa à une fréquence fixée à 1 Hz. A composition according to the invention may also have a certain elasticity. This elasticity is characterized by a modulus of rigidity G * which below this minimum stress threshold may be at least equal to 400 Pa, and preferably greater than 1000 Pa. The G * value of a composition can be obtained by subjecting the composition considered at a stress ramp of 10 -2 to 10 3 Pa at a frequency set at 1 Hz.
GELIFIANT HYDROPHILE HYDROPHILIC GELIFIER
On entend par « gélifiant hydrophile » au sens de la présente invention, un composé apte à gélifier la phase aqueuse des compositions selon l'invention. The term "hydrophilic gelling agent" in the sense of the present invention, a compound capable of gelling the aqueous phase of the compositions according to the invention.
Le gélifiant est hydrophile et est donc présent dans la phase aqueuse de la composition. The gelling agent is hydrophilic and is therefore present in the aqueous phase of the composition.
Le gélifiant peut être hydrosoluble ou hydrodispersible. The gelling agent may be water-soluble or water-dispersible.
Les gélifiants hydrophiles sont de préférence non émulsionnants. Comme précisé ci-dessus, la phase aqueuse d'une composition selon l'invention est gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant hydrophile. The hydrophilic gelling agents are preferably non-emulsifiers. As specified above, the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention is gelled with at least one hydrophilic gelling agent.
L'agent gélifiant hydrophile peut être choisi parmi les gélifiants polymériques synthétiques, les gélifiants polymériques naturels ou d'origine naturelle, les silicates mixtes et les silices pyrogénées, et leurs mélanges. The hydrophilic gelling agent may be chosen from synthetic polymeric gelling agents, natural or natural polymeric gelling agents, mixed silicates and pyrogenic silicas, and mixtures thereof.
Ces gélifiants hydrophiles peuvent être cationiques, anioniques, amphotères ou non-ioniques. These hydrophilic gelling agents may be cationic, anionic, amphoteric or nonionic.
Plus préférentiellement, l'agent gélifiant hydrophile sera choisi parmi des agents gélifiants hydrophiles non-ioniques, des agents gélifiants hydrophiles cationiques, et leurs mélanges. De préférence, l'agent gélifiant hydrophile peut être choisi parmi les gélifiants polymériques synthétiques. More preferably, the hydrophilic gelling agent will be chosen from hydrophilic nonionic gelling agents, cationic hydrophilic gelling agents, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the hydrophilic gelling agent may be chosen from synthetic polymeric gelling agents.
I. Gélifiants polymériques naturels ou d'origine naturelle I. Natural or naturally occurring polymeric gelling agents
Les gélifiants hydrophiles polymériques convenant à l'invention peuvent être naturels ou d'origine naturelle. Polymeric hydrophilic gelling agents that are suitable for the invention may be natural or of natural origin.
Au sens de l'invention, l'expression « d'origine naturelle » entend désigner les gélifiants polymériques obtenus par modification des gélifiants polymériques naturels. For the purposes of the invention, the expression "of natural origin" means polymeric gelling agents obtained by modifying natural polymeric gelling agents.
Ces gélifiants peuvent être particulaires ou non particulaires. These gelling agents may be particulate or non-particulate.
Plus précisément, ces gélifiants relèvent de la catégorie des polysaccharides. More specifically, these gelling agents fall within the category of polysaccharides.
D'une manière générale, les polysaccharides peuvent être distingués en plusieurs catégories. In general, the polysaccharides can be distinguished into several categories.
Ainsi les polysaccharides convenant à l'invention peuvent être des homopolysaccharides à l'image glucanes, galactanes et mannanes ou des hétéropolysaccharides à l'image de l'hémicellulose. Thus the polysaccharides that are suitable for the invention may be homopolysaccharides in the image of glucans, galactans and mannans or heteropolysaccharides such as hemicellulose.
De même, il peut s'agir de polysaccharides linéaires ou ramifiés à l'image de la gomme arabique et l'amylopectine, ou mixtes à l'image de l'amidon. Similarly, they may be linear or branched polysaccharides such as gum arabic and amylopectin, or mixed in the image of starch.
Plus particulièrement, les polysaccharides convenant à l'invention peuvent être distingués selon qu'ils sont amylacés ou non. More particularly, the polysaccharides that are suitable for the invention can be distinguished according to whether they are starchy or not.
I. A. Polysaccharides amylacés I. A. Starch polysaccharides
A titre représentatif de cette catégorie peuvent être tout particulièrement cités, les amidons natifs, les amidons modifiés et les amidons particulaires. Amidons natifs Representative of this category may be especially mentioned, native starches, modified starches and particulate starches. Native starches
Les amidons utilisables dans la présente invention sont plus particulièrement des macromolécules sous forme de polymères constitués de motifs élémentaires qui sont des unités anhydroglucose (dextrose), liées par liaisons a(l,4), de formule chimique (C6Hi0O5)n- Le nombre de ces motifs et leur assemblage permettent de distinguer l'amylose, molécule formée d'environ 600 à 1 000 molécules de glucose chaînées linéairement, et l'amylopectine, polymère ramifié tous les 25 résidus glucoses environ (liaison a(l,6). La chaîne totale peut faire entre 10 000 et 100 000 résidus glucoses. L'amidon est décrit en particulier dans « KIRK-OTHMER ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 3ème édition, volume 21, pages 492-507, Wiley Inter science, 1983 ». The starches which can be used in the present invention are more particularly macromolecules in the form of polymers consisting of elementary units which are anhydroglucose (dextrose) units, linked by α (1,4) bonds, of chemical formula (C 6 H 0 O 5 ) n The number of these units and their assembly make it possible to distinguish amylose, a molecule formed from approximately 600 to 1000 molecules of linearly-linked glucose, and amylopectin, a branched polymer around every 25 glucose residues (α-bond, The total chain can make between 10,000 and 100,000 glucose residues. Starch is described in particular in "Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical TECHNOLOGY, 3rd edition, volume 21, pages 492-507, Wiley Inter Science 1983".
Les proportions relatives d'amylose et d'amylopectine, ainsi que leur degré de polymérisation, varient en fonction de l'origine botanique des amidons. En moyenne, un échantillon d'amidon natif est constitué d'environ 25 % d'amylose et de 75 % d'amylopectine. The relative proportions of amylose and amylopectin, as well as their degree of polymerization, vary according to the botanical origin of the starches. On average, a sample of native starch consists of about 25% amylose and 75% amylopectin.
Parfois, il y a présence de phytoglycogène (entre 0 % et 20 % de l'amidon), un analogue de l'amylopectine mais ramifié tous les 10 à 15 résidus glucose. Sometimes, there is presence of phytoglycogen (between 0% and 20% of the starch), an analogue of amylopectin but branched every 10 to 15 glucose residues.
L'amidon peut se présenter sous forme de granules semi-cristallines : l'amylopectine est organisée en feuillets, l'amylose forme une zone amorphe moins bien organisée entre les différents feuillets. The starch can be in the form of semi-crystalline granules: amylopectin is organized in sheets, amylose forms a less well-organized amorphous zone between the different layers.
L'amylose s'organise en une hélice droite à six glucoses par tour. Il se dissocie en glucose assimilable sous l'action d'enzymes, les amylases, d'autant plus facilement s'il se trouve sous forme d'amylopectine. En effet, la formation hélicoïdale ne favorise pas l'accessibilité de l'amidon aux enzymes. Amyloidosis is organized into a right helix with six glucoses per turn. It dissociates into assimilable glucose under the action of enzymes, amylases, more easily if it is in the form of amylopectin. Indeed, helical formation does not promote the accessibility of starch to enzymes.
Les amidons se présentent généralement sous la forme d'une poudre blanche insoluble dans l'eau froide, dont la taille des particules élémentaires va de 3 à 100 microns. The starches are generally in the form of a white powder insoluble in cold water, the size of the elementary particles ranges from 3 to 100 microns.
En le traitant par l'eau chaude, on obtient l'empois. Il est exploité dans l'industrie pour ses propriétés d'épaississant et de gélifiant. By treating it with hot water, we obtain the poisoning. It is used in the industry for its thickener and gelling properties.
Les molécules d'amidons utilisés dans la présente invention peuvent avoir comme origine botanique les céréales ou encore les tubercules. Ainsi, les amidons sont par exemple choisis parmi les amidons de maïs, de riz, de manioc, de tapioca, d'orge, de pomme de terre, de blé, de sorgho, de pois. The starch molecules used in the present invention may have as botanical origin cereals or tubers. Thus, the starches are for example chosen from starches of maize, rice, cassava, tapioca, barley, potato, wheat, sorghum, pea.
Les amidons natifs sont représentés par exemple par les produits vendus sous les dénominations C*AmilogelTM, Cargill GelTM, C* GelTM, Cargill GumTM, DryGelTM, C*Pharm GelTM par la société Cargill, sous la dénomination Amidon de mais par la société Roquette, et sous la dénomination Tapioca Pure par la société National Starch. Amidons modifiés The native starches are represented, for example, by the products sold under the names C * Amilogel ™, Cargill Gel ™, C * Gel ™, Cargill Gum ™, Dry Gel ™, C * Pharm Gel ™ by the company Cargill, under the name Amidon de mais by Roquette, and under the name Tapioca Pure by the company National Starch. Modified starches
Les amidons modifiés utilisés dans la composition de l'invention peuvent être modifiés par une ou plusieurs des réactions suivantes : pré-gélatinisation, dégradation (hydrolyse acide, oxydation, dextrinisation), substitution (estérification, éthérification), réticulation (estérification), blanchiment. The modified starches used in the composition of the invention may be modified by one or more of the following reactions: pre-gelatinization, degradation (acid hydrolysis, oxidation, dextrinization), substitution (esterification, etherification), crosslinking (esterification), bleaching.
De manière plus particulière, ces réactions peuvent être réalisées de la façon suivante : More particularly, these reactions can be carried out as follows:
- pré-gélatinisation en faisant éclater les granules d'amidon (par exemple séchage et cuisson dans un tambour sécheur) ; pre-gelatinization by bursting the starch granules (for example drying and cooking in a drying drum);
- hydrolyse acide engendrant une rétrogradation très rapide au refroidissement ; - acid hydrolysis resulting in a very rapid retrogressive cooling;
- dextrinisation en milieu acide à haute température (hydrolyse puis repolymérisation) ; dextrinisation in an acid medium at high temperature (hydrolysis then repolymerization);
- réticulation par des agents fonctionnels capables de réagir avec les groupes hydroxyles des molécules d'amidon qui vont ainsi être liées entre elles (par exemple avec des groupes glyceryl et/ou phosphate) ; crosslinking by functional agents capable of reacting with the hydroxyl groups of the starch molecules which will thus be bonded together (for example with glyceryl and / or phosphate groups);
- estérification en milieu alcalin pour le greffage de groupes fonctionnels, notamment acyl en Ci-C6 (acétyl), hydroxyalkylés en Ci-C6 (hydroxyéthyl, hydroxypropyl), carboxyméthyl, octénylsuccinique. alkaline esterification for the grafting of functional groups, in particular C 1 -C 6 acyl (acetyl), C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl (hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl), carboxymethyl, octenylsuccinic.
On peut notamment obtenir par réticulation avec des composés phosphorés, des phosphates de monoamidon (du type Am-0-PO-(OX)2), des phosphates de diamidon (du type Am-O-PO-(OX)-O-Am) ou même de triamidon (du type Am-O-PO- (0-Am)2) ou leurs mélanges. In particular, it is possible to obtain, by crosslinking with phosphorus compounds, mono-starch phosphates (of the Am-0-PO- (OX) 2 type ), diamidon phosphates (of the Am-O-PO- (OX) -O-Am type). ) or even triamidon (of the type Am-O-PO- (O-Am) 2 ) or their mixtures.
X désigne notamment les métaux alcalins (par exemple sodium ou potassium), les métaux alcalinoterreux (par exemple calcium, magnésium), les sels d'ammoniaque, les sels d' aminés comme ceux de la monoéthanolamine, la diéthanolamine, la triéthanolamine, l'amino-3 propanediol-1,2, les sels ammoniums issus des aminoacides basiques tels que la lysine, l'arginine, la sarcosine, l'ornithine, la citrulline. X denotes in particular alkali metals (for example sodium or potassium), alkaline earth metals (for example calcium, magnesium), ammonia salts, amine salts such as those of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, 3-aminopropanediol-1,2, ammonium salts derived from basic amino acids such as lysine, arginine, sarcosine, ornithine, citrulline.
Les composés phosphorés peuvent être par exemple du tripolyphosphate de sodium, de Γ orthophosphate de sodium, de l'oxy chlorure de phosphore ou du trimétaphosphate de sodium. Les molécules d'amidon peuvent être issues de toutes les sources végétales d'amidon telles que notamment le maïs, la pomme de terre, l'avoine, le riz, le tapioca, le sorgho, l'orge ou le blé. On peut également utiliser les hydrolysats des amidons cités ci- dessus. The phosphorus compounds may be, for example, sodium tripolyphosphate, sodium orthophosphate, phosphorus oxychloride or sodium trimetaphosphate. The starch molecules can be derived from all plant sources of starch such as, in particular, corn, potato, oats, rice, tapioca, sorghum, barley or wheat. It is also possible to use the hydrolysates of the starches mentioned above.
Les amidons modifiés sont représentés par exemple par les produits vendus sous les dénominations C*Tex-Instant (adipate pré-gélatinisé), C*StabiTex-Instant (phosphate pré-gélatinisé), C*PolarT ex-Instant (hydroxypropylé pré-gélatinisé), C*Set (hydrolyse acide, oxydation), C*size (oxydation), C*BatterCrisp (oxydation), C*DrySet (dextrinisation), C*TexTM (adipate de diamidon acetylé), C*PolarTexTM (phosphate de diamidon hydroxypropylé), C* StabiTexTM (phosphate de diamidon, phosphate de diamidon acetylé) par la société Cargill, par les phosphates de diamidon ou des composés riches en phosphate de diamidon comme le produit proposé sous les références PREJEL VA-70-T AGGL (phosphate de diamidon de manioc hydroxypropylé gélatinisé) ou PREJEL TK1 (phosphate de diamidon de manioc gélatinisé) ou PREJEL 200 (phosphate de diamidon de manioc acétylé gélatinisé) par la Société AVEBE ou STRUCTURE ZEA de NATIONAL STARCH (phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé). The modified starches are represented for example by the products sold under the names C * Tex-Instant (pre-gelatinized adipate), C * StabiTex-Instant (pre-gelatinized phosphate), C * PolarT ex-Instant (pre-gelatinized hydroxypropyl) , C * Set (acid hydrolysis, oxidation), C * size (oxidation), C * BatterCrisp (oxidation), C * DrySet (dextrinisation), C * TexTM (acetylated diamidon adipate), C * PolarTexTM (hydroxypropylated diamidon phosphate) ), C * StabiTexTM (diamidon phosphate, acetylated diamidon phosphate) by Cargill, diamidon phosphates or compounds rich in diamidon phosphate, such as the product sold under the references PREJEL VA-70-T AGGL (phosphate de hydroxypropylated manioc gelatinized diamidon) or PREJEL TK1 (gelatinized manioc diamidon phosphate) or PREJEL 200 (gelatinized acetylated manioc diamidon phosphate) by the company AVEBE or STRUCTURE ZEA from NATIONAL STARCH (gelatinized cornstarch).
De préférence, on utilise le phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé notamment de STRUCTURE ZEA de NATIONAL STARCH. I. B. Polysaccharides non amylacés Preferably, the gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate, in particular NATIONAL STARCH STRUCTURE ZEA, is used. I. B. Non-starch polysaccharides
D'une manière générale, les polysaccharides non amylacés peuvent être choisis parmi les polysaccharides élaborés par des microorganismes ; les polysaccharides isolés des algues, les polysaccharides des végétaux supérieurs, tels que les polysaccharides homogènes, en particulier les celluloses et ses dérivés , les polysaccharides hétérogènes tels que les gommes arabique, les galactomannanes, les glucomannanes, , et leurs dérivés ; et leurs mélanges. In general, the non-starch polysaccharides may be chosen from polysaccharides prepared by microorganisms; polysaccharides isolated from algae, polysaccharides from higher plants, such as homogeneous polysaccharides, in particular celluloses and its derivatives, heterogeneous polysaccharides such as gums arabic, galactomannans, glucomannans, and their derivatives; and their mixtures.
En particulier, les polysaccharides peuvent être choisis parmi les glucanes, l'amylose, l'amylopectine, le glycogène, les celluloses et leurs dérivés, en particulier les méthylcelluloses, hydroxyalkylcelluloses, éthylhydroxyéthylcelluloses, et les, les mannanes, les xylanes, les lignines, les arabanes, les galactanes, les galacturonanes, , la chitine, les chitosanes, les glucoronoxylanes, les arabinoxylanes, les xyloglucanes, les glucomannanes, , les arabinogalactanes, les, les, les glycosaminoglucanes, les gommes arabiques, les gommes Tragacanthe, les gommes Ghatti, les gommes Karaya, les gommes de caroube, les galactomannanes telles que les gommes de guar et leurs dérivés non ioniques, en particulier l'hydroxypropyl guar, et ioniques, les gommes de biopolysaccharides d'origine microbienne, en particulier les gommes de scléroglucane ou de, les mucopolysaccharides, et en particulier les chondroïtines sulfate et leurs mélanges. In particular, the polysaccharides may be chosen from glucans, amylose, amylopectin, glycogen, celluloses and their derivatives, in particular methylcelluloses, hydroxyalkylcelluloses, ethylhydroxyethylcelluloses, and mannans, xylans, lignins, arabans, galactans, galacturonans, chitin, chitosans, glucoronoxylans, arabinoxylans, xyloglucans, glucomannans, arabinogalactans, glycosaminoglucans, gums Tragacanth gums, Ghatti gums, Karaya gums, locust bean gums, galactomannans such as guar gums and their nonionic derivatives, in particular hydroxypropyl guar, and ionic gums, the original biopolysaccharide gums microbial, in particular scleroglucan or mucopolysaccharide gums, and in particular chondroitin sulphates and mixtures thereof.
Ces polysaccharides peuvent être modifiés chimiquement, notamment par des groupements urée, uréthane, ou par réaction d'hydrolyse, d'oxydation, d'estérification, d'éthérification, de sulfatation, de phosphatation, d'amination, d'amidation, d'alkylation, ou par plusieurs de ces modifications. These polysaccharides may be modified chemically, in particular by urea, urethane groups, or by reaction of hydrolysis, oxidation, esterification, etherification, sulfation, phosphatation, amination, amidation, alkylation, or by several of these modifications.
Un tel gélifiant peut être mis en œuvre à raison de 0, 1 % à 8 % en poids en matière sèche par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse, notamment de 0, 1 % à 6 % en poids. Such a gelling agent may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, in particular from 0.1% to 6% by weight.
Plus précisément, ces polysaccharides convenant à l'invention peuvent être distingués selon qu'ils sont issus des microorganismes, des algues ou des végétaux supérieurs, et sont détaillés ci-après. More specifically, these polysaccharides suitable for the invention can be distinguished according to whether they are derived from microorganisms, algae or higher plants, and are detailed below.
Polysaccharides élaborés par des microorganismes Polysaccharides made by microorganisms
Succinoglycane succinoglycane
Le succinoglycane est un polymère extracellulaire produit par fermentation bactérienne, de haut poids moléculaire et constitué d'unités répétées d'octasaccharides (répétition de 8 sucres). Les succinoglycanes sont par exemple commercialisés sous la dénomination Rheozan, par la société Rhodia. Succinoglycan is an extracellular polymer produced by bacterial fermentation, of high molecular weight and consisting of repeated units of octasaccharides (repetition of 8 sugars). Succinoglycans are, for example, sold under the name Rheozan by Rhodia.
Scléroglucane scleroglucan
Le scléroglucane est un homopolysaccharide ramifié non ionique, constitué de motifs β-D glucane. Les molécules sont constituées d'une chaîne linéaire principale formée de motifs D-glucose liées par des liaisons β(1,3) et dont un sur trois est lié à un motif D-glucose latéral par une liaison β(1,6). Scleroglucan is a branched, nonionic homopolysaccharide composed of β-D glucan units. The molecules consist of a main linear chain formed of D-glucose linked by β (1,3) linkages and of which one in three is linked to a lateral D-glucose unit via a β (1,6) bond.
Une description plus complète des scléroglucanes et de leur préparation peut être trouvée dans le document US 3,301,848. Le scléroglucane est par exemple vendu sous la dénomination AMIGUM par la Société ALBAN MULLER, ou sous la dénomination ACTIGUM™ CS par la société Cargill. A more complete description of scleroglucans and their preparation can be found in US 3,301,848. Scleroglucan is for example sold under the name AMIGUM by ALBAN MULLER, or under the name ACTIGUM ™ CS by Cargill.
Polysaccharides isolés des algues Polysaccharides isolated from algae
Galactannes Galactannes
Le polysaccharide selon l'invention peut être un galactanne notamment choisi parmi l'agar. The polysaccharide according to the invention may be a galactan, in particular chosen from agar.
Les galactannes de type Agar sont des polysaccharides du galactose contenu dans la paroi cellulaire de certaines de ces espèces d'algues rouges (rhodophycées). Ils sont formés d'un groupe de polymère dont le squelette de base est une chaîne β(1,3) D- galactopyranose et a(l,4) L 3-6 anhydrogalactose, ces unités se répétant régulièrement et alternativement. Les différences à l'intérieur de la famille des agars sont dues à la présence ou non de groupes solvatés méthylés ou carboxyethylés. Ces structures hybrides sont en général présentes en pourcentage variable, suivant les espèces d'algues et la saison de récolte. Galactans Agar type are galactose polysaccharides contained in the cell wall of some of these species of red algae (rhodophycea). They are formed of a polymer group whose base skeleton is a β (1,3) D-galactopyranose and a (1,4) L-6 anhydrogalactose chain, these units repeating regularly and alternately. Differences within the agar family are due to the presence or absence of methylated or carboxyethylated solvated groups. These hybrid structures are generally present as a variable percentage, depending on the species of algae and the season of harvest.
L'agar-agar est un mélange de polysaccharides (agarose et agaropectine) de masse moléculaire élevée, comprise entre 40 000 et 300 000 g. mol"1. Il est obtenu en fabricant des jus d'extraction d'algues, généralement par autoclavage, et en traitant ces jus qui comprennent environ 2 % d'agar-agar, afin d'extraire ce dernier. Agar-agar is a mixture of high molecular weight polysaccharides (agarose and agaropectin) of between 40,000 and 300,000 g. mol "1. It is obtained by manufacturing algae extraction juice, usually by autoclaving, and treating these juices which include about 2% of agar to extract it.
L'agar est par exemple produit par le groupe B&V Agar Producers, sous la dénomination Gold Agar, Agarite et Grand Agar par la société Hispanagar, et sous les dénominations Agar- Agar, QSA (Quick Soluble Agar), et Puragar par la société Setexam. The agar is for example produced by the group B & V Agar Producers, under the name Gold Agar, Agarite and Grand Agar by the company Hispanagar, and under the names Agar-Agar, QSA (Quick Soluble Agar), and Puragar by the company Setexam .
Furceïïarane Furceïïarane
Le furceïïarane est obtenu commercialement à partir d'algues rouges Furcellaria fasztigiata. Le furceïïarane est par exemple produit par la société Est- Agar. The furceïïarane is obtained commercially from red algae Furcellaria fasztigiata. The furceïïarane is for example produced by the company East-Agar.
Polysaccharides des végétaux supérieurs Polysaccharides of higher plants
Cette catégorie de polysaccharides peut être divisée en les polysaccharides homogènes (une seule espèce d'osés) et les hétérogènes composés de plusieurs types d'osés. a) Polysaccharides homogènes et leurs dérivés This category of polysaccharides can be divided into homogeneous polysaccharides (a single species of oste) and heterogeneous compounds of several types of dares. a) Homogeneous polysaccharides and their derivatives
Le polysaccharide selon l'invention peut être choisi parmi les celluloses et dérivés ou les fructosanes. The polysaccharide according to the invention may be chosen from celluloses and derivatives or fructans.
Cellulose et dérivés Cellulose and derivatives
Le polysaccharide selon l'invention peut également être une cellulose ou l'un de ses dérivés notamment éthers ou esters de cellulose (ex : méthylcellulose, carboxyméthylcellulose, hydroxyméthylcellulose, hydroxyéthylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxyméthylpropylcellulose, acétate de cellulose, nitrate de cellulose, nitrocellulose). The polysaccharide according to the invention may also be a cellulose or a derivative thereof in particular ethers or cellulose esters (eg methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxymethylpropylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate, nitrocellulose).
L'invention peut aussi contenir un polymère associatif cellulosique. Par composé cellulosique, on entend selon l'invention tout composé polysaccharidique possédant dans sa structure des enchaînements linéaires de résidus anhydroglucopyranose (AGU) unis par des liaisons glycosidiques β(1,4). Le motif de répétition est le dimère cellobiose. Les AGU se trouvent en conformation chaise et possèdent 3 fonctions hydroxyles : 2 alcools secondaires (en position 2 et 3) et un alcool primaire (en position 6). Les polymères ainsi formés s'associent entre eux par des liaisons intermoléculaires de type liaisons hydrogène, conférant ainsi une structure fibrillaire à la cellulose (environ 1 500 molécules par fibre). The invention may also contain a cellulosic associative polymer. Cellulosic compound is understood to mean, according to the invention, any polysaccharide compound having in its structure linear chains of anhydroglucopyranose (AGU) residues united by β (1,4) glycosidic linkages. The repetition pattern is the cellobiose dimer. The AGUs are in chair conformation and have 3 hydroxyl functions: 2 secondary alcohols (in position 2 and 3) and a primary alcohol (in position 6). The polymers thus formed combine with each other by intermolecular links of the hydrogen bonding type, thus conferring a fibrillar structure on the cellulose (approximately 1500 molecules per fiber).
Le degré de polymérisation diffère énormément selon l'origine de la cellulose ; sa valeur peut varier de quelques centaines à quelques dizaines de milliers. The degree of polymerization differs enormously depending on the origin of the cellulose; its value can vary from a few hundred to a few tens of thousands.
La cellulose présente la structure chimique suivante : Cellulose has the following chemical structure:
CcHwbk CcHwbk
Les groupements hydroxyles de la cellulose peuvent réagir partiellement ou totalement avec différents réactifs chimiques pour donner des dérivés cellulosiques possédant des propriétés propres. Les dérivés de celluloses peuvent être anioniques, cationiques, amphotères ou non-ioniques. Parmi ces dérivés, on distingue les éthers de celluloses, les esters de celluloses et les esters éthers de celluloses. The hydroxyl groups of the cellulose may partially or totally react with different chemical reagents to give cellulose derivatives having their own properties. Cellulose derivatives can be anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic. Among these derivatives, there are cellulose ethers, cellulose esters and cellulose ether esters.
Parmi les éthers de cellulose non ioniques, on peut citer les alkylcelluloses, telles que les méthylcelluloses et les éthylcelluloses ; les hydroxyalkylcelluloses, telles que les hydroxyméthylcelluloses, les hydroxyéthylcelluloses et les hydroxypropylcelluloses ; les celluloses mixtes hydroxyalkyl-alkylcelluloses, telles que les hydroxypropylméthylcelluloses, les hydroxyéthylméthylcelluloses, les hydroxyéthyléthylcelluloses et les hydroxybutyl-méthylcelluloses. Among the nonionic cellulose ethers, mention may be made of alkylcelluloses, such as methylcelluloses and ethylcelluloses; hydroxyalkylcelluloses, such as hydroxymethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylcelluloses and hydroxypropylcelluloses; mixed hydroxyalkyl-alkylcellulose celluloses, such as hydroxypropylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylmethylcelluloses, hydroxyethylethylcelluloses and hydroxybutyl-methylcelluloses.
Parmi les éthers de cellulose anioniques, on peut citer les carboxyalkylcelluloses et leurs sels. A titre d'exemple, on peut citer les carboxyméthylcelluloses, les carboxyméthylméthylcelluloses et les carboxyméthylhydroxy éthylcelluloses et leurs sels de sodium. Among the anionic cellulose ethers, mention may be made of carboxyalkylcelluloses and their salts. By way of example, mention may be made of carboxymethylcelluloses, carboxymethylmethylcelluloses and carboxymethylhydroxyethylcelluloses and their sodium salts.
Parmi les éthers de cellulose cationiques, on peut citer les hydroxyéthylcelluloses quaternisées réticulées ou non. Among the cationic cellulose ethers, mention may be made of quaternized hydroxyethylcelluloses which may or may not be crosslinked.
Le quaternisant peut être notamment le chlorure de glycidyltriméthylammonium ou une aminé grasse, telle que la laurylamine ou la stéarylamine. Comme autre éther de cellulose cationique, on peut citer hydroxyéthylcellulosehydroxypropyltriméthylammonium. The quaternizer may be in particular glycidyltrimethylammonium chloride or a fatty amine, such as laurylamine or stearylamine. Another cationic cellulose ether that may be mentioned is hydroxyethylcellulosehydroxypropyltrimethylammonium.
Les dérivés de cellulose quaternisée sont, en particulier : The quaternized cellulose derivatives are, in particular:
- les celluloses quaternisées modifiées par des groupements comportant au moins une chaîne grasse, tels que les groupes alkyle, arylalkyle, alkylaryle comportant au moins 8 atomes de carbone, ou des mélanges de ceux-ci ; quaternized celluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, such as alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof;
- les hydroxyéthylcelluloses quaternisées modifiées par des groupements comportant au moins une chaîne grasse, tels que les groupes alkyle, arylalkyle, alkylaryle comportant au moins 8 atomes de carbone, ou des mélanges de ceux-ci. quaternized hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, such as alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups containing at least 8 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof.
Les radicaux alkyles portés par les celluloses ou hydroxyéthylcelluloses quaternisées ci-dessus comportent de préférence de 8 à 30 atomes de carbone. Les radicaux aryles désignent de préférence les groupements phényle, benzyle, naphtyle ou anthryle. The alkyl radicals carried by the celluloses or hydroxyethylcelluloses quaternized above preferably comprise from 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The aryl radicals preferably denote phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl or anthryl groups.
On peut indiquer comme exemples d'alkylhydroxy éthylcelluloses quaternisées à chaînes grasses en C8-C30, les produits QUATRISOFT LM 200, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-18-A, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529- 18B (alkyle en C12) et QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-8 (alkyle en C18) commercialisés par la société AMERCHOL et les produits CRODACEL QM, CRODACEL QL (alkyle en C12) et CRODACEL QS (alkyle en C18) commercialisés par la société CRODA. Examples of C 8 -C 30 fatty chain quaternized alkylhydroxy ethylcelluloses are the products QUATRISOFT LM 200, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-18-A, QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-18B (C 12 alkyl) and QUATRISOFT LM-X 529-8 (C 18 alkyl) marketed by the company AMERCHOL and the products CRODACEL QM, CRODACEL QL (C 12 alkyl) and CRODACEL QS (C 18 alkyl) marketed by the company CRODA.
Parmi les dérivés de cellulose, on peut également citer : Among the cellulose derivatives, mention may also be made of:
- les celluloses modifiées par des groupements comportant au moins une chaîne grasse comme par exemple les hydroxyéthylcelluloses modifiées par des groupements comportant au moins une chaîne grasse tels que des groupes alkyle, notamment en C8-C22, arylalkyle, alkylaryle, telles que le NATROSOL PLUS GRADE 330 CS (alkyles en C16) vendu par la société AQUALON, et celluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, for example hydroxyethylcelluloses modified with groups comprising at least one fatty chain, such as alkyl groups, in particular C 8 -C 22 alkyl, arylalkyl or alkylaryl groups, such as NATROSOL PLUS GRADE 330 CS (alkyls in C 16 ) sold by AQUALON, and
- les celluloses modifiées par des groupes polyalkylène glycol éther d'alkyl phénol, tel que le produit AMERCELL POLYMER HM-1500 (polyéthylène glycol (15) éther de nonyl phénol) vendu par la société AMERCHOL. celluloses modified with alkyl phenol polyalkylene glycol ether groups, such as the product AMERCELL POLYMER HM-1500 (polyethylene glycol (15) nonyl phenol ether) sold by the company Amerchol.
Parmi les esters de celluloses, on trouve les esters inorganiques de cellulose (nitrates, sulfates, ou phosphates de cellulose...), les esters organiques de cellulose (monoacétates, triacétates, amidopropionates, acétatebutyrates, acétatepropionates ou acétatetrimellitates de cellulose...) et les esters mixtes organique/inorganique de cellulose tels que les acétatebutyratesulfates et les acétatepropionatesulfates de cellulose. Parmi les esters éthers de cellulose, on peut citer les phtalates d'hydroxypropylméthylcellulose et les sulfates d'éthylcellulose. Among the cellulose esters, there are the inorganic esters of cellulose (cellulose nitrates, sulphates, or phosphates, etc.), the organic cellulose esters (cellulose monoacetates, triacetates, amidopropionates, acetatebutyrates, acetatepropionates or acetatetrimellitates, etc.). and mixed organic / inorganic cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate and acetate sulphates and cellulose acetate propionates. Among the cellulose ether esters, mention may be made of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalates and ethylcellulose sulphates.
Les composés cellulosiques de l'invention peuvent être choisis parmi les celluloses non substituées et les celluloses substituées. The cellulosic compounds of the invention may be chosen from unsubstituted celluloses and substituted celluloses.
Les celluloses et dérivés sont représentés par exemple par les produits vendus sous les dénominations Avicel® (microcristalline cellulose, MCC) par la société FMC Biopolymers, sous la dénomination Cekol (carboxyméthylcellulose) par la société Noviant (CP-Kelco), sous la dénomination Akucell AF (sodium carboxyméthylcellulose) par la société Akzo Nobel, sous la dénomination MethocelTM (éthers de cellulose) et EthocelTM (éthylcellulose) par la société DOW, sous les dénominations Aqualon® (carboxyméthylcellulose et sodium carboxyméthylcellulose), Benecel® (méthylcellulose), BlanoseTM (carboxyméthylcellulose), Culminai® (Méthylcellulose, hydroxypropyl méthylcellulose), Klucel® (hydroxypropylcellulose), Polysurf® (cétyl hydroxy éthylcellulose) et Natrosol® CS (hydroxy éthylcellulose) par la société Hercules Aqualon. b) Polysaccharides hétérogènes et leurs dérivés Celluloses and derivatives are exemplified by the products sold under the names Avicel ® (microcrystalline cellulose, MCC) by FMC Biopolymers, under the name Cekol (carboxymethylcellulose) by the company Noviant (CP-Kelco), under the name Akucell AF (carboxymethylcellulose sodium) by Akzo Nobel under the name MethocelTM (cellulose ethers) and EthocelTM (ethylcellulose) by Dow under the names Aqualon ® (carboxymethylcellulose and sodium carboxymethylcellulose), Benecel ® (methyl cellulose), BlanoseTM ( carboxymethylcellulose), Culminai ® (methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), Klucel ® (hydroxypropylcellulose), Polysurf ® (cetyl hydroxy ethyl cellulose) and Natrosol ® CS (hydroxy ethyl cellulose) by the company Hercules Aqualon. b) Heterogeneous polysaccharides and their derivatives
Les polysaccharides utilisables selon l'invention peuvent être des gommes comme par exemple la gomme de cassia, karaya, konjac, adragante, de tara, acacia ou arabique. The polysaccharides that may be used according to the invention may be gums, for example cassia gum, karaya, konjac, tragacanth, tara, acacia or arabic gum.
Gomme arabique Gum arabic
La gomme arabique est un polysaccharide acide fortement ramifié qui se présente sous la forme de mélanges de sels de potassium, de magnésium et de calcium. Les éléments monomères de l'acide libre (acide arabique) sont le D-galactose, le L- arabinose, le L-rhamnose et l'acide D-glucuronique. Gum arabic is a highly branched acidic polysaccharide which is in the form of mixtures of potassium, magnesium and calcium salts. The monomeric elements of the free acid (arabic acid) are D-galactose, L-arabinose, L-rhamnose and D-glucuronic acid.
Galactomannanes (guar, caroube, fenugrec, gomme tara) et dérivés (guar phosphaté, hydroxypropyl guar ...) Galactomannans (guar, carob, fenugreek, tara gum) and derivatives (phosphated guar, hydroxypropyl guar ...)
Les galactomannanes sont des polyosides non ioniques extraits de l'albumen de graines de légumineuses dont ils constituent le glucide de réserve. Galactomannans are nonionic polysaccharides extracted from the albumen of leguminous seeds of which they constitute the reserve carbohydrate.
Les galactomannanes sont des macromolécules constituées d'une chaîne principale d'unités D-mannopyranose liées en β(1,4), portant des branchements latéraux constitués d'une seule unité D-galactopyranose liée en a(l,6) à la chaîne principale. Les différents galactomannanes se distinguent d'une part par la proportion d'unités a-D- galactopyranose présentes dans le polymère, et d'autre part par des différences significatives en terme de distribution des unités galactose le long la chaîne de mannose. Galactomannans are macromolecules consisting of a main chain of β (1,4) -linked D-mannopyranose units, bearing lateral branches consisting of a single unit D-galactopyranose linked in a (1,6) to the chain main. The different galactomannans are distinguished on the one hand by the proportion of α-D-galactopyranose units present in the polymer, and on the other hand by significant differences in terms of distribution of galactose units along the mannose chain.
Le rapport mannose/galactose (M/G) est de l'ordre de 2 pour la gomme guar, de 3 pour la gomme tara et de 4 pour la gomme de caroube. The mannose / galactose ratio (M / G) is of the order of 2 for guar gum, 3 for tara gum and 4 for locust bean gum.
Les galactomannanes présentent la structure chimique suivante : Galactomannans have the following chemical structure:
m ** 3: Lïseiïsî teas gs¾» m ** 3: Lïseiïsî teas gs¾ »
m ï 5 <*»AÎ: gSÈSft ï 5 m <* "AI: gSÈSft
#>s s» 2; Tan* g¾éï #> s s "2; Tan * g¾eï
Guar guar
La gomme de guar est caractérisée par un ratio mannose:galactose de l'ordre de 2: 1. Le groupement galactose est régulièrement distribué le long de la chaîne de mannose. Guar gum is characterized by a mannose: galactose ratio of the order of 2: 1. The galactose group is regularly distributed along the mannose chain.
Les gommes de guar utilisables selon l'invention peuvent être non ioniques, cationiques ou anioniques. Selon l'invention, on peut utiliser les gommes de guar non ioniques chimiquement modifiées ou non modifiées. The guar gums that may be used according to the invention may be nonionic, cationic or anionic. According to the invention, chemically modified or unmodified nonionic guar gums can be used.
Les gommes de guar non ioniques non modifiées sont par exemple les produits vendus sous la dénomination Vidogum GH, Vidogum G et Vidocrem par la société Unipektin et sous la dénomination Jaguar par la société Rhodia, sous la dénomination Meypro® Guar par la société Danisco, sous la dénomination VISCOGUMTM par la société Cargill, et sous la dénomination Supercol® guar gum par la société Aqualon. Non unmodified nonionic guar gums are for example the products sold under the name VIDOGUM GH VIDOGUM G and Vidocrem by Unipektin company and under the name Jaguar by Rhodia under the name Meypro ® Guar by the company Danisco under the name VISCOGUMTM by Cargill, and under the name Supercol ® guar gum by Aqualon.
Les gommes de guar non-ioniques hydrolysées utilisables selon l'invention sont par exemple représentées par les produits vendus sous la dénomination Meyprodor® par la société Danisco. The nonionic guar gums hydrolyzed used according to the invention are for example represented by the products sold under the name Meyprodor ® by the company Danisco.
Les gommes de guar non-ioniques modifiées utilisables selon l'invention sont de préférence modifiées par des groupements hydroxyalkyle en Ci-C6, parmi lesquels, on peut mentionner à titre d'exemple, les groupements hydroxyméthyle, hydroxyéthyle, hydroxypropyle et hydroxybutyle. The modified nonionic guar gums which can be used according to the invention are preferably modified with C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl groups, among which, by way of example, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and hydroxybutyl groups may be mentioned.
De telles gommes de guar non-ioniques éventuellement modifiées par des groupements hydroxyalkyle sont par exemple vendues sous les dénominations commerciales Jaguar HP 60, Jaguar HP 105 et Jaguar HP 120 (hydroxypropyl guar), par la société Rhodia, ou sous la dénomination N-Hance® HP (hydroxypropyl guar) par la société AQUALON. Les gommes de galactomannane cationiques ont de préférence une densité de charge cationique inférieure ou égale à 1,5 meq/g et plus particulièrement comprise entre 0, 1 et 1 meq/g. La densité de charge peut être déterminée selon la méthode Kjeldahl. Elle correspond en général à un pH de l'ordre de 3 à 9. Such nonionic guar gums optionally modified with hydroxyalkyl groups are for example sold under the trade names Jaguar HP 60, Jaguar HP 105 and Jaguar HP 120 (hydroxypropyl guar), by Rhodia, or under the name N-Hance ® HP (hydroxypropyl guar) by the company Aqualon. The cationic galactomannan gums preferably have a cationic charge density of less than or equal to 1.5 meq / g and more particularly between 0.1 and 1 meq / g. The charge density can be determined according to the Kjeldahl method. It generally corresponds to a pH of the order of 3 to 9.
De manière générale, au sens de la présente invention, on entend par « gomme de galactomannane cationique » toute gomme de galactomannane contenant des groupements cationiques et/ou des groupements ionisables en groupements cationiques. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "cationic galactomannan gum" generally means any galactomannan gum containing cationic groups and / or ionizable groups in cationic groups.
Les groupements cationiques préférés sont choisis parmi ceux comportant des groupements aminé primaires, secondaires, tertiaires et/ou quaternaires. The preferred cationic groups are chosen from those comprising primary, secondary, tertiary and / or quaternary amine groups.
Les gommes de galactomannane cationiques utilisées ont généralement une masse moléculaire moyenne en poids comprise entre 500 et 5x106 environ, et de préférence comprise entre 103 et 3x106 environ. The cationic galactomannan gums used generally have a weight average molecular weight of between about 500 and 5 × 10 6 , and preferably between about 10 3 and 3 × 10 6 .
Les gommes de galactomannane cationiques utilisables selon la présente invention sont par exemple des gommes comportant des groupements cationiques trialkyl (Ci- C4) ammonium. De préférence, 2 % à 30 % en nombre des fonctions hydroxyles de ces gommes porte des groupements cationiques trialkylammonium. The cationic galactomannan gums that can be used according to the present invention are, for example, gums comprising trialkyl (C 1 -C 4 ) ammonium cationic groups. Preferably, 2% to 30% by number of the hydroxyl functions of these gums carry cationic trialkylammonium groups.
Parmi ces groupements trialkylammonium, on peut tout particulièrement citer les groupements triméthylammonium et triéthylammonium. Among these trialkylammonium groups, there may be mentioned very particularly trimethylammonium and triethylammonium groups.
Encore plus préférentiellement, ces groupements représentent de 5 % à 20 % en poids du poids total de la gomme de galactomannane modifiée. Even more preferentially, these groups represent from 5% to 20% by weight of the total weight of the modified galactomannan gum.
Selon l'invention, la gomme de galactomannane cationique est de préférence une gomme de guar comportant des groupements hydroxypropyl triméthylammonium, c'est à dire une gomme de guar modifiée par exemple par du chlorure de 2,3-époxypropyl triméthylammonium. According to the invention, the cationic galactomannan gum is preferably a guar gum comprising hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium groups, that is to say a guar gum modified for example with 2,3-epoxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride.
Ces gommes de galactomannane en particulier de guar modifiées par des groupements cationiques sont des produits déjà connus en eux-mêmes et sont par exemple décrits dans les brevets US 3 589 578 et US 4 031 307. De tels produits sont par ailleurs vendus notamment sous les dénominations commerciales de Jaguar EXCEL, Jaguar C13 S, Jaguar C 15, Jaguar C 17 et Jaguar Cl 62 (Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) par la société Rhodia, sous la dénomination Amilan® Guar (Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) par la société Degussa, et sous la dénomination N-Hance® 3000 (Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) par la société Aqualon. Les gommes de guar anioniques utilisables selon l'invention sont des polymères comportant des groupements dérivés d'acide carboxylique, sulfonique, sulfénique, phosphorique, phosphonique ou acide pyruvique. De préférence, le groupement anionique est un groupement acide carboxylique. Le groupement anionique peut également se présenter sous forme d'un sel d'acide, notamment un sel de sodium, de calcium, de lithium ou de potassium. These galactomannan gums, in particular guar gums modified with cationic groups, are products that are already known per se and are described, for example, in US Pat. Nos. 3,589,578 and 4,031,307. Such products are sold in particular under the US Pat. trade names Jaguar Excel, Jaguar C13S, Jaguar C15, Jaguar C 17 and Jaguar C 62 (guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride) by Rhodia under the name Amilan ® guar (guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride) by Degussa, under the N-Hance ® 3000 name (Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) by Aqualon. The anionic guar gums that may be used according to the invention are polymers containing groups derived from carboxylic, sulfonic, sulphene, phosphoric, phosphonic acid or pyruvic acid. Preferably, the anionic group is a carboxylic acid group. The anionic group may also be in the form of an acid salt, especially a salt of sodium, calcium, lithium or potassium.
Les gommes de guar anioniques utilisables selon l'invention sont préférentiellement des dérivés de guar carboxyméthylés (carboxyméthyl guar ou carboxyméthyl hydroxypropyl guar). The anionic guar gums that can be used according to the invention are preferably carboxymethyl guar derivatives (carboxymethyl guar or carboxymethyl hydroxypropyl guar).
Caroube Carob
La gomme de caroube est extraite des graines de caroubier (Ceratonia siliqua). La gomme de caroube non modifiée utilisable dans cette invention est vendue par exemple sous la dénomination Viscogum™ par la société Cargill, sous la dénomination Vidogum L par la société Unipektin, sous la dénomination Grinsted® LBG par la société Danisco. Locust bean gum is extracted from carob seed (Ceratonia siliqua). The gum unmodified carob used in this invention is sold for example under the name Viscogum ™ by Cargill under the name VIDOGUM L by Unipektin company, under the name Grinsted ® LBG by Danisco.
Les gommes de caroube modifiée chimiquement utilisables dans cette invention peuvent être représentées par exemple par les caroubes cationiques vendues sous la dénomination Catinal CLB (caroube Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) par la société Toho. The chemically modified carob gums which can be used in this invention can be represented, for example, by the cationic carob sold under the name Catinal CLB (carob Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride) by the company Toho.
Gomme TARA TARA rubber
La gomme Tara utilisable dans le cadre de cette invention est vendue par exemple sous la dénomination Vidogum SP par la société Unipektin. The Tara gum that can be used in the context of this invention is sold, for example, under the name Vidogum SP by the company Unipektin.
Glucomannanes (gomme de konjac) Glucomannans (konjac gum)
Le glucomannane est un polysaccharide de poids moléculaire élevé (500 000 < Mglucomannane < 2 000 000), composé d'unités de D-mannose et de D- glucose avec une ramification toutes les 50 ou 60 unités environ. On le trouve dans le bois mais c'est aussi le principal constituant de la gomme de Konjac. Le konjac (Amorphophallus konjac) est une plante de la famille des Araceae. Les produits utilisables selon l'invention sont par exemple vendus sous la dénomination Propol® et Rheolex® par la société Shimizu. Glucomannan is a high molecular weight polysaccharide (500,000 <Mglucomannan <2,000,000) composed of D-mannose units and D-glucose with branching every 50 or 60 units. It is found in wood but it is also the main constituent of Konjac gum. Konjac (Amorphophallus konjac) is a plant of the family Araceae. The products used according to the invention are for example sold under the name ® and Propol Rheolex ® by the company Shimizu.
Autres Polysaccharides Other Polysaccharides
Parmi les autres polysaccharides utilisables selon l'invention, on peut également citer la chitine (Poly N-acétyl-D-glucosamine, P(l,4)-2-Acétamido-2-désoxy- D-glucose), le chitosane et dérivés (chitosan-beta-glycerophosphate, carboxymethylchitine, etc.) comme ceux vendus par la société France-Chitine ; IL Gélifiants polymériques synthétiques Among the other polysaccharides that may be used according to the invention, mention may also be made of chitin (Poly N-acetyl-D-glucosamine, P (1,4) -2-acetamido-2-deoxy-D-glucose), chitosan and derivatives (chitosan-beta-glycerophosphate, carboxymethylchitine, etc.) as those sold by France-Chitine; IL Synthetic polymeric gelling agents
Au sens de l'invention, le terme synthétique signifie que le polymère n'est ni naturellement existant ni ne dérive d'un polymère d'origine naturelle. For the purposes of the invention, the term synthetic means that the polymer is neither naturally existing nor derived from a polymer of natural origin.
Comme il ressort de ce qui suit, le gélifiant hydrophile polymérique est avantageusement choisi parmi les polymères associatifs non-ioniques, les polymères associatifs cationiques et leurs mélanges , et en particulier les polymères associatifs non- ioniques de type polyuréthane. As is apparent from the following, the polymeric hydrophilic gelling agent is advantageously chosen from nonionic associative polymers, cationic associative polymers and their mixtures, and in particular nonionic associative polymers of the polyurethane type.
Les polymères associati fs Associated polymers
Par « polymère associatif» au sens de la présente invention, on entend tout polymère amphiphile comportant dans sa structure au moins une chaîne grasse et au moins une portion hydrophile. Les polymères associatifs conformes à la présente invention peuvent être anioniques, cationiques, non-ioniques ou amphotères. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "associative polymer" means any amphiphilic polymer comprising in its structure at least one fatty chain and at least one hydrophilic portion. The associative polymers according to the present invention may be anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric.
Polymères associatifs cationiques Cationic associative polymers
Comme polymères associatifs cationiques, on peut citer les polyacrylates à groupements latéraux aminés. As cationic associative polymers, mention may be made of polyacrylates with amino side groups.
Les polyacrylates à groupements latéraux aminés, quaternisés ou non, possèdent par exemple des groupements hydrophobes du type stéareth 20 (alcool stéarylique polyoxyéthyléné (20)). The polyacrylates with amino side groups, quaternized or otherwise, have, for example, hydrophobic groups of the steareth type (stearyl alcohol polyoxyethylenated (20)).
Comme exemples de polyacrylates à chaînes latérales aminées, on peut citer les polymères 8781-121B ou 9492-103 de la société National Starch. Polymères associatifs non-ioniques Examples of aminated side chain polyacrylates include polymers 8781-121B or 9492-103 from National Starch. Nonionic associative polymers
Les polymères associatifs non-ioniques peuvent être choisis parmi : The nonionic associative polymers may be chosen from:
- les copolymères de vinyl pyrrolidone et de monomères hydrophobes à chaîne grasse ; copolymers of vinyl pyrrolidone and hydrophobic fatty-chain monomers;
- les copolymères de méthacrylates ou d'acrylates d'alkyles en Ci-C6 et de monomères amphiphiles comportant au moins une chaîne grasse ; copolymers of methacrylates or of C 1 -C 6 alkyl acrylates and of amphiphilic monomers comprising at least one fatty chain;
- les copolymères de méthacrylates ou d'acrylates hydrophiles et de monomères hydrophobes comportant au moins une chaîne grasse tels que par exemple le copolymère méthacrylate de polyéthylèneglycol/méthacrylate de lauryle ; copolymers of hydrophilic methacrylates or acrylates and of hydrophobic monomers comprising at least one fatty chain, such as, for example, polyethylene glycol methacrylate / lauryl methacrylate copolymer;
- les polyuréthanes associatifs. associative polyurethanes.
Les polyuréthanes associatifs sont des copolymères séquencés non ioniques comportant dans la chaîne, à la fois des séquences hydrophiles de nature le plus souvent polyoxyéthylénée (les polyuréthanes peuvent alors êtres appelés des polyuréthanes polyéthers) et des séquences hydrophobes qui peuvent être des enchaînements aliphatiques seuls et/ou des enchaînements cycloaliphatiques et/ou aromatiques. The associative polyurethanes are nonionic block copolymers comprising in the chain both hydrophilic sequences most often of polyoxyethylenated nature (the polyurethanes may then be called polyurethane polyethers) and hydrophobic sequences which may be aliphatic chains alone and / or or cycloaliphatic and / or aromatic chains.
En particulier, ces polymères comportent au moins deux chaînes lipophiles hydrocarbonées, ayant de C6 à C30 atomes de carbone, séparées par une séquence hydrophile, les chaînes hydrocarbonées peuvent être des chaînes pendantes ou des chaînes en bout de séquence hydrophile. En particulier, il est possible qu'une ou plusieurs chaînes pendantes soient prévues. En outre, le polymère peut comporter, une chaîne hydrocarbonée à un bout ou aux deux bouts d'une séquence hydrophile. In particular, these polymers comprise at least two hydrocarbon-based lipophilic chains having from C 6 to C 30 carbon atoms, separated by a hydrophilic sequence, the hydrocarbon chains may be pendant chains or chains at the end of the hydrophilic sequence. In particular, it is possible that one or more pendant chains are provided. In addition, the polymer may comprise a hydrocarbon chain at one end or at both ends of a hydrophilic block.
Les polyuréthanes associatifs peuvent être séquencés sous forme de tribloc ou multibloc. Les séquences hydrophobes peuvent donc être à chaque extrémité de la chaîne (par exemple : copolymère tribloc à séquence centrale hydrophile) ou réparties à la fois aux extrémités et dans la chaîne (copolymère multiséquencé par exemple). Ces polymères peuvent être également en greffons ou en étoile. De préférence, les polyuréthanes associatifs sont des copolymères triblocs dont la séquence hydrophile est une chaîne polyoxyéthylénée comportant de 50 à 1 000 groupements oxyéthylénés. En général, les polyuréthannes associatifs comportent une liaison uréthane entre les séquences hydrophiles, d'où l'origine du nom. Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, on utilise à titre de gélifiant un polymère associatif non ionique de type polyuréthane. The associative polyurethanes can be sequenced in the form of triblock or multiblock. The hydrophobic sequences may therefore be at each end of the chain (for example: hydrophilic central block triblock copolymer) or distributed at both the ends and in the chain (multiblock copolymer for example). These polymers may also be graft or star. Preferably, the associative polyurethanes are triblock copolymers whose hydrophilic sequence is a polyoxyethylenated chain comprising from 50 to 1,000 oxyethylenated groups. In general, the associative polyurethanes comprise a urethane bond between the hydrophilic sequences, hence the origin of the name. According to a preferred embodiment, a nonionic associative polymer of the polyurethane type is used as a gelling agent.
A titre d'exemples de polyéthers polyuréthanes non-ioniques à chaîne grasse utilisables dans l'invention, on peut aussi utiliser le Rhéolate® FX 1100 (Steareth- 100/PEG 136/FIDI(hexaméthyl diisocyanate) copolymer), le Rhéolate® 205 à fonction urée vendu par la société Elementis ou encore les Rhéolates® 208, 204 ou 212, ainsi que l'Acrysol® RM 184 ou l'Acrysol® RM 2020. Examples of nonionic polyurethane polyethers fatty chain used in the invention, can also be used Rheolate ® FX 1100 (Steareth- 100 / PEG 136 / FIDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) copolymer), Rheolate ® 205 urea function sold by Elementis or the Rheolates ® 208, 204 or 212, and Acrysol ® RM 184 or Acrysol ® RM 2020.
De préférence, on utilise les polyéthers polyuréthanes non-ioniques à chaîne grasse, notamment le Steareth-100/PEG 136/HDI(hexaméthyl diisocyanate) Copolymer commercialisé par exemple sous le nom commercial Rhéolate® FX 1100 par la société Elementis. Preferably, the nonionic polyether-polyurethanes comprising a fatty chain is used, including the Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI (hexamethyl diisocyanate) Copolymer sold by example under the trade name Rheolate ® FX 1100 by Elementis.
On peut également citer le produit Elfacos® T210 à chaîne alkyle en C12-C14 et le produit Elfacos® T212 à chaîne alkyle en C16-i8 (PPG- 14 Palmeth-60 Hexyl Dicarbamate) de chez Akzo. We may also mention the product Elfacos T210 ® alkyl chain C12-C14 and the product Elfacos T212 ® alkyl chain C 16 -i8 (14 Palmeth PPG-60 Hexyl dicarbamate) of Akzo.
Le produit DW 1206B® de chez Rohm & Haas à chaîne alkyle en C20 et à liaison uréthanne, proposé à 20 % en matière sèche dans l'eau, peut aussi être utilisé. The DW 1206B ® product from Rohm & Haas with a C20 alkyl chain and a urethane linkage, proposed at 20% solids content in water, can also be used.
On peut aussi utiliser des solutions ou dispersions de ces polymères notamment dans l'eau ou en milieu hydroalcoolique. A titre d'exemple de tels polymères, It is also possible to use solutions or dispersions of these polymers, especially in water or in an aqueous-alcoholic medium. By way of example of such polymers,
® ® ® ® ® ®
on peut citer le Rhéolate 255, le Rhéolate 278 et le Rhéolate 244 vendus par la société Elementis. On peut aussi utiliser le produit DW 1206F et le DW 1206J proposés par la société Rohm & Haas. mention may be made of Rheolate 255, Rheolate 278 and Rheolate 244 sold by Elementis. It is also possible to use the product DW 1206F and DW 1206J proposed by Rohm & Haas.
Les polyuréthanes associatifs utilisables selon l'invention sont en particulier ceux décrits dans l'article de G. Fonnum, J. Bakke et Fk. Hansen, Colloid Polym. Sci, 271, 380-389 (1993). The associative polyurethanes that can be used according to the invention are in particular those described in the article by G. Fonnum, J. Bakke and Fk. Hansen, Colloid Polym. Sci., 271, 380-389 (1993).
Plus particulièrement encore, selon l'invention, on peut aussi utiliser un polyuréthane associatif susceptible d'être obtenu par polycondensation d'au moins trois composés comprenant (i) au moins un polyéthylèneglycol comprenant de 150 à 180 moles d'oxyde d'éthylène, (ii) de l'alcool stéarylique ou de l'alcool décylique et (iii) au moins un diisocyanate. More particularly still, according to the invention, it is also possible to use an associative polyurethane obtainable by polycondensation of at least three compounds comprising (i) at least one polyethylene glycol comprising from 150 to 180 moles of ethylene oxide, (ii) stearyl alcohol or decyl alcohol and (iii) at least one diisocyanate.
De tels polyéther polyuréthanes sont vendus notamment par la société Rohm Such polyether polyurethanes are sold in particular by Rohm
® ® ® ® ® ®
& Haas sous les appellations l'Aculyn 46 et Aculyn 44. L' Aculyn 46 est un polycondensat de polyéthylèneglycol à 150 ou 180 moles d'oxyde d'éthylène, d'alcool stéarylique et de méthylène bis(4-cyclohexyl-isocyanate) (SMDI), à 15 % en poids dans une matrice de maltodextrine (4 %) et d'eau (81 %), et Γ Aculyn® 44 est un polycondensat de polyéthylèneglycol à 150 ou 180 moles d'oxyde d'éthylène, d'alcool décylique et de méthylène bis(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) (SMDI), à 35 % en poids dans un mélange de propylèneglycol (39 %) et d'eau (26 %). & Haas under the names Aculyn 46 and Aculyn 44. Aculyn 46 is a polycondensate of polyethylene glycol with 150 or 180 moles of ethylene oxide, alcohol stearyl and methylenebis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) (SMDI), 15% by weight in a matrix of maltodextrin (4%) and water (81%), and Γ Aculyn ® 44 is a polycondensate of polyethylene glycol 150 or 180 moles of ethylene oxide, decyl alcohol and methylene bis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate) (SMDI), 35% by weight in a mixture of propylene glycol (39%) and water (26%) .
On peut aussi utiliser des solutions ou dispersions de ces polymères notamment dans l'eau ou en milieu hydroalcoolique. A titre d'exemple de tels polymères, on peut citer le SER AD FXIOIO, le SER AD FX1035 et le SER AD 1070 de la société Elementis, le Rhéolate 255, le Rhéolate 278 et le Rhéolate 244 vendus par la société Elementis. On peut aussi utiliser les produits Aculyn® 44, Aculyn® 46, DW 1206F et le DW 1206J, ainsi que l'Acrysol® RM 184 de la société Rohm & Haas, ou bien encore le Borchi Gel LW 44 de la société Borchers, et leurs mélanges. It is also possible to use solutions or dispersions of these polymers, especially in water or in an aqueous-alcoholic medium. By way of example of such polymers, mention may be made of SER AD FXIOIO, SER AD FX1035 and SER AD 1070 from Elementis, Rheolate 255, Rheolate 278 and Rheolate 244 sold by Elementis. The Aculyn ® 44, Aculyn ® 46, DW 1206F and DW 1206J products can also be used, as well as the Acrysol ® RM 184 from Rohm & Haas, or the Borchi Gel LW 44 from Borchers, and their mixtures.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, le polymère associatif est choisi parmi les polymères associatifs non ioniques et plus particulièrement parmi les polyuréthanes associatifs, tels que le Stéareth-100/PEG-136/HDI Copolymer vendu sous le nom Rhéolate FX 1100 par Elementis. According to a preferred embodiment, the associative polymer is chosen from nonionic associative polymers and more particularly from associative polyurethanes, such as Steareth-100 / PEG-136 / HDI Copolymer sold under the name Rheolate FX 1100 by Elementis.
Un tel polymère associatif est avantageusement utilisé à raison de 0, 1 % à 8 % en poids en matière sèche et de préférence entre 0,5 % et6 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse. Such an associative polymer is advantageously used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter and preferably from 0.5% to 6% by weight relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
III. Autres gélifiants hydrophiles III. Other hydrophilic gelling agents
Ces gélifiants sont plus particulièrement choisis parmi les silicates mixtes et les silices pyrogénées. These gelling agents are more particularly chosen from mixed silicates and pyrogenic silicas.
III. A. Silicate mixte III. A. Mixed silicate
Au sens de la présente invention, on entend par silicate mixte tous les silicates d'origine naturelle ou synthétique renfermant plusieurs (deux ou plus) types de cations choisis parmi les métaux alcalins (par exemple Na, Li, K) ou alcalino-terreux (par exemple Be, Mg, Ca), les métaux de transition et l'aluminium. For the purposes of the present invention, mixed silicate is understood to mean all silicates of natural or synthetic origin containing several (two or more) types of cations chosen from alkali metals (for example Na, Li, K) or alkaline earth metals ( for example Be, Mg, Ca), transition metals and aluminum.
Selon un mode de réalisation particulier, le ou les silicates mixtes se présentent sous la forme de particules solides contenant au moins 10 % en poids d'au moins un silicate par rapport au poids total des particules. Dans la suite du présent exposé, ces particules sont désignées par « particules de silicate ». De préférence, les particules de silicate contiennent moins de 1 % en poids d'aluminium par rapport au poids total des particules. De manière encore plus préférée, elles contiennent de 0 % à 1 % en poids d'aluminium par rapport au poids total des particules. According to a particular embodiment, the mixed silicate or silicates are in the form of solid particles containing at least 10% by weight of at least one silicate relative to the total weight of the particles. In the remainder of the present disclosure, these particles are referred to as "silicate particles". Preferably, the silicate particles contain less than 1% by weight of aluminum relative to the total weight of the particles. Even more preferably, they contain from 0% to 1% by weight of aluminum relative to the total weight of the particles.
De préférence, les particules de silicate contiennent au moins 50 % en poids de silicate, mieux encore au moins 70 % en poids par rapport au poids total des particules. Les particules contenant au moins 90 % en poids de silicates, par rapport au poids total des particules, sont particulièrement préférées. Preferably, the silicate particles contain at least 50% by weight of silicate, more preferably at least 70% by weight relative to the total weight of the particles. Particles containing at least 90% by weight of silicates, based on the total weight of the particles, are particularly preferred.
En particulier, il s'agit d'un silicate ou d'un mélange de silicates de métaux alcalins ou alcalino terreux, d'aluminium ou de fer. In particular, it is a silicate or a mixture of silicates of alkali or alkaline earth metals, aluminum or iron.
De préférence, il s'agit de silicate de sodium, de magnésium et/ou de lithium. Preferably, it is sodium silicate, magnesium and / or lithium.
Pour garantir de bonnes propriétés cosmétiques, ces silicates se présentent généralement sous une forme finement divisée, et en particulier sous forme de particules ayant une taille moyenne allant de 2 nm à 1 μπι (de 2 nm à 1 000 nm), et de préférence de 5 nm à 600 nm, et encore plus préférentiellement de 20 nm à 250 nm. In order to guarantee good cosmetic properties, these silicates are generally in a finely divided form, and in particular in the form of particles having an average size ranging from 2 nm to 1 μm (from 2 nm to 1 000 nm), and preferably from 5 nm to 600 nm, and even more preferably 20 nm to 250 nm.
Les particules de silicate peuvent avoir une forme quelconque, par exemple la forme de sphères, de paillettes, d'aiguilles, de plaquettes, de disques, de feuillets, ou des formes totalement aléatoires. De préférence, les particules de silicates ont la forme de disques ou de feuillets. The silicate particles may have any shape, for example the shape of spheres, flakes, needles, platelets, disks, sheets, or totally random forms. Preferably, the silicate particles are in the form of disks or sheets.
Aussi, on entend par « taille moyenne » des particules la taille moyenne en nombre de la plus grande dimension (longueur) qu'il est possible de mesurer entre deux points diamétralement opposés d'une particule individuelle. La taille peut être déterminée par exemple par microscopie électronique à transmission, ou à partir de la mesure de la surface spécifique par la méthode BET, ou encore par l'intermédiaire d'un granulomètre laser. Also, the term "average size" of the particles means the average size in number of the largest dimension (length) that can be measured between two diametrically opposed points of an individual particle. The size can be determined for example by transmission electron microscopy, or from the measurement of the specific surface area by the BET method, or by means of a laser granulometer.
Lorsque les particules sous forme de disques ou de feuillets, elles ont généralement une épaisseur allant d'environ 0,5 nm à 5 nm. When the particles in the form of disks or sheets, they generally have a thickness ranging from about 0.5 nm to 5 nm.
Les particules de silicate peuvent être constituées d'un alliage avec des oxydes de métaux ou métalloïdes, obtenu par exemple par fusion thermique de ses différents constituants. Lorsque les particules comprennent en outre un tel oxyde de métal ou métalloïde, celui-ci est de préférence choisi parmi l'oxyde de silicium, de bore ou d'aluminium. Selon un mode de réalisation particulier de l'invention, les silicates sont des phyllosilicates, à savoir des silicates ayant une structure dans laquelle les tétraèdres Si04 sont organisés en feuillets entre lesquels se trouvent enfermés les cations métalliques. Les silicates mixtes convenant à l'invention peuvent être choisis par exemple parmi les montmorillonites, les hectorites, les bentonites, la beidellite, les saponites. Selon un mode préféré de réalisation de l'invention, les silicates mixtes utilisés sont plus particulièrement choisis parmi les hectorites et les bentonites, et encore mieux parmi les laponites. The silicate particles may consist of an alloy with oxides of metals or metalloids, obtained for example by thermal melting of its various constituents. When the particles further comprise such a metal oxide or metalloid, it is preferably selected from silicon oxide, boron or aluminum. According to one particular embodiment of the invention, the silicates are phyllosilicates, namely silicates having a structure in which the SiO 4 tetrahedra are organized into sheets between which the metal cations are enclosed. The mixed silicates that are suitable for the invention may be chosen for example from montmorillonites, hectorites, bentonites, beidellite, saponites. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, the mixed silicates used are more particularly chosen from hectorites and bentonites, and even better from laponites.
Une famille de silicates particulièrement préférée dans les compositions de la présente invention est donc celle des laponites. Les laponites sont des silicates de magnésium, de sodium et éventuellement de lithium, ayant une structure en couches semblable à celle des montmorillonites. La laponite est la forme synthétique du minéral naturel appelé « hectorite ». L'origine synthétique de cette famille de silicates présente un avantage considérable par rapport à la forme naturelle car elle permet une bonne maîtrise de la composition du produit. En outre, les laponites ont l'avantage d'avoir une taille de particules bien inférieure à celles de Γ hectorite et de la bentonite naturelles. A family of silicates particularly preferred in the compositions of the present invention is that of laponites. Laponites are silicates of magnesium, sodium and possibly lithium, having a layered structure similar to that of montmorillonites. Lapponite is the synthetic form of the natural mineral called "hectorite". The synthetic origin of this family of silicates presents a considerable advantage over the natural form because it allows a good control of the composition of the product. In addition, laponites have the advantage of having a much smaller particle size than natural hectorite and bentonite.
Comme laponites, on peut citer notamment les produits vendus sous les As laponites, the products sold under the
® ® ® ® dénominations suivantes : Laponite XLS, Laponite XLG, Laponite RD, Laponite RDS, LAPONITE® XL21 (ces produits sont des silicates de sodium et de magnésium et des silicates de sodium, de lithium et de magnésium) par la société Rockwood Additives Limited. ® ® ® ® following names: Laponite XLS, Laponite XLG, Laponite RD, Laponite RDS, LAPONITE ® XL21 (these products are sodium and magnesium silicates and sodium, lithium and magnesium silicates) by Rockwood Additives Limited.
De tels gélifiants peuvent être mis en œuvre à raison de 0, 1 % à 8 % en poids en matière sèche par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse, par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse. Such gelling agents may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 8% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
III. B. Silice pyrogénée hydrophile III. B. Hydrophilic pyrogenic silica
Les silices pyrogénées selon la présente invention sont hydrophiles. Les silices hydrophiles pyrogénées sont obtenues par pyrolyse en flamme continue à 1 000 °C du tétrachlorure de silicium (SiCl4) en présence d'hydrogène et d'oxygène. Parmi les silices pyrogénées à caractère hydrophile utilisables selon la présente invention, on peut citer notamment celles vendues par la société DEGUSSA ou EVONIK DEGUSSA sous les dénominations commerciales AEROSIL® 90, 130, 150, 200, 300 et 380, ou encore par la société CABOT sous la dénomination Carbosil H5. The fumed silicas according to the present invention are hydrophilic. The pyrogenic hydrophilic silicas are obtained by pyrolysis in continuous flame at 1000 ° C of silicon tetrachloride (SiCl 4 ) in the presence of hydrogen and oxygen. Among the fumed silicas of hydrophilic nature that can be used according to the present invention, mention may be made in particular of those sold by Degussa or Evonik. Degussa under the trade names AEROSIL ® 90, 130, 150, 200, 300 and 380, or by CABOT under the name Carbosil H5.
De tels gélifiants peuvent être mis en œuvre à raison de 0, 1 % à 10 % en poids en matière sèche par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse, notamment de 0,1 % à 5 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la phase aqueuse. Such gelling agents may be used in a proportion of from 0.1% to 10% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase, in particular from 0.1% to 5% by weight relative to the total weight of the aqueous phase.
Les gélifiants hydrophiles particulièrement préférés, seront choisis parmi les polysaccharides amylacés, les polysaccharides non amylacés, les polymères associatifs non-ioniques, ainsi que leurs mélanges. Particularly preferred hydrophilic gelling agents will be chosen from amylaceous polysaccharides, non-starch polysaccharides, nonionic associative polymers, and mixtures thereof.
En particulier, parmi les polysaccharides amylacés, on choisira un amidon modifié et en particulier un phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé notamment de STRUCTURE ZEA de NATIONAL STARCH (nom INCI : HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE). In particular, among the starch polysaccharides, a modified starch will be chosen, and in particular a gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate, in particular NATIONAL STARCH STRUCTURE ZEA (INCI name: HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE).
En particulier, parmi les polysaccharides non amylacés, on choisira les celluloses non-ioniques et plus particulièrement les hydroxyethyl celluloses comme le produit commercial NATROSOL 250 HHR PC de chez Ashland. In particular, among non-starch polysaccharides, non-ionic celluloses and more particularly hydroxyethyl celluloses, such as the commercial product NATROSOL 250 HHR PC from Ashland, will be chosen.
Parmi les polymères associatifs non ioniques, on utilisera les polyether uréthanes non-ioniques à chaîne grasse comme le copolymère STEARETH-lOO/PEG- 136/HDI COPOLYMER tel que le produit commercial RHEOLATE FX de chez Elementis. Among the nonionic associative polymers, nonionic polyether urethanes with a fatty chain such as the copolymer STEARETH-100 / PEG-136 / HDI COPOLYMER such as the commercial product RHEOLATE FX from Elementis will be used.
Selon un mode particulier, on utilise des mélanges de ces gélifiants, tels que les mélanges suivants : According to one particular embodiment, mixtures of these gelling agents, such as the following mixtures:
(1) amidon modifié (en particulier phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé) et polymère non-ionique associatif (en particulier polyéther uréthane à chaîne grasse) ; (1) modified starch (in particular gelatinised cornstarch phosphate) and associative nonionic polymer (in particular polyether urethane with a fatty chain);
(2) cellulose non-ionique (hydroxyethylcellulose) et polymère non-ionique associatif (en particulier polyéther uréthane à chaîne grasse) ; (2) nonionic cellulose (hydroxyethylcellulose) and associative nonionic polymer (especially polyether urethane fatty chain);
(3) amidon modifié (en particulier phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé), polymère non-ionique associatif (en particulier polyéther uréthane à chaîne grasse) et cellulose non-ionique (en particulier hydroxyethylcellulose). GELIFIANT LIPOPHILE (3) modified starch (in particular gelatinised cornstarch phosphate), associative nonionic polymer (in particular polyether urethane with a fatty chain) and nonionic cellulose (in particular hydroxyethylcellulose). GELIFYING LIPOPHILE
On entend par « gélifiant lipophile » au sens de la présente invention, un composé apte à gélifier la phase huileuse des compositions selon l'invention. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "lipophilic gelling agent" is intended to mean a compound capable of gelling the oily phase of the compositions according to the invention.
Le gélifiant est lipophile donc présent dans la phase huileuse de la composition. The gelling agent is therefore lipophilic present in the oily phase of the composition.
Le gélifiant est liposoluble ou lipodispersible. The gelling agent is liposoluble or lipodispersible.
Comme il ressort de ce qui suit, le gélifiant lipophile est avantageusement choisi parmi les gélifiants particulaires, les élastomères d'organopolysiloxane, les polymères semi-cristallins, les esters de dextrine, les polymères à liaison hydrogène, les copolymères séquencés hydrocarbonés et leurs mélanges. As is apparent from the following, the lipophilic gelling agent is advantageously chosen from particulate gelling agents, organopolysiloxane elastomers, semi-crystalline polymers, dextrin esters, hydrogen-bonded polymers, hydrocarbon block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
I. Les gélifiants particulaires I. Particulate gelling agents
Le gélifiant particulaire mis en œuvre dans la composition selon l'invention se présente sous forme de particules, de préférence sphériques. The particulate gelling agent used in the composition according to the invention is in the form of particles, preferably spherical.
A titre représentatif des gélifiants particulaires lipophiles convenant à l'invention peuvent être tout particulièrement citées les cires, polaires et apolaires, les argiles modifiées, les silices comme les silices pyrogénées et les aérogels de silice hydrophobes. Les cires As a representative of the lipophilic particulate gelling agents that are suitable for the invention, polar, polar and apolar waxes, modified clays, silicas such as pyrogenic silicas and hydrophobic silica aerogels can be particularly mentioned. Waxes
Par « cire » considérée dans le cadre de la présente invention on entend d'une manière générale un composé lipophile, solide à température ambiante (25 °C), à changement d'état solide/liquide réversible, ayant un point de fusion supérieur ou égal à 30 °C pouvant aller jusqu'à 200 °C et notamment jusqu'à 120 °C. By "wax" considered in the context of the present invention is generally meant a lipophilic compound, solid at room temperature (25 ° C), reversible solid state / liquid change, having a higher melting point or equal to 30 ° C up to 200 ° C and in particular up to 120 ° C.
Au sens de l'invention, la température de fusion correspond à la température du pic le plus endothermique observé en analyse thermique (DSC) telle que décrite dans la norme ISO 11357-3 ; 1999. Le point de fusion de la cire peut être mesuré à l'aide d'un calorimètre à balayage différentiel (DSC), par exemple le calorimètre vendu sous la dénomination « MDSC 2920 » par la société TA Instruments. For the purposes of the invention, the melting temperature corresponds to the temperature of the most endothermic peak observed in thermal analysis (DSC) as described in ISO 11357-3; 1999. The melting point of the wax can be measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), for example the calorimeter sold under the name "MDSC 2920" by the company TA Instruments.
Le protocole de mesure est le suivant : The measurement protocol is as follows:
Un échantillon de 5 mg de cire disposé dans un creuset est soumis à une première montée en température allant de -20 °C à 100 °C, à la vitesse de chauffe de 10 °C/minute, puis est refroidi de 100 °C à -20 °C à une vitesse de refroidissement de 10 °C/minute et enfin soumis à une deuxième montée en température allant de -20 °C à 100 °C à une vitesse de chauffe de 5 °C/minute. Pendant la deuxième montée en température, on mesure la variation de la différence de puissance absorbée par le creuset vide et par le creuset contenant l'échantillon de cire en fonction de la température. Le point de fusion du composé est la valeur de la température correspondant au sommet du pic de la courbe représentant la variation de la différence de puissance absorbée en fonction de la température. A 5 mg sample of wax placed in a crucible is subjected to a first temperature rise from -20 ° C to 100 ° C, at the heating rate of 10 ° C / minute, then cooled from 100 ° C to -20 ° C at a cooling rate of 10 ° C / min and finally subjected to a second temperature rise from -20 ° C to 100 ° C at heating rate of 5 ° C / minute. During the second temperature rise, the variation of the power difference absorbed by the empty crucible and the crucible containing the wax sample as a function of temperature is measured. The melting point of the compound is the value of the temperature corresponding to the peak apex of the curve representing the variation of the difference in power absorbed as a function of the temperature.
Les cires susceptibles d'être utilisées dans les compositions selon l'invention sont choisies parmi les cires, solides, à température ambiante d'origine animale, végétale, minérale ou de synthèse et leurs mélanges. The waxes that may be used in the compositions according to the invention are chosen from waxes, solid, at room temperature of animal, vegetable, mineral or synthetic origin, and mixtures thereof.
Les cires, au sens de l'invention, peuvent être celles utilisées généralement dans les domaines cosmétiques ou dermatologiques. Elles peuvent notamment être polaire ou apolaire, hydrocarbonées siliconées et/ou fluorées, comportant éventuellement des fonctions ester ou hydroxyle. Elles peuvent être également d'origine naturelle ou synthétique. a) Cires apolaires The waxes, within the meaning of the invention, may be those used generally in the cosmetic or dermatological fields. They may in particular be polar or apolar, silicone hydrocarbonaceous and / or fluorinated, optionally having ester or hydroxyl functions. They can also be of natural or synthetic origin. a) Apolar waxes
Par « cire apolaire », au sens de la présente invention, on entend une cire dont le paramètre de solubilité à 25 °C tel que défini ci-après, ôa est égal à 0 (J/cm )½ The term "apolar wax" in the sense of this invention means a wax having a solubility parameter at 25 ° C as defined below, O a is 0 (J / cm) ½
La définition et le calcul des paramètres de solubilité dans l'espace de solubilité tridimensionnel de Hansen sont décrits dans l'article de C. M. Hansen : « The three dimensionnal solubility parameters » J. Paint Technol. 39, 105 (1967). The definition and calculation of solubility parameters in the three-dimensional solubility space of Hansen are described in the article by C. M. Hansen: "The three dimensional solubility parameters" J. Paint Technol. 39, 105 (1967).
Selon cet espace de Hansen : According to this Hansen space:
- δο caractérise les forces de dispersion de London issues de la formation de dipôles induits lors des chocs moléculaires ; - δο characterizes the London dispersion forces resulting from the formation of dipoles induced during molecular shocks;
- δρ caractérise les forces d'interactions de Debye entre dipôles permanents ainsi que les forces d'interactions de Keesom entre dipôles induits et dipôles permanents ; - δ ρ characterizes the Debye interaction forces between permanent dipoles as well as the Keesom interaction forces between induced dipoles and permanent dipoles;
- ôh caractérise les forces d'interactions spécifiques (type liaisons hydrogène, acide/base, donneur/accepteur, etc.) ; δ h characterizes the specific interaction forces (hydrogen bond, acid / base, donor / acceptor, etc.) type;
- ôa est déterminé par l'équation : ôa = (δρ 2 + ôh 2)½ - 0 a is determined by the equation: δ a = (δ ρ 2 + δ h 2 ) ½
Les paramètres δρ, ôh, ôo et ôa sont exprimés en (J/cm )½ Les cires apolaires sont en particulier les cires hydrocarbonées constituées uniquement d'atomes de carbone et d'hydrogène et exempte d'hétéroatomes tel que N, O, Si et P. The parameters δ ρ , ô h , ôo and ô a are expressed in (J / cm) ½ The apolar waxes are in particular hydrocarbon waxes consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms and free of heteroatoms such as N, O, Si and P.
Les cires apolaires sont choisies parmi les cires microcristallines, les cires de paraffines, l'ozokérite, les cires de polyéthylène, et leurs mélanges. The apolar waxes are chosen from microcrystalline waxes, paraffin waxes, ozokerite, polyethylene waxes, and mixtures thereof.
Comme ozokérite on peut citer l'Ozokérite Wax SP 1020 P. As ozokerite mention may be made of Ozokerite Wax SP 1020 P.
Comme cires microcristallines pouvant être utilisées, on peut citer Multiwax W 445® commercialisé par la société Sonneborn, Microwax HW® et Base Wax 30540® commercialisés par la société Paramelt, et Cerewax® N°3 commercialisé par la société Baerlocher. Microcrystalline waxes which may be used include Multiwax W 445 ® sold by Sonneborn, Microwax HW ® and Base Wax 30540 ® sold by Paramelt, and Cerewax ® No. 3 sold by Baerlocher.
Comme microcires pouvant être utilisées dans les compositions selon l'invention en tant que cire apolaire, on peut citer notamment les microcires de polyéthylène telles que celles commercialisées sous les dénominations de Micropoly 200®, 220®, 220L® et 250S® par la société Micro Powders. As microwaxes which can be used in the compositions according to the invention as apolar wax, mention may be made especially polyethylene microwaxes such as those sold under the names Micropoly 200 ®, 220 ®, ® 220L and 250S ® by the company Micro Powders.
Comme cire de polyéthylène, on peut citer Performalene 500-L Polyéthylène et Performalene 400 Polyéthylène commercialisés par New Phase Technologies, Asensa® SC 211 commercialisé par la société Honeywell. b) Cire polaire As polyethylene wax include Performalene 500-L polyethylene and polyethylene Performalene 400 sold by New Phase Technologies, Asensa ® SC 211 marketed by Honeywell. b) Polar wax
Par « cire polaire », au sens de la présente invention, on entend une cire dont le paramètre de solubilité à 25 °C ôa est différent de 0 (J/cm3)½. By "polar wax", within the meaning of the present invention, is meant a wax whose solubility parameter at 25 ° C δa is different from 0 (J / cm3) ½.
En particulier, par « cire polaire », on entend une cire dont la structure chimique est formée essentiellement, voire constituée, d'atomes de carbone et d'hydrogène, et comprenant au moins un hétéroatome fortement électronégatif tel qu'un atome d'oxygène, d'azote, de silicium ou de phosphore. In particular, "polar wax" is understood to mean a wax whose chemical structure is formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and comprising at least one highly electronegative heteroatom such as an oxygen atom. , nitrogen, silicon or phosphorus.
Les cires polaires peuvent notamment être hydrocarbonées, fluorées ou siliconées. The polar waxes may especially be hydrocarbon, fluorinated or silicone.
Préférentiellement, les cires polaires peuvent être hydrocarbonées. Par « cire hydrocarbonée », on entend une cire formée essentiellement, voire constituée, d'atomes de carbone et d'hydrogène, et éventuellement d'atomes d'oxygène, d'azote et ne contenant pas d'atome de silicium ou de fluor. Elle peut contenir des groupes alcool, ester, éther, acide carboxylique, aminé et/ou amide. Preferably, the polar waxes may be hydrocarbon-based. By "hydrocarbon wax" is meant a wax formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and possibly oxygen atoms, nitrogen and not containing a silicon or fluorine atom. It may contain alcohol, ester, ether, carboxylic acid, amine and / or amide groups.
Par « cire ester », on entend selon l'invention une cire comprenant au moins une fonction ester. Par « cire alcool », on entend selon l'invention une cire comprenant au moins une fonction alcool, c'est-à-dire comprenant au moins un groupe hydroxyle (OH) libre. By "ester wax" is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one ester function. By "alcohol wax" is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one alcohol function, that is to say comprising at least one free hydroxyl (OH) group.
On peut notamment utiliser en tant que cire ester : In particular, it is possible to use as ester wax:
- les cires esters, telles que celles choisies parmi : ester waxes, such as those chosen from:
i) les cires de formule R1COOR2 dans laquelle Ri et R2 représentent des chaînes aliphatiques linéaires, ramifiées ou cycliques dont le nombre d'atomes varie de 10 à 50, pouvant contenir un hétéroatome tel que O, N ou P et dont la température de point de fusion varie de 25 à 120 °C ; i) waxes of formula R 1 COOR 2 in which R 1 and R 2 represent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic chains whose number of atoms ranges from 10 to 50, which may contain a heteroatom such as O, N or P and the melting point temperature varies from 25 to 120 ° C;
ii) le tétrastéarate de di-(triméthylol- 1, 1, 1 propane), vendu sous la dénomination de Hest 2T-4S® par la société Heterene ; ii) tetrastearate di- (trimethylol 1, 1, 1 propane), sold under the name Hest 2T-4S ® by the company Heterene;
iii) les cires diesters d'un diacide carboxylique de formule générale R -(-OCO- R4-COO-R5), dans laquelle R3 et R5 sont identiques ou différents, de préférence identiques et représentent un groupe alkyle en C4-C30 (groupe alkyle comprenant de 4 à 30 atomes de carbone) et R4 représente un groupe aliphatique en C4-C30 (groupe alkyle comprenant de 4 à 30 atomes de carbone) linéaire ramifié pouvant contenir ou non une ou plusieurs insaturation(s), et de préférence linéaire et insaturé ; iii) diester waxes of a dicarboxylic acid of general formula R - (- OCO - R 4 --COO - R 5 ), in which R 3 and R 5 are identical or different, preferably identical, and represent a C 1 - alkyl group 4 -C 30 (alkyl group comprising from 4 to 30 carbon atoms) and R 4 represents a C 4 -C 30 aliphatic group (linear or branched alkyl group comprising 4 to 30 carbon atoms) which may or may not contain one or more unsaturation ( s), and preferably linear and unsaturated;
iv) On peut aussi citer les cires obtenues par hydrogénation catalytique d'huiles animales ou végétales ayant des chaînes grasses, linéaires ou ramifiées, en C8-C32, par exemple telles que l'huile de jojoba hydrogénée, l'huile de tournesol hydrogénée, l'huile de ricin hydrogénée, l'huile de coprah hydrogénée, ainsi que les cires obtenues par hydrogénation d'huile de ricin estérifiée avec l'alcool cétylique ; iv) We may also mention the waxes obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of animal or vegetable oils having C8-C32 linear or branched fatty chains, for example such as hydrogenated jojoba oil, hydrogenated sunflower oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated coconut oil, and waxes obtained by hydrogenation of castor oil esterified with cetyl alcohol;
v) la cire d'abeille, la cire d'abeille synthétique, la cire d'abeille polyglycérolée, la cire de carnauba, la cire de candellila, la cire de lanoline oxypropylénée, la cire de son de riz, la cire d'Ouricury, la cire d'Alfa, la cire de fibres de liège, la cire de canne à sucre, la cire du Japon, la cire de sumac, la cire de montan, la cire d'Orange, la cire de Laurier, la cire de Jojoba hydrogénée, la cire de tournesol, cire de citron, cire d'olive, cire du berry. De manière particulière, on peut mentionner HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE D'ALCOOLS GRAS EN C18-C38 ; Nom INCI : SYNTHETIC BEESWAX et vendu sous le nom KESTERWAX K82P par la société Koster Keunen. v) beeswax, synthetic beeswax, polyglycerolated beeswax, carnauba wax, candelilla wax, oxypropylene lanolin wax, rice bran wax, Ouricury wax , Alfa wax, cork fiber wax, sugar cane wax, Japanese wax, sumac wax, montan wax, orange wax, laurel wax, wax Hydrogenated Jojoba, sunflower wax, lemon wax, olive wax, berry wax. In particular, there may be mentioned HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE OF C18-C38 FATTY ALCOHOLS; INCI name: SYNTHETIC BEESWAX and sold under the name KESTERWAX K82P by the company Koster Keunen.
Selon un autre mode de réalisation, la cire polaire peut être une cire alcool. Par « cire alcool », on entend selon l'invention une cire comprenant au moins une fonction alcool, c'est-à-dire comprenant au moins un groupe hydroxyle (OH) libre. A titre de cire alcool, on peut citer par exemple la cire C30-50 Alcools Performacol® 550 Alcohol commercialisé par la société New Phase Technologie, l'alcool stéarique, l'alcool cétylique. According to another embodiment, the polar wax may be an alcohol wax. By "alcohol wax" is meant according to the invention a wax comprising at least one alcohol function, that is to say comprising at least one free hydroxyl (OH) group. As an alcohol wax include, for example wax C30-50 Alcohol Alcohol Performacol ® 550 sold by New Phase Technology, stearic alcohol, cetyl alcohol.
On peut aussi utiliser des cires siliconées qui peuvent être avantageusement des polysiloxanes substitués, de préférence à bas point de fusion. It is also possible to use silicone waxes, which may advantageously be substituted polysiloxanes, preferably at a low melting point.
Par « cire siliconée », on entend une huile comprenant au moins un atome de silicium, et notamment comprenant des groupes Si-O. By "silicone wax" is meant an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular comprising Si-O groups.
Parmi les cires de silicones commerciales de ce type, on peut citer notamment celles vendues sous les dénominations Abilwax 9800, 9801 ou 9810 (Goldschmidt), KF910 et KF7002 (Shin Etsu), ou 176-1118-3 et 176-11481 (General Electric). Among the commercial silicone waxes of this type, mention may be made in particular of those sold under the names Abilwax 9800, 9801 or 9810 (Goldschmidt), KF910 and KF7002 (Shin Etsu), or 176-1118-3 and 176-11481 (General Electric ).
Les cires de silicone utilisables peuvent également être des alkyl ou alcoxydiméthicones, ainsi que les (C2o-C6o)alkyldiméthicones, en particulier les (C30- C45)alkyldiméthicones comme la cire siliconée vendue sous la dénomination SF-1642 par la société GE-Bayer Silicones ou la C30-45 Alkyldiméthylsilyl Polypropylsilsesquioxane sous la dénomination SW-8005® C30 Resin Wax commercialisé par la société Dow Corning. The silicone waxes that can be used can also be alkyl or alkoxydimethicones, as well as (C 2 -C 6) alkyl dimethicones, in particular (C 30 -C 45 ) alkyl dimethicones, such as the silicone wax sold under the name SF-1642 by the company GE-Bayer. silicones or C30-45 Alkyldiméthylsilyl polypropylsilsesquioxane under the name SW-8005 C30 Resin Wax ® marketed by Dow Corning.
Les cires, au sens de l'invention, peuvent être celles utilisées généralement dans les domaines cosmétiques ou dermatologiques. Elles peuvent notamment être polaires ou apolaires, hydrocarbonées siliconées et/ou fluorées, comportant éventuellement des fonctions ester ou hydroxyle. Elles peuvent être également d'origine naturelle ou synthétique. The waxes, within the meaning of the invention, may be those used generally in the cosmetic or dermatological fields. They can in particular be polar or apolar, silicone hydrocarbon and / or fluorinated, optionally comprising ester or hydroxyl functions. They can also be of natural or synthetic origin.
Dans le cadre de la présente invention, on peut citer à titre de cires particulièrement avantageuses les cires de polyéthylène, la cire de jojoba, et les cires siliconées Selon une forme particulière de l'invention, on utilisera des cires de point de fusion supérieur à 45 °C comprenant un ou plusieurs composés esters en C40-C70 et ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C20-C39. In the context of the present invention, mention may be made, as particularly advantageous waxes, of polyethylene waxes, jojoba wax, and silicone waxes. According to a particular embodiment of the invention, use of the melting point waxes greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more compounds esters C40-C70 and containing no ester compound of a C 20 -C 3. 9
Par « composé ester », on entend toute molécule organique comprenant une chaîne hydrocarbonée linéaire ou ramifiée, saturée ou insaturée, comprenant au moins une fonction ester de formule -COOR où R représente un radical hydrocarboné en particulier un radical alkyle linéaire et saturé. The term "ester compound" is intended to mean any organic molecule comprising a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based chain comprising at least one ester function of formula -COOR where R represents a hydrocarbon radical, in particular a linear and saturated alkyl radical.
Par « cire ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C20-C39 », on entend toute cire contenant moins de 1 % en poids de composé ester en C20-C39, de préférence moins de 0,5 % en poids par rapport au poids de la cire, voire exempte de composé ester en C2o-C39. By "wax not comprising ester compound C 20 -C39" is meant any wax containing less than 1% by weight of C 20 -C 3 ester compound 9, preferably less than 0.5% by weight the weight of the wax, or even free of C 2 -C 3 9 ester compound.
Les cires selon l'invention peuvent utilisées également sous forme de mélange de cires. The waxes according to the invention can also be used in the form of a mixture of waxes.
Le teneur en ester comprenant de 40 à 70 atomes de carbone varie de préférence de 20 à 100 % en poids et de préférence de 20 à 90 % en poids par rapport au poids total en cire(s). The ester content comprising from 40 to 70 carbon atoms preferably ranges from 20 to 100% by weight and preferably from 20 to 90% by weight relative to the total weight of wax (es).
On utilisera plus particulièrement la cire de Candellila et/ou la cire d'abeille. Candellila wax and / or beeswax will be used more particularly.
Elles peuvent être présente dans la phase huileuse à raison de 0,5 % à 30 % en poids par rapport au poids de la phase huileuse, par exemple entre 5 % et 20 % de la phase huileuse, et plus particulièrement de 2 % à 15 % en poids par rapport au poids de la phase huileuse. They may be present in the oily phase in a proportion of 0.5% to 30% by weight relative to the weight of the oily phase, for example between 5% and 20% of the oily phase, and more particularly from 2% to 15% by weight. % by weight relative to the weight of the oily phase.
Les argiles modifiées Modified clays
La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre au moins une argile lipophile. The composition according to the invention may comprise at least one lipophilic clay.
Les argiles peuvent être naturelles ou synthétiques et elles sont rendues lipophiles par un traitement avec un sel d'alkyl ammonium comme un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22, par exemple le chlorure de di-stéaryl di-méthyl ammonium. The clays can be natural or synthetic and are made lipophilic by treatment with an alkyl ammonium salt such as a C 10 -C 22 ammonium chloride, for example di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride.
Elles peuvent être choisies parmi les bentonites en particulier les hectorites et les montmorillonites, les beidellites, les saponites, les nontronites, les sépiolites, les biotites, les attapulgites, les vermiculites et les zéolites. They may be chosen from bentonites, in particular hectorites and montmorillonites, beidellites, saponites, nontronites, sepiolites, biotites, attapulgites, vermiculites and zeolites.
De préférence, elles sont choisies parmi les hectorites. De préférence, on utilise à titre d'argiles lipophiles les hectorites modifiées par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22, comme l'hectorite modifiée par du chlorure de di- stéaryl di-méthyl ammonium telle que, par exemple, celle commercialisée sous la dénomination de Bentone 38V® par la société Elementis ou le gel de bentone dans isododécane commercialisé sous la dénomination Bentone Gel ISD V® (Isododécane 87 %/Disteardimonium Hectorite 10 %/Propylène carbonate 3 %) par la société Elementis. Preferably, they are chosen from hectorites. Preferably, the lipophilic clays used are hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride, such as hectorite modified with distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example, that marketed. under the name Bentone 38V ® by the company Elementis or Bentone gel in isododecane sold under the name Bentone gel ISD V ® (87% isododecane / disteardimonium hectorite 10% / Propylene carbonate 3%) by Elementis.
Au moins une argile lipophile peut notamment être présente en une teneur allant de 0, 1 % à 15 % en poids, en particulier de 0,5 % à 10 %, plus particulièrement de 1 % à 10 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse At least one lipophilic clay may in particular be present in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, in particular from 0.5% to 10%, more particularly from 1% to 10% by weight relative to the total weight. oily phase
Les silices Silicas
La phase huileuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut également comprendre à titre de gélifiant une silice pyrogénée ou des particules d'aérogel de silice. a) Silice pyrogénée The oily phase of a composition according to the invention may also comprise, as gelling agent, fumed silica or silica airgel particles. a) Pyrogenic silica
Convient tout particulièrement à l'invention, la silice pyrogénée traitée hydrophobe en surface. Il est en effet possible de modifier chimiquement la surface de la silice, par réaction chimique générant une diminution du nombre de groupes silanol présents à la surface de la silice. On peut notamment substituer des groupes silanol par des groupements hydrophobes : on obtient alors une silice hydrophobe. Particularly suitable for the invention, the hydrophobic treated silica treated surface. It is indeed possible to chemically modify the surface of the silica, by chemical reaction generating a decrease in the number of silanol groups present on the surface of the silica. In particular, it is possible to substitute silanol groups with hydrophobic groups: a hydrophobic silica is then obtained.
Les groupements hydrophobes peuvent être : The hydrophobic groups can be:
- des groupements triméthylsiloxyle, qui sont notamment obtenus par traitement de silice pyrogénée en présence de l'hexaméthyldisilazane. Des silices ainsi traitées sont dénommées « Silica silylate » selon le CTFA (8eme édition, 2000). Elles sont par exemple commercialisées sous les références Aerosil R812® par la société Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-530® par la société Cabot. trimethylsiloxyl groups, which are especially obtained by treatment of fumed silica in the presence of hexamethyldisilazane. Silicas thus treated are named "Silica Silylate" according to the CTFA (8 th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R812 ® by Degussa, Cab-O-Sil TS-530 ® by the company Cabot.
- des groupements diméthylsilyloxyle ou polydiméthylsiloxane, qui sont notamment obtenus par traitement de silice pyrogénée en présence de polydiméthylsiloxane ou du diméthyldichlorosilane. Des silices ainsi traitées sont dénommées « Silica diméthyl silylate » selon le CTFA (8ème édition, 2000). Elles sont par exemple commercialisées sous les références Aerosil R972®, et Aerosil R974® par la société Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-610® et CAB-O-SIL TS-720® par la société Cabot. Les silices pyrogénées peuvent être présentes dans une composition selon la présente invention à raison d'une teneur comprise entre 0,1 % et 40 % en poids, plus particulièrement entre 1 % et 15 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. b) Aérogels de silice hydrophobes dimethylsilyloxyl or polydimethylsiloxane groups, which are especially obtained by treating fumed silica in the presence of polydimethylsiloxane or dimethyldichlorosilane. Silicas thus treated are called "Silica dimethyl silylate" according to the CTFA (8th edition, 2000). They are for example marketed under the references Aerosil R972 ® , and Aerosil R974 ® by Degussa, CAB-O-SIL TS-610 ® and CAB-O-SIL TS-720 ® by Cabot. The fumed silicas may be present in a composition according to the present invention at a content of between 0.1% and 40% by weight, more particularly between 1% and 15% by weight, relative to the total weight of the phase. oily. (b) Hydrophobic silica aerogels
La phase huileuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut également comprendre à titre de gélifiant au moins des particules d' aérogels de silice. The oily phase of a composition according to the invention may also comprise, as gelling agent, at least silica aerogel particles.
Les aérogels de silice sont des matériaux poreux obtenus en remplaçant (par séchage) la composante liquide d'un gel de silice par de l'air. Silica aerogels are porous materials obtained by replacing (by drying) the liquid component of a silica gel with air.
Ils sont généralement synthétisés par procédé sol-gel en milieu liquide puis séchés usuellement par extraction d'un fluide super critique, le plus communément utilisé étant le C02 supercritique. Ce type de séchage permet d'éviter la contraction des pores et du matériau. Le procédé sol-gel et les différents séchages sont décrits en détail dans Brinker CJ., and Scherer G.W., Sol-Gel Science : New York : Académie Press, 1990. They are generally synthesized by sol-gel process in a liquid medium and then usually dried by extraction of a supercritical fluid, the most commonly used being the supercritical CO 2 . This type of drying avoids the contraction of the pores and the material. The sol-gel process and the various dryings are described in detail in Brinker CJ, and Scherer GW, Sol-Gel Science: New York: Academy Press, 1990.
Les particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe utilisées dans la présente invention présentent une surface spécifique par unité de masse (SM) allant de 500 à 1 500 m2/g, de préférence de 600 à 1 200 m2/g et mieux de 600 à 800 m2/g, et une taille exprimée en diamètre moyen en volume (D[0,5]) allant de 1 à 1 500 μπι, mieux de 1 à 1 000 μπι, de préférence de 1 à 100 μπι, en particulier de 1 à 30 μπι, de préférence encore de 5 à 25 μπι, mieux de 5 à 20 μπι et encore mieux de mieux de 5 à 15 μπι. The hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a surface area per unit mass (SM) of from 500 to 1500 m 2 / g, preferably from 600 to 1200 m 2 / g and more preferably from 600 to 1200 m 2 / g. at 800 m 2 / g, and a size expressed in volume mean diameter (D [0.5]) ranging from 1 to 1500 μπι, better from 1 to 1000 μπι, preferably from 1 to 100 μπι, in particular from 1 to 30 μπι, more preferably from 5 to 25 μπι, more preferably from 5 to 20 μπι and even more preferably from 5 to 15 μπι.
Selon un mode de réalisation, les particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe utilisées dans la présente invention présentent une taille exprimée en diamètre moyen en volume (D[0,5]) allant de 1 à 30 μπι, de préférence de 5 à 25 μπι, mieux de 5 à 20 μπι et encore mieux de mieux de 5 à 15 μπι. According to one embodiment, the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles used in the present invention have a size expressed in volume mean diameter (D [0.5]) ranging from 1 to 30 μπι, preferably from 5 to 25 μπι. , better from 5 to 20 μπι and even better from 5 to 15 μπι.
La surface spécifique par unité de masse peut être déterminée par la méthode d'absorption d'azote appelée méthode BET (Brunauer - Emmet - Teller) décrite dans « The journal of the American Chemical Society », vol. 60, page 309, février 1938 et correspondant à la norme internationale ISO 5794/1 (annexe D). La surface spécifique BET correspond à la surface spécifique totale des particules considérées. The specific surface area per unit mass can be determined by the nitrogen absorption method called the BET method (Brunauer - Emmet - Teller) described in "The Journal of the American Chemical Society", vol. 60, page 309, February 1938 and corresponding to the international standard ISO 5794/1 (Appendix D). The BET surface area corresponds to the total specific surface area of the particles under consideration.
Les tailles des particules d'aérogel de silice peuvent être mesurées par diffusion statique de la lumière au moyen d'un granulomètre commercial de type MasterSizer 2000 de chez Malvern. Les données sont traitées sur la base de la théorie de diffusion de Mie. Cette théorie, exacte pour des particules isotropes, permet de déterminer dans le cas de particules non sphériques, un diamètre « effectif» de particules. Cette théorie est notamment décrite dans l'ouvrage de Van de Hulst, H.C., « Light Scattering by SmallP articles », Chapitres 9 et 10, Wiley, New York, 1957. The silica airgel particle sizes can be measured by static light scattering using a commercial particle size analyzer. MasterSizer 2000 from Malvern. The data is processed on the basis of Mie scattering theory. This theory, which is accurate for isotropic particles, makes it possible to determine, in the case of non-spherical particles, an "effective" diameter of particles. This theory is particularly described in Van de Hulst, HC, "Light Scattering by SmallP Articles", Chapters 9 and 10, Wiley, New York, 1957.
Selon un mode de réalisation avantageux, les particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe utilisées dans la présente invention présentent une surface spécifique par unité de masse (SM) allant de 600 à 800 m2/g. According to an advantageous embodiment, the hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a specific surface per unit mass (SM) ranging from 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
Les particules d'aérogel de silice utilisées dans la présente invention peuvent avantageusement présenter une densité tassée p allant de 0,02 g/cm3 à 0, 10 g/cm3, de préférence de 0,03 g/cm3 à 0,08 g/cm3, en particulier allant de 0,05 g/cm3 à 0,08 g/cm3. The silica airgel particles used in the present invention may advantageously have a packed density p ranging from 0.02 g / cm 3 to 0.10 g / cm 3 , preferably from 0.03 g / cm 3 to 0, 08 g / cm 3 , in particular ranging from 0.05 g / cm 3 to 0.08 g / cm 3 .
Dans le cadre de la présente invention, cette densité peut être appréciée selon le protocole suivant, dit de la densité tassée : In the context of the present invention, this density can be evaluated according to the following protocol, referred to as packed density:
On verse 40 g de poudre dans une éprouvette graduée; puis on place l'éprouvette sur l'appareil STAV 2003 de chez Stampf Volumeter ; l'éprouvette est ensuite soumise à une série de 2 500 tassements (cette opération est recommencée jusqu'à ce que la différence de volume entre 2 essais consécutifs soit inférieure à 2 %) ; puis on mesure directement sur l'éprouvette le volume final Vf de poudre tassée. La densité tassée est déterminée par le rapport m/Vf, en l'occurrence 40/Vf (Vf étant exprimé en cm3 et m en g). 40 g of powder are poured into a graduated cylinder; then the specimen is placed on the STAV 2003 machine from Stampf Volumeter; the test piece is then subjected to a series of 2,500 settlements (this operation is repeated until the difference in volume between two consecutive tests is less than 2%); then the final volume Vf of compacted powder is measured directly on the test piece. The packed density is determined by the ratio m / Vf, in this case 40 / Vf (Vf being expressed in cm 3 and m in g).
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, les particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe utilisées dans la présente invention présentent une surface spécifique par unité de volume SV allant de 5 à 60 m2/cm3, de préférence de 10 à 50 m2/cm3 et mieux de 15 à 40 m2/cm3. According to a preferred embodiment, the hydrophobic silica airgel particles used in the present invention have a specific surface area per unit volume SV ranging from 5 to 60 m 2 / cm 3 , preferably from 10 to 50 m 2 / cm 3 and better from 15 to 40 m 2 / cm 3 .
La surface spécifique par unité de volume est donnée par la relation : Sy = SM x p ; où p est la densité tassées exprimée en g/cm3 et SM est la surface spécifique par unité de masse exprimée en m2/g, telles que définie plus haut. The specific surface per unit volume is given by the relation: Sy = S M xp; where p is the packed density expressed in g / cm 3 and SM is the specific surface area per unit mass expressed in m 2 / g, as defined above.
De préférence, les particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe selon l'invention ont une capacité d'absorption d'huile mesurée au Wet Point allant de 5 à 18 ml/g, de préférence de 6 à 15 ml/g et mieux de 8 à 12 ml/g. La capacité d'absorption mesurée au Wet Point, et notée Wp, correspond à la quantité d'huile qu'il faut additionner à 100 g de particules pour obtenir une pâte homogène. Preferably, the hydrophobic silica aerogel particles according to the invention have an oil absorption capacity measured at Wet Point ranging from 5 to 18 ml / g, preferably from 6 to 15 ml / g and better still from 8 to 18 ml / g. at 12 ml / g. The absorption capacity measured at Wet Point, and denoted by Wp, corresponds to the amount of oil that must be added to 100 g of particles in order to obtain a homogeneous paste.
Elle est mesurée selon la méthode dite de Wet Point ou méthode de détermination de prise d'huile de poudre décrite dans la norme NF T 30-022. Elle correspond à la quantité d'huile adsorbée sur la surface disponible de la poudre et/ou absorbée par la poudre par mesure du Wet Point, décrite ci-dessous : It is measured according to the so-called Wet Point method or method for determining the setting of powder oil described in standard NF T 30-022. It corresponds to the quantity of oil adsorbed on the available surface of the powder and / or absorbed by the powder by measuring the Wet Point, described below:
On place une quantité m = 2 g de poudre sur une plaque de verre puis on ajoute goutte à goutte l'huile (isononyl isononanoate). Après addition de 4 à 5 gouttes d'huile dans la poudre, on mélange à l'aide d'une spatule et on continue d'ajouter de l'huile jusqu'à la formation de conglomérats d'huile et de poudre. A partir de ce moment, on ajoute l'huile à raison d'une goutte à la fois et on triture ensuite le mélange avec la spatule. On cesse l'addition d'huile lorsque l'on obtient une pâte ferme et lisse. Cette pâte doit se laisser étendre sur la plaque de verre sans craquelures ni formation de grumeaux. On note alors le volume Vs (exprimé en ml) d'huile utilisé. An amount m = 2 g of powder is placed on a glass plate and then the oil (isononyl isononanoate) is added dropwise. After addition of 4 to 5 drops of oil in the powder, mixing is carried out with a spatula and oil is added until the formation of oil and powder conglomerates. From this moment, the oil is added one drop at a time and then triturated with the spatula. The addition of oil is stopped when a firm and smooth paste is obtained. This paste should be spread on the glass plate without cracks or lumps. The volume Vs (expressed in ml) of oil used is then noted.
La prise d'huile correspond au rapport Vs/m. The oil intake corresponds to the ratio Vs / m.
Les aérogels utilisés selon la présente invention sont des aérogels de silice hydrophobe, de préférence de silice silylée (nom INCI : silica silylate). The aerogels used according to the present invention are aerogels of hydrophobic silica, preferably of silylated silica (INCI name: silica silylate).
Par « silice hydrophobe », on entend toute silice dont la surface est traitée par des agents de silylation, par exemple par des silanes halogénés tels que des alkylchlorosilanes, des siloxanes, en particulier des dimethylsiloxanes tel que l'hexamethyldisiloxane, ou des silazanes, de manière à fonctionnaliser les groupements OH par des groupements silyles Si-Rn, par exemple des groupements triméthylsilyles. By "hydrophobic silica" is meant any silica whose surface is treated with silylating agents, for example by halogenated silanes such as alkylchlorosilanes, siloxanes, in particular dimethylsiloxanes such as hexamethyldisiloxane, or silazanes, in order to functionalize the OH groups by Si-Rn silyl groups, for example trimethylsilyl groups.
Concernant la préparation de particules d' aérogels de silice hydrophobe modifiés en surface par silylation, on peut se référer au document US 7,470,725. Concerning the preparation of hydrophobic silica airgel particles surface-modified by silylation, reference can be made to US Pat. No. 7,470,725.
On utilisera de préférence des particules d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe modifiée en surface par groupements triméthylsilyles, de préférence de nom INCI Silica silylate. Hydrophobic silica airgel particles that are surface-modified with trimethylsilyl groups, preferably INCI Silica silylate, will preferably be used.
A titre de d'aérogels de silice hydrophobe utilisables dans l'invention, on peut citer par exemple l'aérogel commercialisé sous la dénomination VM-2260 ou VM-2270 (nom INCI : Silica silylate), par la société Dow Corning, dont les particules présentent une taille moyenne d'environ 1 000 microns et une surface spécifique par unité de masse allant de 600 à 800 m2/g. Examples of hydrophobic silica aerogels that can be used in the invention include, for example, the airgel marketed under the name VM-2260 or VM-2270 (INCI name: Silica silylate), by the company Dow Corning, whose particles have a average size of about 1000 microns and a specific surface area per unit mass of 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
On peut également citer les aérogels commercialisés par la société Cabot sous les références Aerogel TLD 201, Aerogel OGD 201, Aerogel TLD 203, ENOVA® Aerogel MT 1100, ENOVA Aerogel MT 1200. Also exemplary aerogels marketed by the company Cabot Airgel TLD under the references 201, 201 Airgel EMT, Airgel 203 TLDs, ENOVA ® Airgel MT 1100, MT 1200 ENOVA Airgel.
On utilisera de préférence l'aérogel commercialisé sous la dénomination VM- 2270 (nom INCI Silica silylate), par la société Dow Corning, dont les particules présentent une taille moyenne allant de 5-15 microns et une surface spécifique par unité de masse allant de 600 à 800 m2/g. The airgel marketed under the name VM-2270 (INCI name Silica silylate), by the company Dow Corning, whose particles have an average size ranging from 5 to 15 microns and a specific surface per unit mass ranging from 600 to 800 m 2 / g.
De façon préférée, les particules d' aérogels de silice hydrophobe sont présentes dans la composition selon l'invention en une teneur en matière sèche allant de 0, 1 % à 8 % en poids, de préférence de 0,2 % à 5 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. IL Elastomère d'organopolysiloxane Preferably, the particles of hydrophobic silica aerogels are present in the composition according to the invention in a dry matter content ranging from 0.1% to 8% by weight, preferably from 0.2% to 5% by weight. weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase. IL organopolysiloxane elastomer
L'élastomère d'organopolysiloxane, utilisable à titre de gélifiant lipophile, a pour avantage de conférer à la composition selon l'invention de bonnes propriétés d'application. Il procure un toucher très doux et matifiant après l'application, avantageux notamment pour une application sur la peau. Il peut également permettre un comblement efficace des creux présents sur les matières kératiniques. The organopolysiloxane elastomer, which can be used as a lipophilic gelling agent, has the advantage of conferring on the composition according to the invention good application properties. It provides a very soft and matifying after application, especially advantageous for application on the skin. It can also allow an effective filling of the hollows present on the keratin materials.
Par « elastomère d'organopolysiloxane » ou « elastomère de silicone », on entend un organopolysiloxane souple, déformable ayant des propriétés viscoélastiques et notamment la consistance d'une éponge ou d'une sphère souple. Son module d'élasticité est tel que ce matériau résiste à la déformation et possède une capacité limitée à l'extension et à la contraction. Ce matériau est capable de retrouver sa forme originelle suite à un étirement. By "organopolysiloxane elastomer" or "silicone elastomer" is meant a flexible, deformable organopolysiloxane having viscoelastic properties and in particular the consistency of a sponge or a flexible sphere. Its modulus of elasticity is such that this material resists deformation and has a limited capacity for extension and contraction. This material is able to recover its original shape after stretching.
Il s'agit plus particulièrement d'un élastomère d'organopolysiloxane réticulé. It is more particularly a crosslinked organopolysiloxane elastomer.
Ainsi, l'élastomère d'organopolysiloxane peut être obtenu par réaction d'addition réticulation de diorganopolysiloxane contenant au moins un hydrogène lié au silicium et de diorganopolysiloxane ayant des groupements à insaturation éthylénique liés au silicium, notamment en présence de catalyseur platine ; ou par réaction de condensation réticulation déhydrogénation entre un diorganopolysiloxane à terminaisons hydroxyle et un diorganopolysiloxane contenant au moins un hydrogène lié au silicium, notamment en présence d'un organoétain ; ou par réaction de condensation réticulation d'un diorganopolysiloxane à terminaisons hydroxyle et d'un organopolysilane hydrolysable ; ou par réticulation thermique d'organopolysiloxane, notamment en présence de catalyseur organopéroxyde ; ou par réticulation d'organopolysiloxane par radiations de haute énergie telles que rayons gamma, rayons ultraviolet, faisceau électronique. Thus, the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by crosslinking addition reaction of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one silicon-bonded hydrogen and diorganopolysiloxane having silicon-bonded ethylenically unsaturated groups, especially in the presence of platinum catalyst; or by condensation-crosslinking dehydrogenation reaction between a hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a diorganopolysiloxane containing at least one hydrogen bonded to silicon, especially in the presence of an organotin; or by crosslinking condensation reaction of a hydroxyl-terminated diorganopolysiloxane and a hydrolyzable organopolysilane; or by thermal crosslinking of organopolysiloxane, especially in the presence of organoperoxide catalyst; or by crosslinking of organopolysiloxane by high energy radiation such as gamma rays, ultraviolet rays, electron beam.
De préférence, l'élastomère d'organopolysiloxane est obtenu par réaction d'addition réticulation (A) de diorganopolysiloxane contenant au moins deux hydrogènes liés chacun à un silicium, et (B) de diorganopolysiloxane ayant au moins deux groupements à insaturation éthylénique liés au silicium, notamment en présence (C) de catalyseur platine, comme par exemple décrit dans la demande EP-A-295886. Preferably, the organopolysiloxane elastomer is obtained by addition reaction crosslinking (A) of diorganopolysiloxane containing at least two hydrogens each bonded to a silicon, and (B) diorganopolysiloxane having at least two silicon-bonded ethylenic unsaturation groups. , especially in the presence (C) of platinum catalyst, as for example described in the application EP-A-295886.
En particulier, l'élastomère d'organopolysiloxane peut être obtenu par réaction de diméthylpolysiloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy et de méthylhydrogénopolysiloxane à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, en présence de catalyseur platine. In particular, the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by reaction of dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated dimethylpolysiloxane and trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxane in the presence of platinum catalyst.
Le composé (A) est le réactif de base pour la formation d'organopolysiloxane élastomère et la réticulation s'effectue par réaction d'addition du composé (A) avec le composé (B) en présence du catalyseur (C). The compound (A) is the basic reagent for the formation of organopolysiloxane elastomer and the crosslinking is carried out by addition reaction of the compound (A) with the compound (B) in the presence of the catalyst (C).
Le composé (A) est en particulier un organopolysiloxane ayant au moins deux atomes d'hydrogène liés à des atomes de silicium distincts dans chaque molécule. The compound (A) is in particular an organopolysiloxane having at least two hydrogen atoms bonded to distinct silicon atoms in each molecule.
Le composé (A) peut présenter toute structure moléculaire, notamment une structure chaîne linéaire ou chaîne ramifiée ou une structure cyclique. The compound (A) may have any molecular structure, in particular a linear chain or branched chain structure or a cyclic structure.
Le composé (A) peut avoir une viscosité à 25 °C allant de 1 à 50 000 centistokes, notamment pour être bien miscible avec le composé (B). The compound (A) may have a viscosity at 25 ° C ranging from 1 to 50,000 centistokes, in particular to be well miscible with the compound (B).
Les groupes organiques liés aux atomes de silicium du composé (A) peuvent être des groupes alkyles tels que méthyle, éthyle, propyle, butyle, octyle ; des groupes alkyles substitués tels que 2-phényléthyl, 2-phénylpropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl ; des groupes aryles tels que phényle, tolyle, xylyle ; des groupes aryles substitués tels que phényléthyl ; et des groupes hydrocarbonés monovalents substitués tels qu'un groupe époxy, un groupe ester carboxylate, ou un groupe mercapto. Le composé (A) peut ainsi être choisi parmi les méthylhydrogénopolysiloxanes à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, les copolymères diméthylsiloxane-méthylhydrogénosiloxane à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, les copolymères cycliques diméthylsiloxane-méthylhydrogénosiloxane. The organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms of the compound (A) can be alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group, or a mercapto group. The compound (A) may thus be chosen from trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxanes, trimethylsiloxy-terminated dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogenosiloxane copolymers, and dimethylsiloxane-methylhydrogensiloxane cyclic copolymers.
Le composé (B) est avantageusement un diorganopolysiloxane ayant au moins deux groupes alkényles inférieurs (par exemple en C2-C4) ; le groupe alkényle inférieur peut être choisi parmi les groupes vinyle, allyle, et propényle. Ces groupements alkényles inférieurs peuvent être situés en toute position de la molécule organopolysiloxane mais sont de préférence situés aux extrémités de la molécule organopolysiloxane. L'organopolysiloxane (B) peut avoir une structure à chaîne ramifiée, à chaîne linéaire, cyclique ou en réseau mais la structure en chaîne linéaire est préférée. Le composé (B) peut avoir une viscosité allant de l'état liquide à l'état de gomme. De préférence, le composé (B) a une viscosité d'au moins 100 centistokes à 25 °C. The compound (B) is advantageously a diorganopolysiloxane having at least two lower alkenyl groups (for example C 2 -C 4 ); the lower alkenyl group may be chosen from vinyl, allyl and propenyl groups. These lower alkenyl groups may be located at any position of the organopolysiloxane molecule but are preferably located at the ends of the organopolysiloxane molecule. The organopolysiloxane (B) may have a branched chain, straight chain, cyclic or network structure but the linear chain structure is preferred. The compound (B) may have a viscosity ranging from the liquid state to the gum state. Preferably, the compound (B) has a viscosity of at least 100 centistokes at 25 ° C.
Outre les groupes alkényle précités, les autres groupes organiques liés aux atomes de silicium dans le composé (B) peuvent être des groupes alkyles tels que méthyle, éthyle, propyle, butyle ou octyle ; des groupes alkyles substitués tels que 2-phényléthyle, 2-phénylpropyle ou 3,3,3-trifluoropropyle ; des groupes aryles tels que phényl, tolyl ou xylyl ; des groupes aryles substitués tels que phényléthyle ; et des groupes hydrocarbonés monovalents substitués tels qu'un groupe époxy, un groupe ester carboxylate, ou un groupe mercapto. In addition to the aforementioned alkenyl groups, the other organic groups bonded to the silicon atoms in the compound (B) may be alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or octyl; substituted alkyl groups such as 2-phenylethyl, 2-phenylpropyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl or xylyl; substituted aryl groups such as phenylethyl; and substituted monovalent hydrocarbon groups such as an epoxy group, a carboxylate ester group, or a mercapto group.
Les organopolysiloxanes (B) peuvent être choisis parmi les méthylvinylpolysiloxanes, les copolymères méthylvinylsiloxane-diméthylsiloxane, les diméthylpolysiloxanes à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy, les copolymères diméthylsiloxane-méthylphénylsiloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy, les copolymères diméthylsiloxane-diphénylsiloxane-méthylvinylsiloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy, les copolymères diméthylsiloxane-méthylvinylsiloxane à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, les copolymères diméthylsiloxane-méthylphénylsiloxane- méthylvinylsiloxane à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, les méthyl(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)- polysiloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy, et les copolymères diméthylsiloxane- méthyl(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)siloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy. En particulier, l'organopolysiloxane élastomère peut être obtenu par réaction de diméthylpolysiloxane à terminaisons diméthylvinylsiloxy et de méthylhydrogéno- polysiloxane à terminaisons triméthylsiloxy, en présence de catalyseur platine. The organopolysiloxane (B) can be chosen from methylvinylpolysiloxanes, the methylvinylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylpolysiloxanes comprising dimethylvinylsiloxy endings, dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane dimethylvinylsiloxy end groups, copolymers terminated dimethylsiloxane-diphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane dimethylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane trimethylsiloxy termini, trimethylsiloxy-terminated dimethylsiloxane-methylphenylsiloxane-methylvinylsiloxane copolymers, dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated methyl (3,3,3-trifluoropropyl) polysiloxane, and dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated dimethylsiloxane-methyl (3,3,3-trifluoropropyl) siloxane copolymers . In particular, the organopolysiloxane elastomer can be obtained by reaction of dimethylvinylsiloxy-terminated dimethylpolysiloxane and trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrogenpolysiloxane in the presence of platinum catalyst.
Avantageusement, la somme du nombre de groupements éthyléniques par molécule du composé (B) et du nombre d'atomes d'hydrogène liés à des atomes de silicium par molécule du composé (A) est d'au moins 5. Advantageously, the sum of the number of ethylenic groups per molecule of the compound (B) and the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms per molecule of the compound (A) is at least 5.
Il est avantageux que le composé (A) soit ajouté en une quantité telle que le rapport moléculaire entre la quantité totale d'atomes d'hydrogène liés à des atomes de silicium dans le composé (A) et la quantité totale de tous les groupements à insaturation éthylénique dans le composé (B) soit compris dans la gamme de 1,5/1 à 20/1. It is advantageous that the compound (A) is added in an amount such that the molecular ratio between the total amount of hydrogen atoms bonded to silicon atoms in the compound (A) and the total amount of all the groups to Ethylenic unsaturation in the compound (B) is in the range of 1.5: 1 to 20: 1.
Le composé (C) est le catalyseur de la réaction de réticulation, et est notamment l'acide chloroplatinique, les complexes acide chloroplatinique-oléfine, les complexes acide chloroplatinique-alkenylsiloxane, les complexes acide chloroplatinique- dicétone, le platine noir, et le platine sur support. Compound (C) is the catalyst for the crosslinking reaction, and is especially chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complexes, chloroplatinic acid-alkenylsiloxane complexes, chloroplatinic acid-diketone complexes, platinum black, and platinum. on support.
Le catalyseur (C) est de préférence ajouté de 0, 1 à 1 000 parts en poids, mieux de 1 à 100 parts en poids, en tant que métal platine propre pour 1 000 parts en poids de la quantité totale des composés (A) et (B). The catalyst (C) is preferably added from 0.1 to 1000 parts by weight, more preferably from 1 to 100 parts by weight, as clean platinum metal per 1000 parts by weight of the total amount of the compounds (A). and B).
L'élastomère est avantageusement un élastomère non émulsionnant. The elastomer is advantageously a non-emulsifying elastomer.
Le terme « non émulsionnant » définit des élastomères d'organopolysiloxane ne contenant pas de chaîne hydrophile, et en particulier ne contenant pas de motifs polyoxyalkylène (notamment polyoxyéthylène ou polyoxypropylène), ni de motif polyglycéryle. Ainsi, selon un mode particulier de l'invention, la composition comprend un élastomère d'organopolysiloxane dénué de motifs polyoxyalkylène et de motif polyglycéryle. The term "non-emulsifying" defines organopolysiloxane elastomers that do not contain a hydrophilic chain, and in particular that do not contain polyoxyalkylene (especially polyoxyethylene or polyoxypropylene) units or polyglyceryl units. Thus, according to one particular embodiment of the invention, the composition comprises an organopolysiloxane elastomer devoid of polyoxyalkylene units and a polyglyceryl unit.
En particulier, l'élastomère de silicone utilisé dans la présente invention est choisi parmi des Dimethicone Crosspolymer (Nom INCI), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (Nom INCI), Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (Nom INCI), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (Nom INCI). In particular, the silicone elastomer used in the present invention is selected from Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (INCI name) .
Les particules d' élastomères d'organopolysiloxane peuvent être véhiculées sous forme d'un gel constitué d'un organopolysiloxane élastomérique inclus dans au moins une huile hydrocarbonée et/ou une huile siliconée. Dans ces gels, les particules d'organopolysiloxanes sont souvent des particules non-sphériques. Des élastomères non émulsionnants sont notamment décrits dans les brevets EP 242 219, EP 285 886, EP 765 656 et dans la demande JP-A-61-194009. The organopolysiloxane elastomer particles may be transported in the form of a gel consisting of an elastomeric organopolysiloxane included in at least one hydrocarbon oil and / or a silicone oil. In these gels, the organopolysiloxane particles are often non-spherical particles. Non-emulsifying elastomers are described in EP 242 219, EP 285 886, EP 765 656 and JP-A-61-194009.
L'élastomère de silicone se présente généralement sous la forme d'un gel, d'une pâte ou d'une poudre mais avantageusement sous la forme d'un gel dans lequel l'élastomère de silicone est dispersé dans une huile siliconée linéaire (dimethicone) ou cyclique (ex : cyclopentasiloxane), avantageusement dans une huile siliconée linéaire. The silicone elastomer is generally in the form of a gel, a paste or a powder, but advantageously in the form of a gel in which the silicone elastomer is dispersed in a linear silicone oil (dimethicone ) or cyclic (eg cyclopentasiloxane), advantageously in a linear silicone oil.
Comme élastomères non émulsionnants, on peut plus particulièrement utiliser ceux vendus sous les dénominations « KSG-6 », « KSG-15 », « KSG-16 », « KSG-18 », « KSG-41 », « KSG-42 », « KSG-43 », « KSG-44 », par la société Shin Etsu, « DC9040 », « DC9041 », par la société Dow Corning, « SFE 839 » par la société General Electric. As non-emulsifying elastomers, those sold under the names "KSG-6", "KSG-15", "KSG-16", "KSG-18", "KSG-41", "KSG-42" can more particularly be used. , "KSG-43", "KSG-44", by the company Shin Etsu, "DC9040", "DC9041", by the company Dow Corning, "SFE 839" by the company General Electric.
Selon un mode particulier, on utilise un gel d'élastomère de silicone dispersé dans une huile siliconée choisie parmi une liste non exhaustive comprenant la cyclopentadimethylsiloxane, les dimethicones, les dimethylsiloxanes, la methyl trimethicone, phenylmethicone, phenyldimethicone, phenyltrimethicone, et la cyclomethicone, de préférence une huile siliconée linéaire choisie parmi les polydiméthylsiloxanes (PDMS) ou dimethicones de viscosité à 25 °C allant de 1 à 500 est à 25 °C, éventuellement modifiées par des groupements aliphatiques, éventuellement fluorés, ou par des groupements fonctionnels tels que des groupements hydroxyles, thiols et/ou aminés. According to one particular embodiment, a silicone elastomer gel dispersed in a silicone oil chosen from a non-exhaustive list comprising cyclopentadimethylsiloxane, dimethicones, dimethylsiloxanes, methyl trimethicone, phenylmethicone, phenyldimethicone, phenyltrimethicone, and cyclomethicone, is used. preferably a linear silicone oil chosen from polydimethylsiloxanes (PDMS) or dimethicones with a viscosity at 25 ° C. ranging from 1 to 500 ° C. at 25 ° C., optionally modified with aliphatic groups, optionally fluorinated, or with functional groups such as groups hydroxyls, thiols and / or amines.
On peut citer notamment les composés de nom INCI suivants : These include the following INCI name compounds:
- Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « USG-105 » et « USG-107A » de la société Shin Etsu ; « DC9506 » et « DC9701 » de la société Dow Corning ; Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as USG-105 and USG-107A from Shin Etsu; "DC9506" and "DC9701" from Dow Corning;
Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Dimethicone, tels que « KSG-6 » et « KSG-16 » de la société Shin Etsu ; Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Dimethicone, such as "KSG-6" and "KSG-16" from Shin Etsu;
- Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Cyclopentasiloxane, tels que « KSG-15 » ; Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Cyclopentasiloxane, such as "KSG-15";
Cyclopentasiloxane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « DC9040 », « DC9045 » et « DC5930 » de la société Dow Corning ; Cyclopentasiloxane (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as "DC9040", "DC9045" and "DC5930" from Dow Corning;
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « DC9041 » de la société Dow Corning ; - Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « Dow Corning EL-9240® silicone elastomer blend » de la société Dow Corning (mélange de polydiméthylsiloxane réticulé avec hexadiène/polydiméthysiloxane (2 cSt)) ; Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as "DC9041" from Dow Corning; Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as Dow Corning EL-9240 Silicone Elastomer Blend from Dow Corning (a mixture of polydimethylsiloxane cross-linked with hexadiene / polydimethyl siloxane (2 cSt));
C4-24 Alkyl Dimethicone/DivinylDimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que NuLastic Silk MA par la société Alzo. C4-24 Alkyl Dimethicone / DivinylDimethicone Crosspolymer, such as NuLastic Silk MA by Alzo.
Comme exemples d'élastomères de silicone dispersés dans une huile de silicone linéaire utilisables avantageusement selon l'invention, on peut citer notamment les références suivantes : As examples of silicone elastomers dispersed in a linear silicone oil that can advantageously be used according to the invention, mention may be made in particular of the following references:
- Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Dimethicone, tels que Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (and) Dimethicone, such as
« KSG-6 » et « KSG-16 » de la société Shin Etsu ; "KSG-6" and "KSG-16" from Shin Etsu;
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « DC9041 » de la société Dow Corning ; Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as "DC9041" from Dow Corning;
- Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, tels que « Dow Corning EL-9240® silicone elastomer blend » de la société Dow Corning (mélange de polydiméthylsiloxane réticulé par Hexadiène/Polydiméthysiloxane (2 cSt)) ; et - Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer, such as "Dow Corning ® EL-9240 silicone elastomer blend" of Dow Corning (polydimethylsiloxane crosslinked by mixing hexadiene / polydimethylsiloxane (2 cSt)); and
- DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL/TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE/DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 de chez Wacker silicone. - DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL / TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE / DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 from Wacker Silicone.
Les particules d'élastomères d'organopolysiloxane peuvent également être utilisées sous forme de poudre, on peut notamment citer les poudres vendues sous les dénominations « Dow Corning 9505 Powder », « Dow Corning 9506 Powder » par la société Dow Corning, ces poudres ont pour nom INCI : dimethicone/vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer. The organopolysiloxane elastomer particles may also be used in powder form, mention may be made in particular of the powders sold under the names "Dow Corning 9505 Powder" and "Dow Corning 9506 Powder" by the company Dow Corning. These powders are intended INCI name: dimethicone / vinyl dimethicone crosspolymer.
La poudre d'organopolysiloxane peut également être enrobée de résine silsesquioxane, comme décrit par exemple dans le brevet US 5,538,793. De telles poudres d'élastomères sont vendues sous les dénominations « KSP-100 », « KSP-101 », « KSP- 102 », « KSP-103 », « KSP-104 », « KSP-105 » par la société Shin Etsu, et ont pour nom INCI : vinyl dimethicone/methicone silsesquioxane Crosspolymer. Comme exemples de poudres d'organopolysiloxane enrobées de résine silsesquioxane utilisables avantageusement selon l'invention, on peut citer notamment la référence « KSP-100 » de la société Shin Etsu. A titre d'agent gélifiant lipophile préféré de type élastomère d'organopolysiloxane, on peut notamment mentionner les élastomères d'organopolysiloxane réticulés choisis parmi les Dimethicone Crosspolymer (nom INCI), Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer (nom INCI), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (nom INCI), Dimethicone/Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (nom INCI), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (nom INCI), DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL/TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE/DIMETHICONE The organopolysiloxane powder may also be coated with silsesquioxane resin, as described, for example, in US Pat. No. 5,538,793. Such elastomer powders are sold under the names "KSP-100", "KSP-101", "KSP-102", "KSP-103", "KSP-104", "KSP-105" by the company Shin Etsu, and are INCI name: vinyl dimethicone / methicone silsesquioxane Crosspolymer. As examples of organopolysiloxane powders coated with silsesquioxane resin that can advantageously be used according to the invention, there may be mentioned especially the reference "KSP-100" from Shin Etsu. As preferred lipophilic gelling agent of the organopolysiloxane elastomer type, there may be mentioned in particular cross-linked organopolysiloxane elastomers chosen from Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone (and) Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer ( INCI name), Dimethicone / Vinyl Dimethicone Crosspolymer (INCI name), Dimethicone Crosspolymer-3 (INCI name), DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL / TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE / DIMETHICONE
CROSSPOLYMER et en particulier le DIMETHICONE (and) DIMETHICONE/VINYL DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER, KSG16 de chez Shin Etsu ou bien le DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL/TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE/DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER and in particular DIMETHICONE (and) DIMETHICONE / VINYL DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER, KSG16 from Shin Etsu or DIMETHICONE (and) VINYLDIMETHYL / TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE / DIMETHICONE
CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 de chez Wacker silicone. CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 from Wacker Silicone.
L' élastomère d'organopolysiloxane peut être présent dans une composition de la présente invention à raison d'une teneur comprise entre 0, 1 % et 35 % en poids en matière sèche notamment entre 1 % et 20 % et plus particulièrement entre 2 % et 10 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. The organopolysiloxane elastomer may be present in a composition of the present invention at a content of between 0.1% and 35% by weight of dry matter, in particular between 1% and 20% and more particularly between 2% and 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase.
III. Polymères semi-cristallins III. Semi-crystalline polymers
La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre au moins un polymère semi-cristallin. De préférence, le polymère semi-cristallin a une structure organique, et une température de fusion supérieure ou égale à 30 °C. The composition according to the invention may comprise at least one semi-crystalline polymer. Preferably, the semi-crystalline polymer has an organic structure, and a melting temperature greater than or equal to 30 ° C.
Par « polymère semi-cristallin », on entend au sens de l'invention, des polymères comportant une partie cristallisable et une partie amorphe et présentant une température de changement de phase réversible du premier ordre, en particulier de fusion (transition solide-liquide). La partie cristallisable est soit une chaîne latérale (ou chaîne pendante), soit une séquence dans le squelette. Lorsque la partie cristallisable du polymère semi-cristallin est une séquence du squelette polymérique, cette séquence cristallisable est de nature chimique différente de celle des séquences amorphes; le polymère semi-cristallin est dans ce cas un copolymère séquencé par exemple du type dibloc, tribloc ou multibloc. Lorsque la partie cristallisable est une chaîne pendante au squelette, le polymère semi cristallin peut être un homopolymère ou un copolymère. For the purposes of the invention, the term "semi-crystalline polymer" is intended to mean polymers comprising a crystallizable part and an amorphous part and having a first-order reversible phase change temperature, in particular melting (solid-liquid transition). . The crystallizable portion is either a side chain (or pendant chain) or a sequence in the backbone. When the crystallizable portion of the semi-crystalline polymer is a sequence of the polymer backbone, this crystallizable block is of a different chemical nature from that of the amorphous sequences; in this case, the semi-crystalline polymer is a block copolymer, for example of the diblock, triblock or multiblock type. When the crystallizable portion is a chain pendant to the backbone, the semi-crystalline polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer.
La température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est de préférence inférieure à 150 °C. The melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably less than 150 ° C.
La température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est de préférence supérieure ou égale à 30 °C et inférieure à 100 °C. De préférence encore, la température de fusion du polymère semi-cristallin est supérieure ou égale à 30 °C et inférieure à 70 °C. The melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is preferably greater than or equal to 30 ° C and less than 100 ° C. More preferably, the melting temperature of the semi-crystalline polymer is greater than or equal to 30 ° C and less than 70 ° C.
Le ou les polymères semi-cristallins selon l'invention servant sont des solides à température ambiante (25 °C) et pression atmosphérique (760 mm de Hg), dont la température de fusion est supérieure ou égale à 30 °C. Les valeurs de point de fusion correspondent au point de fusion mesuré à l'aide d'un calorimètre à balayage différentiel (DSC), tel que le calorimètre vendu sous la dénomination DSC 30 par la société Mettler, avec une montée en température de 5 ou 10 °C par minute (Le point de fusion considéré est le point correspondant à la température du pic le plus endotherme du thermogramme). The semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention used are solids at ambient temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg), whose melting temperature is greater than or equal to 30 ° C. The melting point values correspond to the melting point measured using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), such as the calorimeter sold under the name DSC 30 by the Mettler company, with a temperature rise of 5 or 10 ° C per minute (The melting point considered is the point corresponding to the temperature of the most endothermic peak of the thermogram).
Le ou les polymères semi-cristallins selon l'invention ont de préférence une température de fusion supérieure à la température du support kératinique destiné à recevoir ladite composition, en particulier la peau, les lèvres ou les sourcils. The semi-crystalline polymer (s) according to the invention preferably have a melting point higher than the temperature of the keratinous support intended to receive said composition, in particular the skin, the lips or the eyebrows.
Selon l'invention les polymères semi-cristallins sont avantageusement solubles dans la phase grasse, notamment à au moins 1 % en poids, à une température supérieure à leur température de fusion. En dehors des chaînes ou séquences cristallisables, les séquences des polymères sont amorphes According to the invention, the semi-crystalline polymers are advantageously soluble in the fatty phase, especially at least 1% by weight, at a temperature above their melting point. Apart from crystallizable chains or sequences, the sequences of the polymers are amorphous
Par « chaîne ou séquence cristallisable », on entend au sens de l'invention une chaîne ou séquence qui si elle était seule passerait de l'état amorphe à l'état cristallin, de façon réversible, selon qu'on est au-dessus ou en dessous de la température de fusion. Une chaîne au sens de l'invention est un groupement d'atomes, pendant ou latéral par rapport au squelette du polymère. Une séquence est un groupement d'atomes appartenant au squelette, groupement constituant un des motifs répétitif du polymère. De préférence, le squelette polymérique des polymères semi-cristallins est soluble dans la phase grasse à une température supérieure à leur température de fusion. By "chain or crystallizable block" is meant, in the sense of the invention, a chain or sequence which, if it were alone, would pass from the amorphous state to the crystalline state, reversibly, depending on whether it is above or below below the melting temperature. A chain within the meaning of the invention is a group of atoms, during or lateral to the backbone of the polymer. A sequence is a group of atoms belonging to the backbone, a group constituting one of the repeating units of the polymer. Preferably, the polymer backbone of the semi-crystalline polymers is soluble in the fatty phase at a temperature above their melting point.
De préférence, les séquences ou chaînes cristallisables des polymères semi- cristallins représentent au moins 30 % du poids total de chaque polymère et mieux au moins 40 %. Les polymères semi-cristallins à chaînes latérales cristallisables sont des homo- ou des co-polymères. Les polymères semi-cristallins de l'invention à séquences cristallisables sont des copolymères, séquencés ou multiséquencés. Ils peuvent être obtenus par polymérisation de monomère à double liaisons réactives (ou éthyléniques) ou par poly condensation. Lorsque les polymères de l'invention sont des polymères à chaînes latérales cristallisables, ces derniers sont avantageusement sous forme aléatoire ou statistique. Preferably, the crystallizable sequences or chains of the semicrystalline polymers represent at least 30% of the total weight of each polymer and better still at least 40%. Crystallizable side-chain semi-crystalline polymers are homo- or co-polymers. The semicrystalline polymers of the invention with crystallizable sequences are copolymers, sequenced or multiblocked. They can be obtained by polymerization of monomer with reactive (or ethylenic) double bonds or by polycondensation. When the polymers of the invention are crystallizable side chain polymers, the latter are advantageously in random or statistical form.
De préférence, les polymères semi-cristallins de l'invention sont d'origine synthétique. Preferably, the semi-crystalline polymers of the invention are of synthetic origin.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, le polymère semi-cristallin est choisi parmi : According to a preferred embodiment, the semi-crystalline polymer is chosen from:
- les homopolymères et copolymères comportant des motifs résultant de la polymérisation de un ou plusieurs monomères porteurs de chaîne(s) latérale(s) hydrophobe(s) cristallisable(s), homopolymers and copolymers comprising units resulting from the polymerization of one or more monomers bearing crystallizable hydrophobic side chain (s),
- les polymères portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable, polymers carrying in the backbone at least one crystallizable block,
- les polycondensats de type polyester, aliphatique ou aromatique ou aliphatique/aromatique, polycondensates of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type,
- les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène, et copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis, and
- les copolymères acrylates/silicone. acrylate / silicone copolymers.
Les polymères semi-cristallins utilisables dans l'invention peuvent être choisis en particulier parmi : The semicrystalline polymers that may be used in the invention may be chosen in particular from:
- les copolymères séquencés de polyoléfines à cristallisation contrôlée, dont les monomères sont décrits dans EP 0 951 897, block copolymers of polyolefins with controlled crystallization, the monomers of which are described in EP 0 951 897,
- les polycondensats et notamment de type polyester, aliphatique ou aromatique ou aliphatique/aromatique, - les copolymères d'éthylène et de propylène préparés par catalyse métallocène, polycondensates and in particular of polyester, aliphatic or aromatic or aliphatic / aromatic type, copolymers of ethylene and propylene prepared by metallocene catalysis,
- les homo- ou co-polymères portant au moins une chaîne latérale cristallisable et les homo- ou co-polymères portant dans le squelette au moins une séquence cristallisable, comme ceux décrits dans le document US 5, 156,91 1, tels que les (Cio-C3o)alkyle polyacrylates correspondant aux Intelimer® de la société Landec décrits dans la brochure « Intelimer® polymers », Landec IP22 (Rev. 4-97) et par exemple le produit Intelimer® IPA 13-1 de la société Landec, qui est un polyacrylate de stéaryle de poids moléculaire d'environ 145 000 et dont la température de fusion est égale à 49 °C, homopolymers or copolymers carrying at least one crystallizable side chain and homopolymers bearing, in the skeleton, at least one crystallizable block, such as those described in US Pat. No. 5,156,91, such as (Cio-C 3 o) alkyl polyacrylates corresponding to Intelimer ® from Landec described in the brochure "Intelimer ® polymers", Landec IP22 (Rev. 4-97) and for example the product Intelimer ® IPA 13-1 of the company Landec, which is a stearyl polyacrylate with a molecular weight of about 145,000 and a melting point of 49 ° C,
- les homo- ou co-polymères portant au moins une chaîne latérale cristallisable en particulier à groupement(s) fluoré(s), tels que décrits dans le document WO 01/19333, homopolymers or copolymers bearing at least one crystallizable side chain, in particular with fluorinated group (s), as described in document WO 01/19333,
- les copolymères acrylates/silicone, tels que les copolymères d'acide acrylique et d'acrylate de stéaryle à greffons polydiméthylsiloxane, les copolymères de méthacrylate de stéaryle à greffons polydiméthylsiloxane, les copolymères d'acide acrylique et de méthacrylate de stéaryle à greffons polydiméthylsiloxane, les copolymères de méthacrylate de méthyle, méthacrylate de butyle, d'acrylate d'éthyl-2-hexyle et de méthacrylate de stéaryle à greffons polydiméthylsiloxane. On peut citer en particulier les copolymères commercialisés par la société SHIN-ETSU sous les dénominations KP-561 (nom CTFA : acrylates/dimethicone), KP-541 (nom CTFA : acrylates/dimethicone and Isopropyl alcohol), KP-545 (nom CTFA : acrylates/dimethicone and Cyclopentasiloxane), acrylate / silicone copolymers, such as copolymers of acrylic acid and polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl acrylate, polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl methacrylate copolymers, and polydimethylsiloxane grafted stearyl methacrylate and acrylic acid copolymers, copolymers of methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, ethyl-2-hexyl acrylate and stearyl methacrylate with polydimethylsiloxane grafts. Mention may in particular be made of the copolymers sold by the company SHIN-ETSU under the names KP-561 (CTFA name: acrylates / dimethicone), KP-541 (CTFA name: acrylates / dimethicone and isopropyl alcohol), KP-545 (CTFA name acrylates / dimethicone and cyclopentasiloxane),
- et leurs mélanges. - and their mixtures.
De préférence, la quantité de polymère(s) semi-cristallin(s), de préférence choisi parmi les polymères semi cristallins à chaînes latérales cristallisables représente de 0, 1 % à 30 % en poids en matière sèche par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse, par exemple de 0,5 % à 25 % en poids, mieux de 5 % à 20 %, ou encore de 5 % à 12 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. IV. Esters de dextrine Preferably, the amount of semicrystalline polymer (s), preferably selected from semicrystalline crystallizable side chain polymers, is from 0.1% to 30% by weight of dry matter relative to the total weight of the oily phase, for example from 0.5% to 25% by weight, better still from 5% to 20%, or from 5% to 12% by weight, relative to the total weight of the oily phase. IV. Esters of dextrin
La composition selon l'invention peut comprendre à titre de gélifiant lipophile au moins un ester de dextrine. En particulier, la composition comprend de préférence au moins un ester de dextrine et d'acide gras, de préférence en C12 à C24, en particulier en C14 à C18; ou leurs mélanges. The composition according to the invention may comprise, as lipophilic gelling agent, at least one dextrin ester. In particular, the composition preferably comprises at least one ester of dextrin and fatty acid, preferably C 12 to C 24 , in particular C 14 to C 18; or their mixtures.
De préférence, l'ester de dextrine est un ester de dextrine et d'acide gras en C12-C18, en particulier en C14-C18. Preferably, the dextrin ester is a C 12 -C 18 , in particular C 14 -C 18, fatty acid dextrin ester.
De préférence, l'ester de dextrine est choisi parmi le myristate de dextrine et/ou le palmitate de dextrine, et leurs mélanges. Preferably, the dextrin ester is selected from dextrin myristate and / or dextrin palmitate, and mixtures thereof.
Selon un mode de réalisation particulier, l'ester de dextrine est le myristate de dextrine, tel que celui notamment commercialisé sous le nom de Rheopearl MKL-2 par la société Chiba Flour Milling. According to a particular embodiment, the dextrin ester is dextrin myristate, such as that sold especially under the name Rheopearl MKL-2 by Chiba Flour Milling.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, l'ester de dextrine est le palmitate de dextrine. Celui-ci peut par exemple être choisi parmi ceux commercialisés sous les According to a preferred embodiment, the dextrin ester is dextrin palmitate. This can for example be chosen from those marketed under the
® ® ® ® ® ®
dénominations Rheopearl TL ou Rheopearl KL ou Rheopearl KL2 par la société Chiba Flour Milling. denominations Rheopearl TL or Rheopearl KL or Rheopearl KL2 by Chiba Flour Milling.
De façon particulièrement préférée, la phase huileuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre de 0, 1 % à 30 % en poids d'ester(s) de dextrine, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. In a particularly preferred manner, the oily phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise from 0.1% to 30% by weight of ester (s) of dextrin, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
De façon particulièrement préférée, la composition selon l'invention peut comprend entre 0, 1 % et 10 % en poids de palmitate de dextrine, de préférence entre 0,5 % et 5 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. Le palmitate de dextrine peut notamment être celui commercialisé sous les dénominations Rheopearl TL® ou Rheopearl KL® ou Rheopearl® KL2 par la société Chiba Flour Milling. In a particularly preferred manner, the composition according to the invention may comprise between 0.1% and 10% by weight of dextrin palmitate, preferably between 0.5% and 5% by weight relative to the total weight of the oily phase. Dextrin palmitate can in particular be that marketed under the names Rheopearl TL ® or Rheopearl KL ® or Rheopearl KL2 ® by the company Chiba Flour Milling.
V. Les polymères à liaison hydrogène V. Hydrogen-bonded polymers
A titre représentatif des polymères à liaison hydrogène convenant à l'invention peuvent être tout particulièrement cité les polyamides et en particulier les polyamides hydrocarbonés et les polyamides siliconés. As a representative of the hydrogen-bonded polymers that are suitable for the invention, polyamides and in particular hydrocarbon polyamides and silicone polyamides may be particularly mentioned.
Les polyamides Polyamides
La phase huileuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre au moins un polyamide choisi parmi les polyamides hydrocarbonés, les polyamides siliconés, et leurs mélanges. De façon préférée, la teneur totale en polyamide(s) est comprise entre 0,1 % et 30 % en poids exprimé en matière sèche, de préférence entre 0, 1 % et 20 % en poids, de préférence entre 0,5 % et 10 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. The oily phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one polyamide chosen from hydrocarbon polyamides, silicone polyamides, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the total content of polyamide (s) is between 0.1% and 30% by weight expressed as dry matter, preferably between 0.1% and 20% by weight, preferably between 0.5% and 10% by weight, based on the total weight of the oily phase.
Par «polyamide », on entend au sens de l'invention un composé ayant au moins 2 motifs de répétition amide, de préférence au moins 3 motifs de répétition amide et mieux encore 10 motifs de répétition amide. a) Polyamide hydrocarboné For the purposes of the invention, the term "polyamide" means a compound having at least 2 amide repeating units, preferably at least 3 amide repeating units and more preferably 10 amide repeating units. a) Hydrocarbon polyamide
Par « polyamide hydrocarboné », on entend un polyamide formé essentiellement, voire constitué, d'atomes de carbone et d'hydrogène, et éventuellement d'atomes d'oxygène, d'azote, et ne contenant pas d'atome de silicium ou de fluor. Il peut contenir des groupes alcool, ester, éther, acide carboxylique, aminé et/ou amide. By "hydrocarbon-based polyamide" is meant a polyamide formed essentially or even consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and optionally of oxygen, nitrogen, and not containing a silicon atom or fluorine. It may contain alcohol, ester, ether, carboxylic acid, amine and / or amide groups.
Par « chaîne fonctionnalisée » au sens de l'invention, on entend une chaîne alkyle comportant un ou plusieurs groupes fonctionnels ou réactifs notamment choisis parmi les groupes hydroxyle, éther, les esters, oxyalkylène ou polyoxyalkylène. For the purposes of the invention, the term "functionalized chain" means an alkyl chain comprising one or more functional groups or reactive groups chosen in particular from hydroxyl, ether, esters, oxyalkylene or polyoxyalkylene groups.
Avantageusement, ce polyamide de la composition selon l'invention présente une masse moléculaire moyenne en poids inférieure à 100 000 g/mol notamment allant de 1 000 à 100 000 g/mol, en particulier inférieure à 50 000 g/mol notamment allant de 1 000 à 50 000 g/mol, et plus particulièrement allant de 1 000 à 30 000 g/mol, de préférence de 2 000 à 20 000 g/mol, et mieux de 2 000 à 10 000 g/mol. Advantageously, this polyamide of the composition according to the invention has a weight average molecular weight of less than 100,000 g / mol, especially ranging from 1,000 to 100,000 g / mol, in particular less than 50,000 g / mol, in particular ranging from 1 000 to 50,000 g / mol, and more preferably from 1,000 to 30,000 g / mol, preferably from 2,000 to 20,000 g / mol, and more preferably from 2,000 to 10,000 g / mol.
Ce polyamide, est non soluble dans l'eau, notamment à 25 °C. This polyamide is insoluble in water, especially at 25 ° C.
Selon un premier mode de réalisation de l'invention le polyamide utilisé est un polyamide de formule (I) : dans laquelle X représente un groupe -N(R1)2 ou un groupe -ORi dans lequelAccording to a first embodiment of the invention, the polyamide used is a polyamide of formula (I): wherein X is -N (R 1 ) 2 or -OR 1 in which
Ri est un radical alkyl linéaire ou ramifié en C8 à C22; pouvant être identique ou différents l'un de l'autre, R2 est un résidu de dimère diacide en C28-C42, R3 est un radical éthylène diamine, n est compris entre 2 et 5 ; Ri is a linear alkyl or branched C 8 -C 22; may be identical or different from each other, R 2 is a residue of diacid dimer C 28 -C 2 2 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5;
et leurs mélanges. Selon un mode particulier, le polyamide utilisé est un polyamide à terminaison ami de de formule (la) : dans laquelle X représente un groupe -N(Ri)2 dans lequel Ri est un radical alkyl linéaire ou ramifié en C8 à C22, pouvant être identique ou différents l'un de l'autre, R2 est un résidu de dimère diacide en C28-C42, R3 est un radical éthylène diamine, n est compris entre 2 et 5 ; and their mixtures. According to one particular embodiment, the polyamide used is a polyamide having a terminal ending of formula (Ia): in which X represents a group -N (R 1) 2 in which R 1 is a linear or branched C 8 -C 22 alkyl radical , which may be identical to or different from each other, R 2 is a diacid dimer residue at C 28 -C 42 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5;
et leurs mélanges. and their mixtures.
La phase huileuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre, de façon additionnelle dans ce cas, au moins un polyamide additionnel de formule (Ib) : The oily phase of a composition according to the invention may furthermore additionally comprise, in this case, at least one additional polyamide of formula (Ib):
X- -C— R -C— N H -R— H - — C— R~— G— X X- -C- R -C- N H -R- H - - C- R ~ - G- X
" I l I I "I I I I
0 O O O dans laquelle X représente un groupe -ORi dans lequel Ri est un radical alkyl linéaire ou ramifié en C8 à C22; de préférence en C16 à C22; pouvant être identique ou différents l'un de l'autre, R2 est un résidu de dimère diacide en C28-C42, R3 est un radical éthylène diamine, n est compris entre 2 et 5, tels que les produits commerciaux vendus par la société Arizona Chemical sous les noms Uniclear 80 et Uniclear 100 ou encore Uniclear 80 V, Uniclear 100 V et Uniclear 100 VG, dont le nom INCI est « éthylènediamine/stéaryl dimère dilinoléate copolymère ». b) Polyamide siliconé 0 OOO wherein X represents an -OR group wherein R is a linear alkyl or branched C 8 -C 22; preferably C 16 to C 22; may be identical or different from each other, R 2 is a diacid dimer residue C 28 -C 42 , R 3 is an ethylene diamine radical, n is between 2 and 5, such as commercial products sold by the company Arizona Chemical under the names Uniclear 80 and Uniclear 100 or Uniclear 80 V, Uniclear 100 V and Uniclear 100 VG, whose INCI name is "ethylenediamine / stearyl dimer dilinoleate copolymer". b) Silicone polyamide
Les polyamides siliconés sont de préférence solides à la température ambiante (25 °C) et pression atmosphérique (760 mm de Hg). The silicone polyamides are preferably solid at room temperature (25 ° C.) and atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg).
Les polyamides siliconés peuvent préférentiellement être des polymères comprenant au moins un motif de formule (III) ou (IV) : The silicone polyamides may preferentially be polymers comprising at least one unit of formula (III) or (IV):
(SI) (IF)
ou or
dans lesquelles : in which :
• R4, R5, R6 et R7, identiques ou différents, représentent un groupe choisi parmi R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 , which are identical or different, represent a group chosen from
- les groupes hydrocarbonés, linéaires, ramifiés ou cycliques, en Ci à C40, saturés ou insaturés, pouvant contenir dans leur chaîne un ou plusieurs atomes d'oxygène, de soufre et/ou d'azote, et pouvant être substitués en partie ou totalement par des atomes de fluor, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, linear, branched or cyclic, in C 1 -C 40, which may contain in their chain one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms, and which may be substituted in part or totally by fluorine atoms,
- les groupes aryles en C6 à C10, éventuellement substitués par un ou plusieurs groupes alkyle en Ci à C4, - C 6 to C 10 aryl groups, optionally substituted with one or more C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups,
- les chaînes polyorganosiloxanes contenant ou non un ou plusieurs atomes d'oxygène, de soufre et/ou d'azote, the polyorganosiloxane chains containing or not one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms,
« les X, identiques ou différents, représentent un groupe alkylène di-yle, linéaire ou ramifié en Ci à C30, pouvant contenir dans sa chaîne un ou plusieurs atomes d'oxygène et/ou d'azote, The X, which may be identical or different, represents a linear or branched C1 to C30 alkylene di-yl group which may contain in its chain one or more oxygen and / or nitrogen atoms,
• Y est un groupe divalent alkylène linéaire ou ramifié, arylène, cycloalkylène, alkylarylène ou arylalkylène, saturé ou insaturé, en Ci à C50, pouvant comporter un ou plusieurs atomes d'oxygène, de soufre et/ou d'azote, et/ou porter comme substituant l'un des atomes ou groupes d'atomes suivants : fluor, hydroxy, cycloalkyle en C3 à C8, alkyle en Ci à C40, aryle en C5 à C10, phényle éventuellement substitué par 1 à 3 groupes alkyle en Ci à C3, hydroxyalkyle en Ci à C3 et amino alkyle en Ci à C6, ou Y représente un groupe répondant à la formule : dans laquelle Y is a divalent linear or branched alkylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, alkylarylene or arylalkylene, saturated or unsaturated, Ci to C50 group, which may comprise one or more oxygen, sulfur and / or nitrogen atoms, and / or substitute one of the following atoms or groups of atoms: fluorine, hydroxy, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 40 alkyl, C 5 -C 10 aryl, phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 alkyl groups to C 3 hydroxyalkyl, Ci to C 3 alkyl and amino -C 6, or Y represents a group corresponding to the formula: in which
- T représente un groupe hydrocarboné trivalent ou tétravalent, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé, en C3 à C24 éventuellement substitué par une chaîne polyorganosiloxane, et pouvant contenir un ou plusieurs atomes choisis parmi O, N et S, ou T représente un atome trivalent choisi parmi N, P et Al, et T represents a trivalent or tetravalent hydrocarbon group, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, C 3 to C 24 optionally substituted with a polyorganosiloxane chain, and which may contain one or more atoms selected from O, N and S, or T represents a trivalent atom selected from N, P and Al, and
- R8 représente un groupe alkyle en Ci à C50, linéaire ou ramifié, ou une chaîne polyorganosiloxane, pouvant comporter un ou plusieurs groupes ester, amide, uréthane, thiocarbamate, urée, thiourée et/ou sulfonamide qui peut être lié ou non à une autre chaîne du polymère, R 8 represents a linear or branched C 1 -C 50 alkyl group or a polyorganosiloxane chain which may comprise one or more ester, amide, urethane, thiocarbamate, urea, thiourea and / or sulphonamide groups which may or may not be bonded to a other polymer chain,
• n est un nombre entier allant de 2 à 500, de préférence de 2 à 200 et m est un nombre entier allant de 1 à 1 000, de préférence de 1 à 700 et mieux encore de 6 à 200. N is an integer from 2 to 500, preferably from 2 to 200 and m is an integer from 1 to 1000, preferably from 1 to 700 and more preferably from 6 to 200.
Selon un mode particulier, le polyamide siliconé comprend au moins un motif de formule (III) où m va de 50 à 200, en particulier de 75 à 150, et de préférence de l'ordre de 100. According to one particular embodiment, the silicone polyamide comprises at least one unit of formula (III) in which m ranges from 50 to 200, in particular from 75 to 150, and preferably of the order of 100.
De préférence encore R4, R5, R6 et R7 représentent indépendamment, un groupe alkyle en Ci à C40, linéaire ou ramifié, de préférence un groupe CH3, C2H5, n-C3H7 ou isopropyle dans la formule (III). More preferably, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 independently represent a linear or branched C 1 -C 40 alkyl group, preferably a CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , n C 3 H 7 or isopropyl group in the formula (III).
A titre d'exemple de polymère siliconé utilisable, on peut citer un des polyamides siliconés, obtenus conformément aux exemples 1 à 3 du document US 5,981,680. As an example of a silicone polymer that can be used, mention may be made of one of the silicone polyamides obtained according to Examples 1 to 3 of US Pat. No. 5,981,680.
On peut citer les composés commercialisés par la société Dow Corning sous le nom DC 2-8179 (DP 100) et DC 2-8178 (DP 15) dont le nom INCI est « Nylon- 611/dimethicone copolymères » c'est-à-dire des copolymères Nylon-611/dimethicone. Les polymères et/ou copolymères siliconés ont avantageusement une température de transition de l'état solide à l'état liquide allant de 45 °C à 190 °C. De préférence, ils présentent une température de transition de l'état solide à l'état liquide allant de 70 °C à 130 °C et mieux de 80 °C à 105 °C. De façon préférée, la teneur totale en polyamide(s) et/ou polyamide(s) siliconé(s) est comprise entre 0,5 % et 25 % en poids de matière sèche, en particulier de 2 % à 20 % en poids, de préférence entre 2 % et 12 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la phase huileuse. Mention may be made of the compounds marketed by Dow Corning under the name DC 2-8179 (DP 100) and DC 2-8178 (DP 15) whose INCI name is "Nylon-611 / dimethicone copolymers", that is, say nylon-611 / dimethicone copolymers. The silicone polymers and / or copolymers advantageously have a transition temperature of the solid state in the liquid state ranging from 45 ° C. to 190 ° C. Preferably, they have a solid state transition temperature in the liquid state of from 70 ° C to 130 ° C and more preferably from 80 ° C to 105 ° C. Preferably, the total content of polyamide (s) and / or polyamide (s) silicone (s) is between 0.5% and 25% by weight of dry matter, in particular from 2% to 20% by weight, preferably between 2% and 12% by weight, relative to the total weight of the oily phase.
Selon une variante avantageuse, une composition selon l'invention comprend un gélifiant lipophile choisi parmi les gélifiants particulaires, les élastomères d'organopolysiloxane, les polymères semi-cristallins, les esters de dextrine, les polymères à liaison hydrogène et leurs mélanges, et en particulier au moins un élastomère d'organopolysiloxane. According to an advantageous variant, a composition according to the invention comprises a lipophilic gelling agent chosen from particulate gelling agents, organopolysiloxane elastomers, semi-crystalline polymers, dextrin esters, hydrogen-bonded polymers and their mixtures, and in particular at least one organopolysiloxane elastomer.
VI. Copolymère séquencé hydrocarboné VI. Hydrocarbon block copolymer
A titre représentatif de gélifiants lipophiles peuvent être en outre cités d'autres gélifiants polymériques que sont les copolymères séquencés hydrocarbonés également nommés copolymères blocs. As representative of lipophilic gelling agents may be mentioned other polymeric gelling agents that are the block copolymers hydrocarbon also called block copolymers.
Le gélifiant polymérique est capable d'épaissir ou de gélifier la phase hydrocarbonée de la composition. The polymeric gelling agent is capable of thickening or gelling the hydrocarbon phase of the composition.
Par « polymère amorphe », on entend un polymère qui n'a pas de forme cristalline. By "amorphous polymer" is meant a polymer that does not have a crystalline form.
Le gélifiant polymérique est de préférence également filmogène, c'est-à-dire qu'il est capable de former un film lors de son application sur la peau et/ou les lèvres. The polymeric gelling agent is preferably also film-forming, that is to say that it is capable of forming a film when it is applied to the skin and / or the lips.
Le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné peut être notamment un copolymère dibloc, tribloc, multibloc, radial, étoile, ou leurs mélanges. The hydrocarbon block copolymer may in particular be a diblock, triblock, multiblock, radial or star copolymer, or mixtures thereof.
De tels copolymères blocs hydrocarbonés sont décrits dans la demande US-A-2002/005562 et dans le brevet US-A-5 221 534. Such hydrocarbon block copolymers are described in US-A-2002/005562 and in US-A-5,221,534.
Le copolymère peut présenter au moins un bloc dont la température de transition vitreuse, est de préférence inférieure à 20 °C, de préférence inférieure ou égale à 0 °C, de préférence inférieure ou égale à -20 °C, de préférence encore inférieure ou égale à -40 °C. La température de transition vitreuse dudit bloc peut être comprise entre -150 °C et 20 °C, notamment entre -100 °C et 0 °C. Le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné présent dans la composition selon l'invention est un copolymère amorphe formé par polymérisation d'une oléfine. L'oléfine peut être notamment un monomère à insaturation éthylénique élastomérique. The copolymer may have at least one block whose glass transition temperature is preferably less than 20 ° C, preferably less than or equal to 0 ° C, preferably less than or equal to -20 ° C, more preferably lower or equal to -40 ° C. The glass transition temperature of said block may be between -150 ° C. and 20 ° C., in particular between -100 ° C. and 0 ° C. The hydrocarbon block copolymer present in the composition according to the invention is an amorphous copolymer formed by polymerization of an olefin. The olefin may in particular be an ethylenically unsaturated elastomeric monomer.
Comme exemple d'oléfine, on peut citer les monomères de carbure éthylénique, ayant notamment une ou deux insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 2 à 5 atomes de carbone tels que l'éthylène, le propylène, le butadiène, l'isoprène, ou le pentadiène. As an example of an olefin, mention may be made of ethylenic carbide monomers, especially having one or two ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene, isoprene or pentadiene. .
Avantageusement, le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné est un copolymère bloc amorphe de styrène et d'oléfine. Advantageously, the hydrocarbon-based block copolymer is an amorphous block copolymer of styrene and olefin.
On préfère notamment les copolymères séquencés comprenant au moins un bloc styrène et au moins un bloc comprenant des motifs choisis parmi le butadiène, l'éthylène, le propylène, le butylène, l'isoprène ou un de leurs mélanges. Particularly preferred are block copolymers comprising at least one styrene block and at least one block comprising units selected from butadiene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, isoprene or a mixture thereof.
Selon un mode préféré de réalisation, le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné est hydrogéné pour réduire les insaturations éthyléniques résiduelles après la polymérisation des monomères. According to a preferred embodiment, the hydrocarbon block copolymer is hydrogenated to reduce the residual ethylenic unsaturations after polymerization of the monomers.
En particulier, le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné est un copolymère, éventuellement hydrogéné, à blocs styrène et à blocs éthylène/alkylène en C3-C4. In particular, the hydrocarbon-based block copolymer is a copolymer, optionally hydrogenated, with styrene blocks and with ethylene / C 3 -C 4 alkylene blocks.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré, la composition selon l'invention comprend au moins un copolymère dibloc, de préférence hydrogéné, de préférence choisi parmi les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/propylène, les copolymères de styrène- éthylène/butadiène, les copolymères de styrène-éthylène/butylène. Des polymères diblocs sont notamment vendus sous la dénomination Kraton® G1701E par la société Kraton Polymers. According to a preferred embodiment, the composition according to the invention comprises at least one diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, preferably chosen from styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymers, styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymers, styrene copolymers. -ethylene / butylene. Diblock polymers are in particular sold under the name Kraton® G1701E by Kraton Polymers.
Avantageusement, on utilise comme gélifiant polymérique un copolymère dibloc tel que ceux décrits précédemment, en particulier un copolymère dibloc de styrène- éthylène/propylène, ou un mélange de dibloc, tel que décrit précédemment. Advantageously, a diblock copolymer such as those described above, in particular a diblock copolymer of styrene-ethylene / propylene, or a mixture of diblock, as described above, is used as polymeric gellant.
Ainsi, selon une variante de réalisation préférée, une composition selon l'invention comprend à titre de gélifiant lipophile au moins un copolymère séquencé hydrocarboné, de préférence un copolymère, éventuellement hydrogéné, à blocs styrène et à blocs éthylène/alkylène en C3-C4, encore plus préférentiellement choisi parmi un copolymère dibloc, de préférence hydrogéné, tel qu'un copolymère de styrène- éthylène/propylène, un copolymère de styrène-éthylène/butadiène. Le copolymère bloc hydrocarboné (ou le mélange de copolymères blocs hydrocarbonés) peut être présent en une teneur allant de 0,1 % à 15 % en poids, de préférence allant de 0, 1 % à 10 % en poids, plus préférentiellement allant de 0,5 % à 5 % en poids, mieux allant de 0,5 % à 3 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition. Thus, according to a preferred embodiment, a composition according to the invention comprises, as lipophilic gelling agent, at least one hydrocarbon-based block copolymer, preferably a copolymer, optionally hydrogenated, with styrene blocks and with ethylene / C 3 -C 4 alkylene blocks, still more preferably selected from a diblock copolymer, preferably hydrogenated, such as a styrene-ethylene / propylene copolymer, a styrene-ethylene / butadiene copolymer. The hydrocarbon-based block copolymer (or the mixture of hydrocarbon-based block copolymers) may be present in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, preferably ranging from 0.1% to 10% by weight, more preferably ranging from 0% to 15% by weight. From 5% to 5% by weight, more preferably from 0.5% to 3% by weight, based on the total weight of the composition.
Les gélifiants lipophiles préférentiels sont choisis parmi les cires polaires , les cires apolaires, les élastomères d'organopolysiloxane, les argiles modifiées, les copolymères séquencés hydrocarbonés et leurs mélanges. Preferred lipophilic gelling agents are chosen from polar waxes, apolar waxes, organopolysiloxane elastomers, modified clays, hydrocarbon block copolymers and mixtures thereof.
Parmi les cires polaires, on choisit de préférence la cire HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE D'ALCOOLS GRAS EN Ci8-C38, les cires de point de fusion supérieur à 45 °C comprenant un ou plusieurs composés esters en C40-C70 et ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C20-C39, en particulier choisi parmi la cire de Candellila et/ou la cire d'abeille. From polar waxes, preferably chosen wax HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE OF FATTY ALCOHOLS -C 8 -C 38, the melting point waxes greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more compounds esters C40-C70 and not comprising ester compound C 20 -C 3 9, in particular selected from candelilla wax and / or beeswax.
Parmi les cires apolaires, on choisit de préférence les cires de polyéthylène et en particulier la CIREBELLE108 de chez Cirebelle Among the apolar waxes, polyethylene waxes and in particular CIREBELLE108 from Cirebelle are preferably chosen.
Parmi les élastomères d'organopolysiloxane, on choisit de préférence les élastomères DIMETHIC ONE (and) DIMETHICONE/VINYL DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER, comme notamment le produit commercial KSG16 de chez Shin Etsu ou bien le DIMETHICONE (and) Among the organopolysiloxane elastomers, DIMETHIC ONE (and) DIMETHICONE / VINYL DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER elastomers are preferably chosen, such as in particular the commercial product KSG16 from Shin Etsu or DIMETHICONE (and)
VINYLDIMETHYL/TRIMETHYLSILOXYSILICATE/DIMETHICONE VINYLDIMETHYL / trimethyl / dimethicone
CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 de chez Wacker Silicone. CROSSPOLYMER, BELSIL REG 1100 from Wacker Silicone.
Parmi les argiles modifiées, on choisit de préférence les hectorites modifiées par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22, comme l'hectorite modifiée par du chlorure de di-stéaryl di-méthyl ammonium telle que, par exemple, celle commercialisée sous la dénomination de Bentone 38V® par la société Elementis ou le gel de bentone dans isododécane commercialisé sous la dénomination Bentone Gel ISD V® (Isododécane 87 %/Disteardimonium Hectorite 10 %/Propylène carbonate 3 %) par la société Elementis. Parmi les copolymères séquencés hydrocarbonés, on choisira les copolymères diblocs tels que les COPOLYMERE DIBLOC STYRENE / ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE tels que le KRATON G1701 EU SQR 1111. Among the modified clays, the hectorites modified with a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride are preferably chosen, such as hectorite modified with di-stearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride such as, for example, that marketed under the name Bentone 38V ® by the company Elementis or Bentone gel in isododecane sold under the name Bentone gel ISD V ® (87% isododecane / disteardimonium hectorite 10% / Propylene carbonate 3%) by Elementis. Among the hydrocarbon-based block copolymers, the diblock copolymers such as COPOLYMER DIBLOC STYRENE / ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE such as KRATON G1701 EU SQR 1111 will be chosen.
Selon un mode préférentiel, on utilisera des mélanges de ces gélifiants, en particulier : According to a preferred embodiment, mixtures of these gelling agents, in particular:
- cire (s) polaire(s) et/ou cire polaire(s) /argile modifiée, - polar wax (es) and / or polar wax (s) / modified clay,
- élastomère d'organopolysiloxane/argile modifiée. organopolysiloxane elastomer / modified clay.
SYSTEME GELIFIANTES) HYDROPHILEfSVGELIFIANTfS) LIPOPHILE(S) GELIFYING SYSTEM) HYDROPHILESISGELIFYING) LIPOPHILIC (S)
On choisit en particulier parmi les systèmes gélifiant(s) hydrophile(s)/gélifiant(s) lipophile(s), les couples suivants : In particular, the following pairs are chosen from the hydrophilic gelling agent (s) / lipophilic gelling agent (s):
(1) Polymère associatif non ionique associé à un amidon modifié/ cire(s) apolaire(s) et/ou cire(s) polaire(s) associée(s) ou non à une argile modifiée, et plus particulièrement polyéther uréthane non-ionique associatif associé à un phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé/ cire de polyéthylène ou cire HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE D'ALCOOLS GRAS EN Ci8-C38 ou cire de point de fusion supérieur à 45°C comprenant un ou plusieurs composés esters en C40-C70 et ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C2o-C39 associée ou non à une hectorite modifiée par un chlorure d'ammonium en (1) non-ionic associative polymer combined with a modified starch / non-polar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay, and more particularly non-polar polyether urethane associative ionic agent combined with a gelatinized cornstarch phosphate / polyethylene wax or wax C 8 -C 38 fatty acid hydroformyl stearate or wax with a melting point of greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more C40-C70 ester compounds and not including a C 2 -C 3 9 ester compound associated or not with a hectorite modified with an ammonium chloride in
(2) Amidon modifié/cire(s) apolaire(s) et/ou cire(s)polaire(s) associée(s) à une argile modifiée, et plus particulièrement phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé/ cire de polyéthylène ou cire HYDROXYSTEAROYL STEARATE D'ALCOOLS GRAS EN C18- C38 ou cire de point de fusion supérieur à 45 °C comprenant un ou plusieurs composés esters en C40-C70 et ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C2o-C39 associée à une hectorite modifiée par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22. (2) Modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated with modified clay, and more particularly gelatinized cornstarch phosphate / polyethylene wax or wax HYDROXYSTEAROYL FATTY ALCOHOLS sTEARATE C 18 - C 38 or wax of melting point 45 ° C comprising one or more ester compounds C40-C70 and containing no ester compound in C2o -C 3 9 associated with a modified hectorite by a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride.
(3) Polymère associatif non ionique associé à un amidon modifié/élastomère d'organopolysiloxane associé à une argile modifiée, et plus particulièrement polyéther uréthane non-ionique associatif associé à un phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé/élastomère d'organopolysiloxane DEVIETHICONE/VINYL DIMETHIC ONE CROSSPOLYMER à une hectorite modifiée par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22 ; (3) Nonionic Associative Polymer Associated with a Modified Starch / Organopolysiloxane Elastomer Associated with a Modified Clay, and More Particularly Nonionic Associative Nonionic Polyether Urethane Combined with a Cornstarch Phosphate gelatinized / organopolysiloxane elastomer DEVIETHICONE / VINYL DIMETHIC ONE CROSSPOLYMER to a hectorite modified with a C 10 -C 22 ammonium chloride ;
(4) Cellulose non-ionique associée à un amidon modifié/cire(s) apolaire(s) et/ou cire(s) polaire(s) associée(s) ou non à une argile modifiée, et plus particulièrement hydroxyethylcellulose associée à un phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé/ cire de polyéthylène ou cire HYDROX Y S TE ARO YL STEARATE D'ALCOOLS GRAS EN C18- C38 ou cire de point de fusion supérieur à 45 °C comprenant un ou plusieurs composés esters en C40-C70 et ne comprenant pas de composé ester en C20-C39 associée ou non à une hectorite modifiée par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22. (4) Nonionic cellulose associated with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay, and more particularly hydroxyethylcellulose associated with a modified gelatinized maize diamidon phosphate / polyethylene wax or wax HYDROX YS TE ARO YL STEARATE OF C 18 - C 38 FATTY ALCOHOLS or wax with a melting point of greater than 45 ° C comprising one or more C40-C70 ester compounds and not comprising ester compound in C20-C39 with or without a hectorite modified with an ammonium chloride C 10 to C22.
(5) Cellulose non-ionique associée à un amidon modifié /élastomère d'organopolysiloxane associé à une argile modifiée, et plus particulièrement hydroxyethylcellulose associée à un phosphate de diamidon de maïs gélatinisé/ élastomère d'organopolysiloxane DEVIETHICONE/VINYL DEVIETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER à une hectorite modifiée par un chlorure d'ammonium en C10 à C22. (5) Nonionic Cellulose Associated with a Modified Starch / Organopolysiloxane Elastomer Associated with a Modified Clay, and More Particularly with Hydroxyethylcellulose Associated with a Gelatinized Corn Diphosphate Phosphate / Organopolysiloxane Elastomer DEVIETHICONE / VINYL DEVIETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER with a Modified Hectorite by a C 10 to C 22 ammonium chloride.
ACTIF ANTI-TRANSPIRANT ACTIVE ANTI-TRANSPIRANT
Comme exposé ci-avant, les sels ou complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium convenant à l'invention, peuvent être utilisés en tant qu'actifs anti-transpirants bien connus de l'homme de l'art. As stated above, the salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium suitable for the invention can be used as antiperspirant active agents well known to those skilled in the art.
Par « actif anti-transpirant », on entend un sel qui, à lui seul, a pour effet de diminuer le flux sudoral, de diminuer la sensation sur la peau d'humidité liée à la sueur humaine ou de masquer la sueur humaine. By "antiperspirant active" is meant a salt that, by itself, has the effect of reducing the flow of sweat, reduce the sensation on the skin of moisture related to human sweat or hide human sweat.
Les sels ou complexes anti-transpirants d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium sont de préférence choisis parmi les halohydrates de d'aluminium ; les halohydrates d'aluminium et de zirconium, les complexes d'hydroxychlorure de zirconium et d'hydroxychlorure d'aluminium avec ou sans un acide aminé tels que ceux décrits dans le brevet US-3792068, et leurs mélanges. The antiperspirant salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium are preferably chosen from aluminum halohydrates; aluminum and zirconium halohydrates, complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and of aluminum hydroxychloride with or without an amino acid, such as those described in patent US-3792068, and mixtures thereof.
Parmi les sels d'aluminium, on peut citer en particulier le chlorhydrate d'aluminium sous forme activée ou non activée, l'aluminium chlorohydrex, le complexe aluminium chlorohydrex polyéthylèneglycol, le complexe aluminium chlorohydrex propylèneglycol, l'aluminium dichlorohydrate, le complexe aluminium dichlorohydrex polyéthylèneglycol, le complexe aluminium dichlorohydrex propylèneglycol, l'aluminium sesquichlorohydrate, le complexe aluminium sesquichlorohydrex polyéthylèneglycol, le complexe aluminium sesquichlorohydrex propylèneglycol, le sulfate d'aluminium tamponné par le lactate de sodium et d'aluminium, et leurs mélanges. Among the aluminum salts, mention may in particular be made of aluminum chlorohydrate in activated or non-activated form, aluminum chlorohydrex, aluminum complex chlorohydrex polyethylene glycol, aluminum chlorohydrex complex propylene glycol, aluminum dichlorohydrate, aluminum dichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol complex, aluminum dichlorohydrex propylene glycol complex, sesquichlorohydrate aluminum, sesquichlorohydrex polyethylene glycol aluminum complex, sesquichlorohydrex propylene glycol aluminum complex, sodium lactate and sodium lactate buffered aluminum sulfate. aluminum, and mixtures thereof.
Parmi les sels d'aluminium et de zirconium, on peut citer en particulier l'aluminium zirconium octachlorohydrate, l'aluminium zirconium pentachlorohydrate, l'aluminium zirconium tetrachlorohydrate, l'aluminium zirconium trichlorohydrate, et leurs mélanges. Among the aluminum and zirconium salts, mention may in particular be made of aluminum zirconium octachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium pentachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium tetrachlorohydrate, aluminum zirconium trichlorohydrate, and mixtures thereof.
Les complexes d'hydroxy chlorure de zirconium et d'hydroxy chlorure d'aluminium avec un acide aminé sont généralement connus sous l'appellation ZAG (lorsque l'acide aminé est la glycine). Parmi ces produits, on peut citer les complexes aluminium zirconium octachlorohydrex glycine, aluminium zirconium pentachlorohydrex glycine, aluminium zirconium tetrachlorohydrex glycine et aluminium zirconium trichlorohydrex glycine, et leurs mélanges. Complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and aluminum hydroxychloride with an amino acid are generally known as ZAG (when the amino acid is glycine). Among these products, mention may be made of aluminum complexes zirconium octachlorohydrex glycine, aluminum zirconium pentachlorohydrex glycine, aluminum zirconium tetrachlorohydrex glycine and aluminum zirconium trichlorohydrex glycine, and mixtures thereof.
L'aluminium sesquichlorohydrate est notamment vendu sous la dénomination commercial REACH 301® par la société SUMMITREHEIS. Sesquichlorohydrate aluminum is sold in particular under the trade name REACH 301® by SUMMITREHEIS.
Parmi les sels d'aluminium et de zirconium, on peut citer les complexes d'hydroxychlorure de zirconium et d'hydroxychlorure d'aluminium avec un acide aminé comme la glycine ayant pour nom INCI : ALUMINUM ZIRCONIUM TETRACHLOROHYDREX GLY par exemple celui commercialisé sous la dénomination REACH AZP-908-SUF® par la société SUMMITREHEIS. Among the aluminum and zirconium salts, mention may be made of complexes of zirconium hydroxychloride and of aluminum hydroxychloride with an amino acid such as glycine having the INCI name: ALUMINUM ZIRCONIUM TETRACHLOROHYDREX GLY for example that marketed under the name REACH AZP-908-SUF® by the company SUMMITREHEIS.
On utilisera plus particulièrement le chlorhydrate d'aluminium sous forme activée ou non, commercialisé notamment sous les noms commerciaux LOCRON S FLA®, LOCRON P®, LOCRON L.ZA® par la société CLARIANT ; sous les dénominations commerciales MICRODRY ALUMINUM CHLOROHYDRATE®, MICRO-DRY 323®, CHLORHYDROL® 50, REACH® 103, REACH® 501 par la société SUMMITREHEIS ; sous la dénomination commerciale WESTCHLOR 200® par la société WESTWOOD ; sous la dénomination commerciale ALOXICOLL PF 40® par la société GUILINI CHEMIE ; CLURON 50 %® par la société INDUSTRIA QUIMICA DEL CENTRO ; CLOROHIDROXIDO ALUMINIO SO A 50 %® par la société FINQUFMICA. Ainsi, selon un mode de réalisation préféré, le sel d'aluminium utilisé au sein d'une composition selon l'invention est un chlorhydrate d'aluminium. Aluminum hydrochloride in activated or non-activated form, especially marketed under the trade names LOCRON S FLA®, LOCRON P®, LOCRON L.ZA® by the company CLARIANT, will be used more particularly; under the trade names MICRODRY ALUMINUM CHLOROHYDRATE®, MICRO-DRY 323®, CHLORHYDROL® 50, REACH® 103, REACH® 501 by SUMMITREHEIS; under the trade name WESTCHLOR 200® by WESTWOOD; under the trade name ALOXICOLL PF 40® by the company GUILINI CHEMIE; CLURON 50% ® by INDUSTRIA QUIMICA DEL CENTRO; CLOROHIDROXIDO ALUMINIO SO A 50% ® by the company FINQUFMICA. Thus, according to a preferred embodiment, the aluminum salt used in a composition according to the invention is an aluminum chlorohydrate.
L'actif anti-transpirant, de préférence choisi parmi les sels ou complexes d'aluminium et/ou de zirconium, c'est-à-dire le ou lesdits précités, est présent dans une teneur allant de 1 % à 50 % en poids, de préférence allant de 10 % à 40 % et plus préférentiellement allant de 15 % à 35 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition. The antiperspirant active agent, preferably chosen from the salts or complexes of aluminum and / or zirconium, that is to say the said one or more, is present in a content ranging from 1% to 50% by weight. preferably from 10% to 40% and more preferably from 15% to 35% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
L'actif anti-transpirant est présent soit dans la phase aqueuse , soit à la fois dans les phases aqueuse et huileuse, de préférence l'actif anti-transpirant est dans la phase aqueuse. The antiperspirant active agent is present either in the aqueous phase or in both the aqueous and oily phases, preferably the antiperspirant active agent is in the aqueous phase.
De préférence, l'actif anti-transpirant est choisi parmi les sels d'aluminium, de manière préférée, l'actif anti-transpirant est le chlorhydrate d'aluminium. Selon une forme particulièrement préférée, la composition de l'invention comprend l'actif anti-transpirant dans la phase aqueuse et comprend et un système gélifiant(s) hydrophile(s)/gélifiant(s) lipophile(s) choisi parmi les associations suivantes : Preferably, the antiperspirant active agent is chosen from aluminum salts, and preferably the antiperspirant active agent is aluminum chlorohydrate. According to a particularly preferred form, the composition of the invention comprises the antiperspirant active agent in the aqueous phase and comprises and a hydrophilic gelling agent (s) / lipophilic gelling agent (s) chosen from the following combinations :
(1) polymère associatif non ionique associé à un amidon modifié/ cire (s) apolaire(s) et/ou cire(s) polaire(s) associée(s) ou non à une argile modifiée ; (1) nonionic associative polymer combined with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (s) associated or not with a modified clay;
(2) amidon modifié / cire(s) apolaire(s) et/ou cire(s) polaire(s) associée(s) à une argile modifiée ; (2) modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated with a modified clay;
(3) polymère associatif non ionique associé à un amidon modifié/élastomère d'organopolysiloxane associé à une argile modifiée ; (3) nonionic associative polymer combined with a modified starch / organopolysiloxane elastomer combined with a modified clay;
(4) cellulose non-ionique associée à un amidon modifié / cire (s) apolaire (s) et/ou cire (s) polaire(s) associée(s) ou non à une argile modifiée ; (4) nonionic cellulose associated with a modified starch / apolar wax (es) and / or polar wax (es) associated or not with a modified clay;
(5) cellulose non-ionique associée à un amidon modifié /élastomère d'organopolysiloxane associé à une argile modifié. (5) nonionic cellulose combined with a modified starch / organopolysiloxane elastomer combined with a modified clay.
L'actif anti-transpirant est plus particulièrement le chlorhydrate d'aluminium. ACTIFS DEODORANTS The antiperspirant active agent is more particularly aluminum chlorohydrate. DEODORANT ASSETS
Les compositions selon l'invention peuvent également contenir en plus au moins un actif déodorant. The compositions according to the invention may also contain at least one deodorant active agent.
On appelle « actif déodorant », toute substance capable de masquer, absorber, améliorer et/ou réduire l'odeur désagréable résultant de la décomposition de la sueur humaine par des bactéries Deodorant active means any substance capable of masking, absorbing, improving and / or reducing the unpleasant odor resulting from the decomposition of human sweat by bacteria
Les actifs déodorants peuvent être des agents bactério statique s ou des agents bactéricides agissant sur les germes des odeurs axillaires, comme le 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'- hydroxydiphényléther (Triclosan®), le 2,4-dichloro-2'-hydroxydiphényléther, le 3',4',5'- trichlorosalicylanilide, la l-(3',4'-dichlorophenyl)-3-(4'-chlorophenyl)urée The deodorant active agents may be bacteriostatic agents or bactericidal agents acting on the germs of axillary odors, such as 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxydiphenyl ether (Triclosan®), 2,4-dichloro-2 3-Hydroxydiphenyl ether, 3 ', 4', 5'-trichlorosalicylanilide, 1- (3 ', 4'-dichlorophenyl) -3- (4'-chlorophenyl) urea
(Triclocarban®) ou le 3,7,1 l-triméthyldodéca-2,5, 10-triénol (Farnesol®) ; les sels d'ammonium quaternaires comme les sels de cetyltrimethylammonium, les sels de cétylpyridinium ; les polyols comme ceux de type glycérine, 1,3-propanediol (notamment ZEMEA PROPANEDIOL® commercialisé par la société Dupont Tate and Lyle Bioproducts), le 1,2-décanediol (notamment commercialisé sous la dénomination commerciale Symclariol® par la société Symrise) ; les dérivés de glycérine comme par exemple le Caprylic/Capric Glycerides (notamment commercialisé sous la dénomination commerciale CAPMUL MCM® par la société Abitec), le Caprylate ou caprate de Glycerol (notamment commercialisé sous les dénominations commerciales DERMOSOFT GMCY® et DERMOSOFT GMC® respectivement par la société STRAETMANS), le Polyglyceryl-2 Caprate ((notamment commercialisé sous la dénomination commerciale DERMOSOFT DGMC® par la société STRAETMANS) les dérivés de biguanide comme les sels de polyhexaméthylène biguanide ; la chlorhexidine et ses sels; le 4-Phenyl-4,4- dimethyl-2butanol ((notamment commercialisé sous la dénomination commerciale SYMDEO MPP® par la société Symrise) ; les cyclodextrines ; les chélatants tels que ceux vendus sous le nom commercial DISSOLVINE GL-47-S® par la société Akzo Nobel, l'EDTA et le DPTA (acide 1,3-diaminopropanetétraacétique). (Triclocarban®) or 3,7,1-trimethyldodeca-2,5,10-trienol (Farnesol®); quaternary ammonium salts such as cetyltrimethylammonium salts, cetylpyridinium salts; polyols such as those of the glycerol type, 1,3-propanediol (in particular ZEMEA PROPANEDIOL® sold by the company Dupont Tate and Lyle Bioproducts), 1,2-decanediol (in particular sold under the trade name Symclariol® by the company Symrise); derivatives of glycerin, for example Caprylic / Capric Glycerides (in particular marketed under the trade name CAPMUL MCM® by the company Abitec), Caprylate or Glycerol caprate (especially sold under the trade names Dermosoft GMCY® and Dermosoft GMC® respectively by the company STRAETMANS), Polyglyceryl-2 Caprate ((especially sold under the trade name DERMOSOFT DGMC® by the company STRAETMANS), biguanide derivatives such as polyhexamethylene biguanide salts, chlorhexidine and its salts, 4-Phenyl-4, 4-dimethyl-2-butanol ((especially sold under the trade name SYMDEO MPP® by the company Symrise), cyclodextrins, chelating agents such as those sold under the trade name DISSOLVINE GL-47-S® by the company Akzo Nobel, EDTA and DPTA (1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid).
Parmi les actifs déodorants conformes à l'invention, on peut aussi citer les sels de zinc comme le salicylate de zinc, le gluconate de zinc, le pidolate de zinc ; le sulfate de zinc, le chlorure de zinc, le lactate de zinc, le phénolsulfonate de zinc ; ricinoléate de zinc. On peut également citer : Among the deodorant active agents according to the invention, mention may also be made of zinc salts, such as zinc salicylate, zinc gluconate and zinc pidolate; zinc sulphate, zinc chloride, zinc lactate, zinc phenolsulfonate; zinc ricinoleate. We can also mention:
- le bicarbonate de sodium ; - sodium bicarbonate;
- l'acide salicylique et ses dérivés tels que l'acide n-octanoyl-5-salicylique ; salicylic acid and its derivatives such as n-octanoyl-5-salicylic acid;
- les zéolites notamment métalliques sans argent ; zeolites, in particular metallic zeolites, without silver;
- l'alun ; et - Moon ; and
- le triéthyl citrate. triethyl citrate.
Les actifs déodorants peuvent être présents de préférence dans les compositions selon l'invention dans des concentrations pondérales allant 0,01 à 10% en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition. The deodorant active agents may preferably be present in the compositions according to the invention in weight concentrations ranging from 0.01 to 10% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Phase aqueuse Aqueous phase
La phase aqueuse d'une composition selon l'invention comprend de l'eau et éventuellement un solvant hydrosoluble. The aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention comprises water and optionally a water-soluble solvent.
Par « solvant hydrosoluble », on désigne dans la présente invention un composé liquide à température ambiante et miscible à l'eau (miscibilité dans l'eau supérieure à 50 % en poids à 25 °C et pression atmosphérique). By "water-soluble solvent" is meant in the present invention a liquid compound at room temperature and miscible with water (miscibility in water greater than 50% by weight at 25 ° C and atmospheric pressure).
Les solvants hydrosolubles utilisables dans la composition de l'invention peuvent en outre être volatils. The water-soluble solvents that can be used in the composition of the invention may also be volatile.
Parmi les solvants hydrosolubles pouvant être utilisés dans la composition conforme à l'invention, on peut citer notamment les monoalcools inférieurs ayant de 1 à 5 atomes de carbone tels que l'éthanol et l'isopropanol, les glycols ayant de 2 à 8 atomes de carbone tels que l'éthylène glycol, le propylène glycol, le 1,3-butylène glycol et le dipropylène glycol, les cétones en C3 et C4 et les aldéhydes en C2-C4. Among the water-soluble solvents that can be used in the composition in accordance with the invention, mention may be made in particular of lower monoalcohols having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as ethanol and isopropanol, glycols having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms. atoms such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol and dipropylene glycol, ketones of C 3 and C 4 and C 2 -C 4 aldehydes.
La phase aqueuse (eau et éventuellement le solvant miscible à l'eau) peut être présente dans la composition en une teneur allant de 5 % à 95 %, mieux de 30 % à 80 % en poids, de préférence de 40 % à 75 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de ladite composition. The aqueous phase (water and optionally the water-miscible solvent) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 5% to 95%, better still from 30% to 80% by weight, preferably from 40% to 75% by weight. by weight, relative to the total weight of said composition.
Selon une autre variante de réalisation, la phase aqueuse d'une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre au moins un polyol en C2-C32. According to another variant embodiment, the aqueous phase of a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one C 2 -C 32 polyol.
Par « polyol », il faut comprendre, au sens de la présente invention, toute molécule organique comportant au moins deux groupements hydroxyle libres. De préférence, un polyol conforme à la présente invention est présent sous forme liquide à température ambiante. By "polyol" is meant for the purposes of the present invention, any organic molecule comprising at least two free hydroxyl groups. Preferably, a polyol according to the present invention is present in liquid form at room temperature.
Un polyol convenant à l'invention peut être un composé de type alkyle, linéaire, ramifié ou cyclique, saturé ou insaturé, portant sur la chaîne alkyle au moins deux fonctions -OH, en particulier au moins trois fonctions -OH, et plus particulièrement au moins quatre fonctions -OH. A polyol that is suitable for the invention may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl compound, saturated or unsaturated, bearing at least two -OH functions on the alkyl chain, in particular at least three -OH functions, and more particularly at minus four functions -OH.
Les polyols convenant avantageusement pour la formulation d'une composition selon la présente invention sont ceux présentant notamment de 2 à 32 atomes de carbone, de préférence 3 à 16 atomes de carbone. The polyols which are advantageously suitable for formulating a composition according to the present invention are those having in particular 2 to 32 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
Avantageusement, le polyol peut être par exemple choisi parmi l'éthylèneglycol, le pentaérythritol, le triméthylolpropane, le propylène glycol, le 1,3 propanediol, le butylène glycol, l'isoprène glycol, le pentylène glycol, l'héxylène glycol, le glycérol, les polyglycérols, tels que les oligomères du glycérol comme le diglycérol, les polyéthylènes glycols, et leurs mélanges. Advantageously, the polyol may be, for example, chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, 1,3 propanediol, butylene glycol, isoprene glycol, pentylene glycol, hexylene glycol and glycerol. polyglycerols, such as oligomers of glycerol such as diglycerol, polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
Selon un mode de réalisation préféré de l'invention, ledit polyol est choisi parmi l'éthylèneglycol, le pentaérythritol, le triméthylolpropane, le propylène glycol, le glycérol, les polyglycérols, les polyéthylènes glycols, et leurs mélanges. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, said polyol is chosen from ethylene glycol, pentaerythritol, trimethylolpropane, propylene glycol, glycerol, polyglycerols, polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof.
Selon un mode particulier, la composition de l'invention peut comprendre au moins du propylène glycol. According to one particular embodiment, the composition of the invention may comprise at least propylene glycol.
Selon un autre mode particulier, la composition de l'invention peut comprendre au moins du glycérol. According to another particular embodiment, the composition of the invention may comprise at least glycerol.
Phase huileuse Oily phase
Au sens de l'invention, une phase huileuse comprend au moins une huile. On entend par « huile », tout corps gras sous forme liquide à température ambiante à pression atmosphérique. For the purposes of the invention, an oily phase comprises at least one oil. The term "oil" means any fatty substance in liquid form at ambient temperature at atmospheric pressure.
Une phase huileuse convenant à la préparation des compositions cosmétiques selon l'invention peut comprendre des huiles hydrocarbonées, siliconées, fluorées ou non, ou leurs mélanges. An oily phase suitable for the preparation of the cosmetic compositions according to the invention may comprise hydrocarbon oils, silicone oils, fluorinated or not, or mixtures thereof.
Les huiles pourront être volatiles ou non volatiles. The oils may be volatile or non-volatile.
Elles peuvent être d'origine animale, végétale, minérale ou synthétique. Selon une variante de réalisation, les huiles D'origine siliconées sont préférées. Au sens de la présente invention, on entend par « huile non volatile », une huile ayant une pression de vapeur inférieure à 0,13 Pa. They can be of animal, vegetable, mineral or synthetic origin. According to an alternative embodiment, the oils of silicone origin are preferred. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "non-volatile oil" means an oil having a vapor pressure of less than 0.13 Pa.
Au sens de la présente invention, on entend par « huile siliconée », une huile comprenant au moins un atome de silicium, et notamment au moins un groupe Si-O. For the purposes of the present invention, the term "silicone oil" means an oil comprising at least one silicon atom, and in particular at least one Si-O group.
On entend par « huile fluorée », une huile comprenant au moins un atome de fluor. The term "fluorinated oil" means an oil comprising at least one fluorine atom.
On entend par « huile hydrocarbonée », une huile contenant principalement des atomes d'hydrogène et de carbone. The term "hydrocarbon oil" means an oil containing mainly hydrogen and carbon atoms.
Les huiles peuvent éventuellement comprendre des atomes d'oxygène, d'azote, de soufre et/ou de phosphore, par exemple, sous la forme de radicaux hydroxyles ou acides. The oils may optionally comprise oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and / or phosphorus atoms, for example, in the form of hydroxyl or acidic radicals.
Par « huile volatile », on entend, au sens de l'invention, toute huile susceptible de s'évaporer au contact de la peau en moins d'une heure, à température ambiante et pression atmosphérique. L'huile volatile est un composé cosmétique volatil, liquide à température ambiante, ayant notamment une pression de vapeur non nulle, à température ambiante et pression atmosphérique, notamment ayant une pression de vapeur allant de 0, 13 Pa à 40 000 Pa (10"3 à 300 mm de Hg), en particulier allant de 1,3 Pa à 13 000 Pa (0,01 à 100 mm de Hg), et plus particulièrement allant de 1,3 Pa à 1 300 Pa (0,01 à 10 mm de Hg). By "volatile oil" is meant, within the meaning of the invention, any oil capable of evaporating on contact with the skin in less than one hour, at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure. The volatile oil is a volatile cosmetic compound which is liquid at ambient temperature, in particular having a non-zero vapor pressure, at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure, in particular having a vapor pressure ranging from 0.13 Pa to 40,000 Pa (10 "). 3 to 300 mmHg), in particular ranging from 1.3 Pa to 13 000 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 100 mmHg), and more particularly ranging from 1.3 Pa to 1300 Pa (0.01 to 10 mmHg); mm Hg).
Huiles volatiles Volatile oils
Les huiles volatiles peuvent être hydrocarbonées, ou siliconées. The volatile oils may be hydrocarbon or silicone.
On peut notamment citer parmi les huiles volatiles hydrocarbonées ayant de 8 à 16 atomes de carbone les alcanes ramifiés en C8-Ci6 comme les iso-alcanes (appelées aussi isoparaffines) en C8-Ci6, l'isododécane, l'isodécane, l'isohexadécane et par exemple les huiles vendues sous les noms commerciaux d'Isopars ou de Permetyls, les esters ramifiés en C8-Ci6 comme le néopentanoate d'iso-hexyle, et leurs mélanges. De préférence, l'huile volatile hydrocarbonée est choisie parmi les huiles volatiles hydrocarbonées ayant de 8 à 16 atomes de carbone et leurs mélanges, en particulier parmi l'isododécane, l'isodécane, l'isohexadécane, et est notamment l'isohexadécane. Mention may be made from volatile hydrocarbon oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms branched alkanes, C 8 -C 6 such as isoalkanes (also called isoparaffins) C 8 -C 6, isododecane, isodecane , isohexadecane, and for example the oils sold under the trade names Isopar or Permethyl, branched esters, C 8 -C 6 such as isohexyl neopentanoate, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the volatile hydrocarbon oil is chosen from volatile hydrocarbon oils having from 8 to 16 carbon atoms and mixtures thereof, in particular from isododecane, isodecane and isohexadecane, and is especially isohexadecane.
On peut également citer les alcanes linéaires volatils comprenant de 8 à It is also possible to mention volatile linear alkanes comprising from 8 to
16 atomes de carbone, en particulier de 10 à 15 atomes de carbone, et plus particulièrement de 11 à 13 atomes de carbone, par exemple tels que le n-dodécane (C12) et le n-tétradécane (C14) vendus par Sasol respectivement sous les références PARAFOL 12-97 et PARAFOL 14-97, ainsi que leurs mélanges, le mélange undécane-tridécane, les mélanges de n-undécane (Cn) et de n-tridécane (C13) obtenus aux exemples 1 et 2 de la demande WO 2008/155059 de la Société Cognis, et leurs mélanges. 16 carbon atoms, in particular from 10 to 15 carbon atoms, and more particularly from 11 to 13 carbon atoms, for example such as n-dodecane (C 12 ) and n-tetradecane (C 14 ) sold by Sasol respectively under the references PARAFOL 12-97 and PARAFOL 14-97, and mixtures thereof, the undecane-tridecane mixture, the n-undecane (Cn) and n-undecane mixtures. tridecane (C 13 ) obtained in Examples 1 and 2 of Application WO 2008/155059 from Cognis, and mixtures thereof.
Comme huiles volatiles siliconées, on peut citer les huiles volatiles siliconées linéaires telles que l'hexamethyldisiloxane, lOctamethyltrisiloxane, le decamethyltetrasiloxane, le tetradecamethylhexasiloxane, l'hexadecamethylheptasiloxane et le dodecaméthylpentasiloxane. Volatile silicone oils that may be mentioned include linear silicone volatile oils such as hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, decamethyltetrasiloxane, tetradecamethylhexasiloxane, hexadecamethylheptasiloxane and dodecamethylpentasiloxane.
Comme huiles volatiles siliconées cycliques, on peut citer l'hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, l'octamethylcylotetrasiloxane, le decamethylcyclopentasiloxane et le dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane. Cyclic silicone volatile oils that may be mentioned include hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane.
Huiles non volatiles Non-volatile oils
Les huiles non volatiles peuvent, notamment, être choisies parmi les huiles hydrocarbonées, fluorées et/ou les huiles siliconées non volatiles. The non-volatile oils may, in particular, be chosen from hydrocarbon oils, fluorinated oils and / or non-volatile silicone oils.
Comme huile hydrocarbonée non volatile, on peut notamment citer : As non-volatile hydrocarbon oil, mention may notably be made of:
- les huiles hydrocarbonées d'origine animale, - hydrocarbon oils of animal origin,
- les huiles hydrocarbonées d'origine végétale, les éthers de synthèse ayant de 10 à 40 atomes de carbone, comme le dicapryl ether, hydrocarbon oils of vegetable origin, synthetic ethers containing from 10 to 40 carbon atoms, such as dicapryl ether,
- les esters de synthèse, comme les huiles de formule R1COOR2, dans laquelle Ri représente un reste d'un acide gras linéaire ou ramifié comportant de 1 à 40 atomes de carbone et R2 représente une chaîne hydrocarbonée, notamment, ramifiée contenant de 1 à 40 atomes de carbone à condition que Ri + R2 soit > 10. Les esters peuvent être, notamment, choisis parmi les esters d'alcool et d'acide gras, comme par exemple, l'octanoate de cétostéaryle, les esters de l'alcool isopropylique, tels que le myristate d'isopropyle, le palmitate d'isopropyle, le palmitate d'éthyle, le palmitate de 2-éthyl-hexyle, le stéarate d'isopropyle, le stéarate d'octyle, les esters hydroxylés, comme le lactate d'isostéaryle, l'hydroxy stéarate d'octyle, les ricinoléates d'alcools ou de polyalcools, le laurate d'hexyle, les esters de l'acide néopentanoïque, comme le néopentanoate d'isodécyle, le néopentanoate d'isotridécyle, les esters de l'acide isononanoïque, comme l'isononanoate d'isononyle, l'isononanoate d'isotridécyle, - les esters de polyols et les esters du pentaérythritol, comme le tétrahydroxystéarate/tétraisostéarate de dipentaérythritol, synthetic esters, such as the oils of formula R 1 COOR 2 , in which R 1 represents a residue of a linear or branched fatty acid comprising from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon chain, in particular, branched, containing from 1 to 40 carbon atoms with the proviso that R 1 + R 2 is> 10. The esters may be, in particular, chosen from fatty alcohol and fatty acid esters, for example cetostearyl octanoate, esters and the like. isopropyl alcohol, such as isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, ethyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, isopropyl stearate, octyl stearate, hydroxylated esters such as isostearyl lactate, octyl hydroxystearate, ricinoleates of alcohols or polyhydric alcohols, hexyl laurate, esters of neopentanoic acid, such as isodecyl neopentanoate, neopentanoate. isotridecyl, esters of isononanoic acid, such as isononanoate isononyl, isotridecyl isononanoate, polyol esters and pentaerythritol esters, such as dipentaerythritol tetrahydroxystearate / tetraisostearate,
- les alcools gras liquides à température ambiante à chaîne carbonée ramifiée et/ou insaturée ayant de 12 à 26 atomes de carbone, comme le 2-octyldodécanol, l'alcool isostéarylique, l'alcool oléique, at room temperature liquid with a branched and / or unsaturated carbon chain containing from 12 to 26 carbon atoms, such as 2-octyldodecanol, isostearyl alcohol and oleic alcohol,
- les acides gras supérieurs en C12-C22, tels que l'acide oléique, l'acide linoléique, l'acide linolénique, et leurs mélanges, higher C12-C22 fatty acids, such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and mixtures thereof,
- les huiles siliconés non phénylées, comme par exemple la caprylyl méthycone, et non-phenylated silicone oils, for example caprylyl methycone, and
- les huiles siliconés phénylées, comme par exemple les phényl triméthicones, les phényl diméthicones, les phényl triméthylsiloxy diphénylsiloxanes, les diphényl diméthicones, les diphényl méthyldiphényl trisiloxanes, et les 2-phényléthyl triméthylsiloxysilicates, les diméthicones ou phényltriméthicone de viscosité inférieure ou égale à 100 cSt, la triméthylpentaphényltrisiloxane, et leurs mélanges ; ainsi que les mélanges de ces différentes huiles. phenylated silicone oils, for example phenyl trimethicones, phenyl dimethicones, phenyl trimethylsiloxy diphenylsiloxanes, diphenyl dimethicones, diphenyl methyldiphenyl trisiloxanes, and 2-phenylethyl trimethylsiloxysilicates, dimethicones or phenyltrimethicone with a viscosity of less than or equal to 100 cSt; trimethylpentaphenyltrisiloxane, and mixtures thereof; as well as the mixtures of these different oils.
De préférence, une composition selon l'invention comprend des huiles siliconées volatiles et/ou non volatiles. De telles huiles siliconées sont particulièrement appréciées lorsque l'agent gélifiant lipophile est un élastomère d'organopolysiloxane. Preferably, a composition according to the invention comprises volatile and / or nonvolatile silicone oils. Such silicone oils are particularly preferred when the lipophilic gelling agent is an organopolysiloxane elastomer.
Une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre de 2 % à 85 % en poids, mieux de 5 % à 40 % en poids, de préférence de 7 % à 35 % en poids d'huile(s) par rapport au poids total de ladite composition. A composition according to the invention may comprise from 2% to 85% by weight, better still from 5% to 40% by weight, preferably from 7% to 35% by weight of oil (s) relative to the total weight of said composition.
Comme précisé ci-dessus la phase huileuse gélifiée selon l'invention peut posséder une contrainte seuil supérieure à 1,5 Pa,de préférence supérieure à 10 Pa, et plus préférablement supérieure à 70 Pa. La phase huileuse gélifiée selon l'invention peut posséder une contrainte de seuil inférieure à 30000 Pa, de préférence inférieure à 10000 Pa et de préférence inférieure à 3000 Pa. As specified above, the gelled oily phase according to the invention can have a threshold stress greater than 1.5 Pa, preferably greater than 10 Pa, and more preferably greater than 70 Pa. The gelled oily phase according to the invention can have a threshold stress of less than 30000 Pa, preferably less than 10000 Pa and preferably less than 3000 Pa.
Cette valeur de contrainte seuil traduit une texture de type gel de cette phase huileuse. ADDITIFS This threshold stress value reflects a gel-like texture of this oily phase. Additives
L'homme du métier veillera à choisir les éventuels additifs et leur quantité de manière à ce qu'ils ne nuisent pas aux propriétés des compositions de la présente invention. Those skilled in the art will take care to choose the possible additives and their amount so that they do not adversely affect the properties of the compositions of the present invention.
Parmi les additifs, on peut citer notamment des adjuvants cosmétiques choisis parmi les adoucissants, les antioxydants, les opacifiants, les stabilisants, les agents hydratants, les vitamines, des bactéricides, les conservateurs, les parfums, ou tout autre ingrédient habituellement utilisé en cosmétique pour ce type d'application. Among the additives, mention may in particular be made of cosmetic adjuvants chosen from softeners, antioxidants, opacifiers, stabilizers, moisturizing agents, vitamins, bactericides, preservatives, perfumes, or any other ingredient usually used in cosmetics for this type of application.
Avantageusement, une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre au moins un agent hydratant (également appelé agent humectant). Advantageously, a composition according to the invention may comprise at least one moisturizing agent (also called humectant).
De préférence, l'agent hydratant est de la glycérine. Preferably, the moisturizing agent is glycerin.
Les additifs sont généralement présents dans la composition selon l'invention en une quantité allant de 0 % à 20 % en poids par rapport au poids total de la composition. The additives are generally present in the composition according to the invention in an amount ranging from 0% to 20% by weight relative to the total weight of the composition.
Le ou les agents hydratants pourront être présents dans la composition en une teneur allant de 0, 1 % à 15 % en poids, notamment de 0,5 % à 10 % en poids, voire de 1 % à 6 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de ladite composition The moisturizing agent (s) may be present in the composition in a content ranging from 0.1% to 15% by weight, especially from 0.5% to 10% by weight, or even from 1% to 6% by weight, relative to to the total weight of said composition
Il relève des opérations de routine de l'homme de l'art d'ajuster la nature et la quantité des additifs présents dans les compositions conformes à l'invention, de telle sorte que les propriétés cosmétiques désirées de celles-ci n'en soient pas affectées. It is routine for those skilled in the art to adjust the nature and quantity of the additives present in the compositions according to the invention, so that the desired cosmetic properties thereof are not not affected.
CHARGES EXPENSES
Avantageusement, une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre au moins une particule solide telle qu'une charge. Advantageously, a composition according to the invention may further comprise at least one solid particle such as a filler.
Ces charges sont classiquement utilisés dans les compositions d'hygiène ou de soin. These fillers are conventionally used in hygiene or care compositions.
Ces charges sont des particules incolores ou blanches, solides de toutes formes, qui se présentent sous une forme insoluble et dispersée dans le milieu de la composition. These fillers are colorless or solid white particles of all shapes, which are in an insoluble form and dispersed in the medium of the composition.
De nature minérale ou organique, naturelle ou synthétique, elles permettent de conférer à la composition les contenant de la douceur, de la matité et de l'uniformité au maquillage. En outre, ces charges permettent avantageusement de lutter contre différentes agressions telles que le sébum ou la sueur. A titre illustratif de ces charges, peuvent être cités le talc, le mica, la silice, le kaolin, les poudres de poly- -alanine et de polyéthylène, les poudres de polymères de tétrafluoroéthylène (Téflon®), la lauroyl-lysine, l'amidon, le nitrure de bore, les microsphères creuses polymériques telles que celles de chlorure de polyvinylidène/acrylonitrile comme l'Expancel® (Nobel Industrie), de copolymères d'acide acrylique, les microbilles de résine de silicone (Tospearls® de Toshiba, par exemple), les particules de polyorganosiloxanes élastomères, le carbonate de calcium précipité, le carbonate et Γ hydro-carbonate de magnésium, l'hydroxyapatite, le sulfate de barium, les oxydes d'aluminium, les poudres de polyuréthane, les charges composites, les microsphères de silice creuses telles que celles vendues sous le nom Sunsphere H51® ou Solisphere H51® vendues par la société AGC SI-TECH, et les microcapsules de verre ou de céramique. On peut également utiliser des particules, qui ont la forme de portions de sphères creuses, telles que décrites dans les demandes de brevet JP-2003 128 788 et JP-2000 191 789. Of mineral or organic nature, natural or synthetic, they make it possible to confer on the composition containing them softness, dullness and uniformity in makeup. In addition, these fillers advantageously make it possible to fight against various aggressions such as sebum or sweat. Illustrative of these fillers, may be mentioned talc, mica, silica, kaolin, poly-alanine powders and polyethylene, tetrafluoroethylene polymer powders (Teflon ®), lauroyl lysine, starch, boron nitride, polymeric hollow microspheres such as polyvinylidene chloride / acrylonitrile such as Expancel ® (Nobel Industry), acrylic acid copolymers, silicone resin microspheres (Toshiba Tospearls ® , for example), elastomeric polyorganosiloxane particles, precipitated calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate and hydrocyanate, hydroxyapatite, barium sulfate, aluminum oxides, polyurethane powders, composite fillers, hollow silica microspheres such as those sold under the name Sunsphere H51® or Solisphere H51® sold by AGC SI-TECH, and glass or ceramic microcapsules. It is also possible to use particles, which are in the form of portions of hollow spheres, as described in patent applications JP-2003 128 788 and JP-2000 191 789.
En particulier, de telles charges peuvent être présentes dans une composition selon l'invention dans une teneur comprise entre 0,01 % et 25 % en poids, notamment comprise entre 0, 1 % et 15 % en poids, en particulier comprise entre 0,5 % et 5 % en poids, par rapport au poids total de la composition. In particular, such fillers may be present in a composition according to the invention in a content of between 0.01% and 25% by weight, in particular between 0.1% and 15% by weight, in particular between 0, 5% and 5% by weight, relative to the total weight of the composition.
Selon un mode de réalisation de l'invention, une composition peut comprendre au moins des particules solides telles que des charges. According to one embodiment of the invention, a composition may comprise at least solid particles such as fillers.
Avantageusement, une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre de 0,01 % à 25 % en poids, notamment de 0,1 % à 25 % en poids, en particulier de 1 % à 20 % en poids et de préférence de 5 % à 15 % en poids de particules solides, par rapport au poids total de la composition. Advantageously, a composition according to the invention may comprise from 0.01% to 25% by weight, in particular from 0.1% to 25% by weight, in particular from 1% to 20% by weight and preferably from 5% to 15% by weight of solid particles, relative to the total weight of the composition.
AGENT DISPERSANT DISPERSING AGENT
Avantageusement, une composition selon l'invention peut comprendre en outre un agent dispersant. Advantageously, a composition according to the invention may further comprise a dispersing agent.
Un tel agent dispersant peut être un tensioactif, un oligomère, un polymère ou un mélange de plusieurs d'entre eux. Selon un mode de réalisation particulier, un agent dispersant conforme à l'invention est un tensioactif. Such a dispersing agent may be a surfactant, an oligomer, a polymer or a mixture of several of them. According to a particular embodiment, a dispersing agent according to the invention is a surfactant.
Dans toute la description, y compris les revendications, l'expression « comportant un » doit être comprise comme étant synonyme de « comportant au moins un », sauf si le contraire est spécifié. Throughout the description, including the claims, the phrase "having one" should be understood as being synonymous with "having at least one", unless the opposite is specified.
Les expressions « compris entre ... et ... » et « allant de ... à ... » doivent se comprendre bornes incluses, sauf si le contraire est spécifié. Expressions "between ... and ..." and "from ... to ..." must be understood as inclusive terms unless otherwise specified.
L'invention est illustrée plus en détail par les exemples présentés ci-après. Sauf indication contraire, les quantités indiquées sont exprimées en pourcentage massique. The invention is illustrated in more detail by the examples presented hereinafter. Unless otherwise indicated, the quantities indicated are expressed as a percentage by mass.
METHODOLOGIE POUR LES MESURES DE RHEOLOGIE DYNAMIQUE EN OSCILLATION METHODOLOGY FOR DYNAMIC OSCILLATION RHEOLOGY MEASUREMENTS
Ce sont des mesures rhéologiques en régime harmonique qui assurent la mesure du module élastique. These are harmonic rheological measurements that measure the elastic modulus.
Les mesures sont réalisées à l'aide d'un rhéomètre type Haake RS600 sur un produit au repos, à 25 °C avec un mobile plan plan 0 60 mm et un entrefer de 2 mm. The measurements are carried out using a Haake RS600 rheometer on a product at rest, at 25 ° C with a plane plane 60 mm and a gap of 2 mm.
Les mesures en régime harmonique permettent de caractériser les propriétés viscoélastiques des produits. La technique consiste à soumettre un matériau à une contrainte qui varie sinusoïdalement au cours du temps et à mesurer la réponse du matériau à cette sollicitation. Dans un domaine où le comportement est viscoél asti que linéaire (zone où la déformation est proportionnelle à la contrainte), la contrainte (τ) et la déformation (γ) sont deux fonctions sinusoïdales du temps qui s'écrivent de la façon suivante : The measurements in harmonic regime make it possible to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the products. The technique involves subjecting a material to sinusoidally varying stress over time and measuring the response of the material to that stress. In a domain where the behavior is viscoel as linear (zone where the deformation is proportional to the stress), the constraint (τ) and the deformation (γ) are two sinusoidal functions of the time which are written in the following way:
x(t) = To sin (cot) x (t) = To sin (cot)
γ(ΐ) = γο sin (cot + δ) γ (ΐ) = γο sin (cot + δ)
où : or :
το représente l'amplitude maximale de la contrainte (Pa) ; το represents the maximum amplitude of the stress (Pa);
γο représente l'amplitude maximale de la déformation (-) ; γο represents the maximum amplitude of the deformation (-);
ω = 2ΠΝ représente la pulsation (rad.s"1) avec N représentant la fréquenceω = 2ΠΝ represents the pulsation (rad.s "1 ) with N representing the frequency
(Hz) ; et (Hz); and
δ représente le déphasage de la contrainte par rapport à la déformation (rad). Ainsi, les deux fonctions ont la même fréquence angulaire mais elles sont déphasées d'un angle δ. Selon le décalage de phases δ entre x(t) et γ(ΐ), le comportement du système peut être appréhendé : δ represents the phase shift of the stress with respect to the deformation (rad). Thus, the two functions have the same angular frequency but they are out of phase by an angle δ. According to the phase shift δ between x (t) and γ (ΐ), the behavior of the system can be apprehended:
- Si δ = 0, le matériau est purement élastique ; - If δ = 0, the material is purely elastic;
- Si δ = Π/2, le matériau est purement visqueux (fluide newtonien) ; et - If δ = Π / 2, the material is purely viscous (Newtonian fluid); and
- Si 0 < δ < Π/2, le matériau est viscoélastique. - If 0 <δ <Π / 2, the material is viscoelastic.
En général, la contrainte et la déformation s'écrivent sous forme complexe : x*(t) = x0 eitût In general, stress and strain are written in complex form: x * (t) = x 0 e itut
γ*(ΐ) = γο e(ltût + 5) γ * (ΐ) = γο e (ltut + 5)
Un module de rigidité complexe, représentant la résistance globale du matériau à la déformation qu'elle soit d'origine élastique ou visqueuse, est alors défini par : A modulus of complex rigidity, representing the overall resistance of the material to deformation, whether of elastic or viscous origin, is then defined by:
G* = τ*/ γ* = G' + iG" G * = τ * / γ * = G '+ iG "
où : or :
G' est le module de conservation ou module élastique qui caractérise l'énergie emmagasinée et totalement restituée au cours d'un cycle, G' = (τ0/ γο) cos δ ; et G 'is the conservation modulus or elastic modulus which characterizes the stored energy and totally restored during a cycle, G' = (τ 0 / γο) cos δ; and
G" est le module de perte ou module visqueux qui caractérise l'énergie dissipée par frottement interne au cours d'un cycle, G" = (τ0/ γ0) sin δ. G "is the loss module or viscous module that characterizes the energy dissipated by internal friction during a cycle, G" = (τ 0 / γ 0 ) sin δ.
Le paramètre retenu est le module de rigidité moyen G* relevé au plateau mesuré à une fréquence de 1 Hz. EXEMPLES The parameter adopted is the modulus of average stiffness G * measured at the plateau measured at a frequency of 1 Hz. EXAMPLES
Dans les tableaux suivants, la quantité de chaque composé est donnée en % en poids/poids total de la composition. In the following tables, the amount of each compound is given in% by weight / total weight of the composition.
Les formules suivantes sont préparées de sorte à ce que reste constant : The following formulas are prepared so that remains constant:
- le pourcentage massique de la phase huileuse, the mass percentage of the oily phase,
- le pourcentage massique de la phase aqueuse, the mass percentage of the aqueous phase,
- le pourcentage massique de gélifiant huileux, the percentage by weight of oily gelling agent,
- le pourcentage massique de gélifiant aqueux, Tous les autres constituants des formules sont présents dans le même pourcentage massique. the mass percentage of aqueous gelling agent, All the other constituents of the formulas are present in the same mass percentage.
Préparation des compositions Preparation of compositions
Préparation des phases lipophiles L Preparation of lipophilic phases L
La phase grasse est gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant huileux. Dans les compositions selon l'invention, la phase grasse est gélifiée par la une cire polaire : cire d'abeille synthétique (exemples 1 et 7), une cire synthétique apolaire (exemples 2, 3), par un polymère apolaire : par un copolymère dibloc (exemple 4), par un élastomère de silicone (exemple 5 ,6, 8, 10, 11), par une argile modifiée comme le Disteardimonium Hectorite (Bentone 38 VCG) (exemples 7 à 11). The fatty phase is gelled with at least one oily gelling agent. In the compositions according to the invention, the fatty phase is gelled by a polar wax: synthetic beeswax (Examples 1 and 7), an apolar synthetic wax (Examples 2, 3), by an apolar polymer: by a copolymer diblock (Example 4), with a silicone elastomer (Example 5, 6, 8, 10, 11), with a modified clay such as Disteardimonium Hectorite (Bentone 38 VCG) (Examples 7 to 11).
En outre, différentes huiles, polaires ou apolaires, ont été utilisées. In addition, different oils, polar or apolar, were used.
Mode Opératoire : Dans un premier temps, lorsque le système contient des charges, elles sont incorporées dans les huiles. Ensuite la totalité des matières premières solubles à chaud est pesée dans un bêcher et solubilisée sous agitation mécanique à plus de 80 °C pour les exemples 1,2,3,4 et 7. Pour les exemples 5,6,8,9,10 et 11, cette étape se fait à température ambiante. Procedure: At first, when the system contains charges, they are incorporated into the oils. Then all of the hot-soluble raw materials are weighed in a beaker and solubilized with mechanical stirring above 80 ° C for Examples 1,2,3,4 and 7. For Examples 5,6,8,9,10 and 11, this step is at room temperature.
Dès que la solution est macroscopiquement limpide, sont rajoutés les gélifiants huileux sous agitation mécanique à l'aide d'une « défloculeuse ». Le gel obtenu constitue un gel homogène. As soon as the solution is macroscopically clear, are added the oily gelling agents with mechanical stirring using a "deflocculator". The gel obtained constitutes a homogeneous gel.
Préparation des gels hydrophiles H Preparation of hydrophilic gels H
Les composants de la phase aqueuse sont pesés dans un bêcher et placés sous agitation. The components of the aqueous phase are weighed in a beaker and stirred.
La phase aqueuse est gélifiée par au moins un agent gélifiant aqueux avec le chlorhydrate d'aluminium. The aqueous phase is gelled with at least one aqueous gelling agent with aluminum chlorohydrate.
Dans les compositions selon l'invention, la phase aqueuse est gélifiée par un polymère synthétique associatif amphotère (exemples 1 à 9 et 11), par un amidon modifié amphotère (exemples 1 à 10) et un polysaccharide non amylacé (exemple 10). Mode Opératoire : Le gélifiant aqueux est introduit dans les solvants aqueux sous agitation à l'aide d'une « défloculeuse » à température ambiante. Le gel obtenu constitue un gel homogène. In the compositions according to the invention, the aqueous phase is gelled with an amphoteric synthetic associative polymer (Examples 1 to 9 and 11), an amphoteric modified starch (Examples 1 to 10) and a non-starch polysaccharide (Example 10). Procedure: The aqueous gelling agent is introduced into the aqueous solvents with stirring using a "deflocculator" at room temperature. The gel obtained constitutes a homogeneous gel.
Mode opératoire du gel/gel Procedure of the gel / gel
Les phase lipophiles et hydrophiles étant macroscopiquement homogènes, le gel/gel est préparé en mélangeant les deux phases dans un mélangeur du type « Pétrin » muni d'une cuve et d'une pale axiale sous agitation modérée pendant 4 minutes. Since the lipophilic and hydrophilic phases are macroscopically homogeneous, the gel / gel is prepared by mixing the two phases in a "kneader" mixer equipped with a tank and an axial blade with moderate stirring for 4 minutes.
Le gel final se caractérise par une dispersion bi-continue macroscopiquement homogène. The final gel is characterized by macroscopically homogeneous, bicontinuous dispersion.
Propriétés testées Properties tested
Les compositions obtenues sont conservées à température ambiante. L'observation de l'aspect macroscopique du gel/gel est poursuivie pendant The compositions obtained are stored at room temperature. The observation of the macroscopic appearance of the gel / gel is continued during
24 heures. 24 hours.
Compositions conformes à l'invention : Compositions according to the invention:
Exemple 3 Exemple 4Example 3 Example 4
Exemple 2 Example 2
Exemple 1 Cire Polymère Example 1 Polymer Wax
Composés Cire Wax Compounds
Cire polaire + apolaire + apolaire + Nom INCI apolaire + Polar wax + apolar + apolar + INCI name apolar +
huile polaire huile huile huile polaire polar oil oil oil polar oil
apolaire apolaire apolar apolar
ISONONANOATE ISONONANOATE
D'ISONONYLE isononyl
commercialisé sous le 9,11 9, 11 - - nom DUB ININ® par la marketed under the 9,11 9, 11 - - name DUB ININ® by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Dubois
PALMITATE palmitate
D'ISOPROPYLE Isopropyl
commercialisé sous le 9,11 9, 11 - - nom DUB IPP® par la marketed under the 9,11 9, 11 - - DUB IPP® name by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Dubois
POLYISOBUTENEPOLYISOBUTENE
HYDROGENE HYDROGEN
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
PHASE B PHASE B
nom PARLEAM® par - - 18,22 18,22 LIPOPHILE name PARLEAM® by - - 18,22 18,22 LIPOPHILE
la société Dow Dow
CorningNOF CorningNOF
CORPORATION CORPORATION
SYNTHETIC BEESWAX SYNTHETIC BEESWAX
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom KESTERWAX 2,88 - - - ®K82P par la name KESTERWAX 2,88 - - - ®K82P by the
société Innovadex Innovadex company
KOSTER KEUNEN KOSTER KEUNEN
CIRE SYNTHETIQUE SYNTHETIC WAX
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom CIREBELLE 108® - 2,88 2,88 - par la société Sasol name CIREBELLE 108® - 2,88 2,88 - by the company Sasol
cirebelle Exemple 3 Exemple 4 Cirebelle Example 3 Example 4
Exemple 2 Example 2
Exemple 1 Cire Polymère Example 1 Polymer Wax
Composés Cire Wax Compounds
Cire polaire + apolaire + apolaire + Nom INCI apolaire + Polar wax + apolar + apolar + INCI name apolar +
huile polaire huile huile huile polaire polar oil oil oil polar oil
apolaire apolaire apolar apolar
COPOLYMERE HYDROGENE STYRENE/ISOPRENE HYDROGEN STYRENE / ISOPRENE COPOLYMER
commercialisé sous le - - - 1 nom KRATON G 1701 marketed under the - - - 1 name KRATON G 1701
EU ®par la société EU ®by society
Kraton Polymers Kraton Polymers
COPOLYMERE ACRYLATES COPOLYMER ACRYLATES
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom EXPANCEL 551 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 name EXPANCEL 551 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
DE 40 D42 ®par la DE 40 D42 ®by the
société Nobel Industrie Nobel Industry company
AKZO NOBEL AKZO NOBEL
Eau 39,4 39,4 39,4 41,28 Water 39.4 39.4 39.4 41.28
Phenoxyethanol phenoxyethanol
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom NEOLONETM PH 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 100 PRESERVATIVE Name NEOLONETM PH 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 100 PRESERVATIVE
par la société Dow by Dow
Chemical Chemical
PHASE A OCTANE- 1,2-DIOL OCTANE-1,2-DIOL PHASE
HYDROPH commercialisé sous le HYDROPH marketed under
ILE nom M IN AC A RE 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 ILE name M IN AC A RE 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
OCTIOL® par la OCTIOL® by the
société minasolve Minasolve company
Aluminium Aluminum
chlorohydrate chlorohydrate
commercialisé sous le 30 30 30 30 nom CHLORHYDROL marketed under the name CHLORHYDROL
50® par la société 50® by society
SUMMITREHEI S Exemple 3 Exemple 4 SUMMITREHEI S Example 3 Example 4
Exemple 2 Example 2
Exemple 1 Cire Polymère Example 1 Polymer Wax
Composés Cire Wax Compounds
Cire polaire + apolaire + apolaire + Nom INCI apolaire + Polar wax + apolar + apolar + INCI name apolar +
huile polaire huile huile huile polaire polar oil oil oil polar oil
apolaire apolaire apolar apolar
GLYCERIN GLYCERIN
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom CONCERINE CD 3,33 3,33 3,33 3,33 99,5 NAT REF ®par la name CONCERINE CD 3,33 3,33 3,33 3,33 99,5 NAT REF ®by the
société ADM ADM company
STEARETH- 100/PEG- 136/HDI COPOLYMER STEARETH- 100 / PEG-136 / HDI COPOLYMER
commercialisé sous le 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 nom RHEOLATE FX marketed under the 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.57 name RHEOLATE FX
1100® par la société 1100® by society
Elementis Elementis
HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE
commercialisé sous le 4 4 4 4 nom STRUCTURE marketed under the 4 4 4 4 name STRUCTURE
ZEA® par National ZEA® by National
Starch Starch
Exemple 7 Example 7
Exemple 8 Example 8
Exemple 5 Exemple 6 Cire polaire Example 5 Example 6 Polar wax
Composés KSG + huile KSG + oil compounds
KSG + huile KSG + huile + huile KSG + oil KSG + oil + oil
Nom INCI polaire + polaire siliconée polaire + Polar INCI name + fleece polar fleece +
hectorite hectorite hectorite hectorite
ISONONANOATE ISONONANOATE
D'ISONONYLE isononyl
PHASE B commercialisé sous le 9,11 - 8,87 8,87 LIPOPHILE nom DUB ININ® par la PHASE B marketed under the 9.11 - 8.87 8.87 LIPOPHILE name DUB ININ® by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Exemple 7 Dubois Example 7
Exemple 8 Example 8
Exemple 5 Exemple 6 Cire polaire Example 5 Example 6 Polar wax
Composés KSG + huile KSG + oil compounds
KSG + huile KSG + huile + huile KSG + oil KSG + oil + oil
Nom INCI polaire + polaire siliconée polaire + Polar INCI name + fleece polar fleece +
hectorite hectorite hectorite hectorite
PALMITATE palmitate
D'ISOPROPYLE Isopropyl
commercialisé sous le 9,11 8,87 8,87 nom DUB IPP ®par la marketed under the 9.11, 8.87, 8.87 DUB IPP ® name by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Dubois
POLYDIMETHYLSIL OXANE (VISCOSITE: POLYDIMETHYLSIL OXANE (VISCOSITY:
100 CST) 100 CST)
commercialisé sous le - 18,22 - - nom BELSIL DM 100® marketed under the - 18,22 - - name BELSIL DM 100®
par la société Waker by the company Waker
Chemie AG Chemie AG
PROPYLENE CARBONATE PROPYLENE CARBONATE
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom JEFFSOL ® - - 0,48 0,48 PROPYLENE CARBONATE par la name JEFFSOL ® - - 0.48 0.48 PROPYLENE CARBONATE by the
société Huntsman Huntsman company
DISTEARDIMONIUMDisteardimonium
HECTORITE HECTORITE
commercialisé sous le - - 1,58 1,58 nom BENTONE 38 marketed under the - - 1,58 1,58 BENTONE name 38
VCG ® par la société VCG ® by the company
Elementis Elementis
DIMETHICONE (and) DIMETHICONE (and)
DIMETHICONE/VINY Dimethicone / VINY
L DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER 2,88 2,88 - 2 commercialisé sous le DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER 2.88 2.88 - 2 marketed under the
nom KSG 16 par la name KSG 16 by the
société Shin Etsu Exemple 7 Shin Etsu company Example 7
Exemple 8 Example 8
Exemple 5 Exemple 6 Cire polaire Example 5 Example 6 Polar wax
Composés KSG + huile KSG + oil compounds
KSG + huile KSG + huile + huile KSG + oil KSG + oil + oil
Nom INCI polaire + polaire siliconée polaire + Polar INCI name + fleece polar fleece +
hectorite hectorite hectorite hectorite
SYNTHETIC BEESWAX SYNTHETIC BEESWAX
commercialisé sous le - - 2 - nom KESTERWAX marketed under the - - 2 - name KESTERWAX
K82P ®par la K82P ®by the
société Koster Keunen Koster Keunen company
COPOLYMERE ACRYLATES COPOLYMER ACRYLATES
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom EXPANCEL 551 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 name EXPANCEL 551 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
DE 40 D42 ®par la DE 40 D42 ®by the
société Nobel Industrie Nobel Industry company
akzo nobel akzo nobel
Eau 39,4 39,4 38,7 38,7 Water 39.4 39.4 38.7 38.7
Phenoxyethanol phenoxyethanol
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom NEOLONETM PH 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 100 PRESERVATIVE Name NEOLONETM PH 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 100 PRESERVATIVE
par la société Dow by Dow
Chemical Chemical
PHASE A HYDROPH OCTANE- 1,2-DIOL PHASE A HYDROPH OCTANE-1,2-DIOL
ILE commercialisé sous le 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 nom M IN AC A RE ILE marketed under 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 name M IN AC A RE
OCTIOL® OCTIOL®
Aluminium Aluminum
chlorohydrate chlorohydrate
commercialisé sous le 30 30 30 30 nom CHLORHYDROL marketed under the name CHLORHYDROL
50® par la société 50® by society
SUMMITREHEI S Exemple 7 SUMMITREHEI S Example 7
Exemple 8 Example 8
Exemple 5 Exemple 6 Cire polaire Example 5 Example 6 Polar wax
Composés KSG + huile KSG + oil compounds
KSG + huile KSG + huile + huile KSG + oil KSG + oil + oil
Nom INCI polaire + polaire siliconée polaire + Polar INCI name + fleece polar fleece +
hectorite hectorite hectorite hectorite
GLYCERIN GLYCERIN
commercialisé sous le 3,33 3,33 3,33 3,33 nom CONCERINE CD marketed under the 3,33 3,33 3,33 3,33 name CONCERINE CD
99,5 NAT REF® 99.5 NAT REF®
STEARETH- 100/PEG- 136/HDI COPOLYMER STEARETH- 100 / PEG-136 / HDI COPOLYMER
commercialisé sous le 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 nom RHEOLATE FX marketed under the 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.57 name RHEOLATE FX
1100® par la société 1100® by society
Elementis Elementis
HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE
commercialisé sous le 4 4 4 4 nom STRUCTURE marketed under the 4 4 4 4 name STRUCTURE
ZEA® par National ZEA® by National
Starch Starch
Composés compounds
Exemple 9 Exemple 10 Exemple 11 Nom INCI Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 INCI name
ISONONANOATE ISONONANOATE
D'ISONONYLE isononyl
PHASE B commercialisé sous le 35,48 35,48 8,87 PHASE B marketed under 35.48 35.48 8.87
LIPOPHILE nom DUB ININ® par la LIPOPHILE name DUB ININ® by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Composés Dubois compounds
Exemple 9 Exemple 10 Exemple 11 Nom INCI Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 INCI name
PALMITATE palmitate
D'ISOPROPYLE Isopropyl
commercialisé sous le - - 8,87 nom DUB IPP® par la marketed under the - 8,87 name DUB IPP® by the
société Stearinerie Stearinerie company
Dubois Dubois
PROPYLENE CARBONATE PROPYLENE CARBONATE
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom JEFFSOL® 0,95 0,95 0,48 PROPYLENE CARBONATE par la name JEFFSOL® 0,95 0,95 0,48 PROPYLENE CARBONATE by the
société Huntsman Huntsman company
DISTEARDIMONIUMDisteardimonium
HECTORITE HECTORITE
commercialisé sous le 3,17 3, 17 1,58 nom BENTONE 38 marketed under the 3.17 3, 17 1.58 BENTONE name 38
VCG® par la société VCG® by society
Elementis Elementis
DIMETHICONE (and) DIMETHICONE (and)
DIMETHICONE/VINY Dimethicone / VINY
L DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER 2 2 2 commercialisé sous le The DIMETHICONE CROSSPOLYMER 2 2 2 marketed under the
nom KSG 16 ® par la name KSG 16 ® by the
société Shin Etsu Shin Etsu company
COPOLYMERE ACRYLATES COPOLYMER ACRYLATES
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom EXPANCEL ®551 0,4 0,4 0,4name EXPANCEL ®551 0.4 0.4 0.4
DE 40 D42 par la DE 40 D42 by the
société Nobel Industrie Nobel Industry company
Akzo nobel Composés Akzo nobel compounds
Exemple 9 Exemple 10 Exemple 11 Nom INCI Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 INCI name
Eau 23,03 23, 13 38,77 Water 23.03 23, 13 38.77
Phenoxyethanol phenoxyethanol
commercialisé sous le marketed under the
nom NEOLONETM PH 0,21 0,29 0,5 100 PRESERVATIVE Name NEOLONETM PH 0.21 0.29 0.5 100 PRESERVATIVE
par la société Dow by Dow
Chemical Chemical
OCTANE- 1,2-DIOL OCTANE-1,2-DIOL
commercialisé sous le - - 0,7 nom M IN AC A RE marketed under the - - 0,7 name M IN AC A RE
OCTIOL OCTIOL
Aluminium Aluminum
chlorohydrate chlorohydrate
commercialisé sous le 30 30 30 nom CHLORHYDROL marketed under the name CHLORHYDROL 30 30
PHASE A 50 par la société PHASE A 50 by society
HYDROPHILE SUMMITREHEIS HYDROPHIL SUMMITREHEIS
GLYCERIN GLYCERIN
commercialisé sous le 2,5 2,5 3,33 nom CONCERINE CD marketed under the 2.5 2.5 3.33 name CONCERINE CD
99,5 NAT REF 99.5 NAT REF
STEARETH- 100/PEG- 136/HDI COPOLYMER STEARETH- 100 / PEG-136 / HDI COPOLYMER
commercialisé sous le 0,43 - 5 nom RHEOLATE FX marketed under the 0,43 - 5 name RHEOLATE FX
1100 par la société par 1100 by the company by
la société Elementis the Elementis company
HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE HYDROXYPROPYL STARCH PHOSPHATE
commercialisé sous le 3,83 3,83 - nom STRUCTURE marketed under 3.83 3.83 - name STRUCTURE
ZEA par National Starch Composés ZEA by National Starch compounds
Exemple 9 Exemple 10 Exemple 11 Nom INCI Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 INCI name
HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE (PM : HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE (PM:
1.300.000) 1,300,000)
commercialisé sous le - 0,25 - nom NATROSOL 250 marketed under the - 0.25 - name NATROSOL 250
HHR CS par la société HHR CS by society
Ashland Ashland
Toutes les compositions testées, conformes à l'invention, sont stables pendant heures.. All the compositions tested, in accordance with the invention, are stable for hours.
Claims
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| FR1458033A FR3025096B1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2014-08-28 | GEL / GEL COMPOSITION CONTAINING ANTI-TRANSPARENT ACTIVE INGREDIENT |
| FR1458033 | 2014-08-28 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2016030851A1 true WO2016030851A1 (en) | 2016-03-03 |
Family
ID=51726783
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/IB2015/056504 Ceased WO2016030851A1 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2015-08-27 | Gel/gel composition containing an anti-perspirant active agent |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| FR (1) | FR3025096B1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2016030851A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2017198982A1 (en) * | 2016-05-17 | 2017-11-23 | Thornton & Ross Limited | A louse ova and nit loosening composition |
| FR3067937A1 (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2018-12-28 | L'oreal | GEL-GEL COMPOSITION COMPRISING A CRYSTALLINE STATE WAX. |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR3064469B1 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2020-10-09 | Capsum | COLORED PARTICLES WITH HIGH PIGMENT CONTENT |
Citations (28)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3301848A (en) | 1962-10-30 | 1967-01-31 | Pillsbury Co | Polysaccharides and methods for production thereof |
| US3589578A (en) | 1968-01-20 | 1971-06-29 | Monforts Fa A | Tension-relieving device for stretchable sheet material |
| US3792068A (en) | 1971-04-02 | 1974-02-12 | Procter & Gamble | Dry powder aerosol antiperspirant composition incorporating dry powder antiperspirant active complex and process for its preparation |
| US4031307A (en) | 1976-05-03 | 1977-06-21 | Celanese Corporation | Cationic polygalactomannan compositions |
| JPS61194009A (en) | 1985-02-21 | 1986-08-28 | Toray Silicone Co Ltd | Makeup cosmetic |
| EP0242219A2 (en) | 1986-04-17 | 1987-10-21 | Toray Silicone Company, Ltd. | Method for producing silicone rubber powder |
| EP0285886A1 (en) | 1987-04-10 | 1988-10-12 | Ramisch Kleinewefers GmbH | Method and apparatus for gas heating of calender rolls |
| EP0295886A2 (en) | 1987-06-16 | 1988-12-21 | Toray Silicone Company, Limited | Facial cleansers |
| US5156911A (en) | 1989-05-11 | 1992-10-20 | Landec Labs Inc. | Skin-activated temperature-sensitive adhesive assemblies |
| US5221534A (en) | 1989-04-26 | 1993-06-22 | Pennzoil Products Company | Health and beauty aid compositions |
| US5538793A (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1996-07-23 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Silicone rubber particles coated with silicone resin |
| EP0765656A1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1997-04-02 | Shiseido Company Limited | Water-in-oil type emulsion cosmetic composition |
| EP0951897A2 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-27 | L'oreal | Topical composition containing an olefinic copolymer with controlled crystallisation |
| US5981680A (en) | 1998-07-13 | 1999-11-09 | Dow Corning Corporation | Method of making siloxane-based polyamides |
| WO1999062497A1 (en) | 1998-06-03 | 1999-12-09 | Aiache Jean Marc | Stable gel mixture in the form of a mixture of oleogel and aqueous gel |
| WO1999065455A1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 1999-12-23 | Avon Products, Inc. | Gel matrix non-emulsion composition containing two clay gels |
| JP2000191789A (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-07-11 | Takemoto Oil & Fat Co Ltd | Organic silicone particulate, its production, polymer material modifier and cosmetic raw material consisting of organic silicone particulate |
| WO2001019333A1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2001-03-22 | Landec Corporation | Polymeric thickeners for oil-containing compositions |
| US20020005562A1 (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2002-01-17 | Jong-Dae Kim | Semiconductor power integrated circuit and method for fabricating the same |
| JP2003128788A (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-08 | Takemoto Oil & Fat Co Ltd | Organosilicone microparticle, method for producing the same, polymeric material modifier and cosmetic material |
| JP2005112834A (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2005-04-28 | Ikeda Corp | External agent composition |
| BRPI0405758A (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2006-09-05 | Botica Com Farmaceutica Ltda | cosmetic composition and manufacturing process |
| WO2008081175A2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-10 | Ardana Bioscience Limited | Method of producing a composition from an oleogel and an aqueous gel and the composition |
| WO2008155059A2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2008-12-24 | Cognis Ip Management Gmbh | Hydrocarbon mixtures and use thereof |
| US7470725B2 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2008-12-30 | Cabot Corporation | Organically modified aerogels, processes for their preparation by surface modification of the aqueous gel, without prior solvent exchange, and subsequent drying, and their use |
| WO2013174725A2 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2013-11-28 | L'oreal | Cosmetic composition comprising the combination of a lipophilic salicylic acid derivative, an antiperspirant aluminium salt or complex and an amino acid-n,n-diacetic acid salt |
| FR3002140A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-22 | Oreal | SOFT-SOLID OIL-IN-WATER EMULSION COMPRISING A MIXTURE OF NON-IONIC SURFACTANTS, A WATER-SOLUBLE POLYSACCHARIDE, AND A WAX COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ESTER |
| FR3002141A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-22 | Oreal | OIL-IN-WATER EMULSION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE SPECIFIC MIXTURE OF NON-IONIC SURFACTANTS, A WAX COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ESTER AND A WATER-SOLUBLE POLYSACCHARIDE |
-
2014
- 2014-08-28 FR FR1458033A patent/FR3025096B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2015
- 2015-08-27 WO PCT/IB2015/056504 patent/WO2016030851A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (29)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3301848A (en) | 1962-10-30 | 1967-01-31 | Pillsbury Co | Polysaccharides and methods for production thereof |
| US3589578A (en) | 1968-01-20 | 1971-06-29 | Monforts Fa A | Tension-relieving device for stretchable sheet material |
| US3792068A (en) | 1971-04-02 | 1974-02-12 | Procter & Gamble | Dry powder aerosol antiperspirant composition incorporating dry powder antiperspirant active complex and process for its preparation |
| US4031307A (en) | 1976-05-03 | 1977-06-21 | Celanese Corporation | Cationic polygalactomannan compositions |
| JPS61194009A (en) | 1985-02-21 | 1986-08-28 | Toray Silicone Co Ltd | Makeup cosmetic |
| EP0242219A2 (en) | 1986-04-17 | 1987-10-21 | Toray Silicone Company, Ltd. | Method for producing silicone rubber powder |
| EP0285886A1 (en) | 1987-04-10 | 1988-10-12 | Ramisch Kleinewefers GmbH | Method and apparatus for gas heating of calender rolls |
| EP0295886A2 (en) | 1987-06-16 | 1988-12-21 | Toray Silicone Company, Limited | Facial cleansers |
| US5221534A (en) | 1989-04-26 | 1993-06-22 | Pennzoil Products Company | Health and beauty aid compositions |
| US5156911A (en) | 1989-05-11 | 1992-10-20 | Landec Labs Inc. | Skin-activated temperature-sensitive adhesive assemblies |
| US5538793A (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1996-07-23 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Silicone rubber particles coated with silicone resin |
| EP0765656A1 (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1997-04-02 | Shiseido Company Limited | Water-in-oil type emulsion cosmetic composition |
| US7470725B2 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2008-12-30 | Cabot Corporation | Organically modified aerogels, processes for their preparation by surface modification of the aqueous gel, without prior solvent exchange, and subsequent drying, and their use |
| EP0951897A2 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-27 | L'oreal | Topical composition containing an olefinic copolymer with controlled crystallisation |
| WO1999062497A1 (en) | 1998-06-03 | 1999-12-09 | Aiache Jean Marc | Stable gel mixture in the form of a mixture of oleogel and aqueous gel |
| WO1999065455A1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 1999-12-23 | Avon Products, Inc. | Gel matrix non-emulsion composition containing two clay gels |
| US5981680A (en) | 1998-07-13 | 1999-11-09 | Dow Corning Corporation | Method of making siloxane-based polyamides |
| US20020005562A1 (en) | 1998-10-28 | 2002-01-17 | Jong-Dae Kim | Semiconductor power integrated circuit and method for fabricating the same |
| JP2000191789A (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-07-11 | Takemoto Oil & Fat Co Ltd | Organic silicone particulate, its production, polymer material modifier and cosmetic raw material consisting of organic silicone particulate |
| WO2001019333A1 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2001-03-22 | Landec Corporation | Polymeric thickeners for oil-containing compositions |
| JP2003128788A (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-08 | Takemoto Oil & Fat Co Ltd | Organosilicone microparticle, method for producing the same, polymeric material modifier and cosmetic material |
| JP2005112834A (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2005-04-28 | Ikeda Corp | External agent composition |
| BRPI0405758A (en) | 2004-12-15 | 2006-09-05 | Botica Com Farmaceutica Ltda | cosmetic composition and manufacturing process |
| WO2008081175A2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-10 | Ardana Bioscience Limited | Method of producing a composition from an oleogel and an aqueous gel and the composition |
| US20110158920A1 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2011-06-30 | Ardana Bioscience Limited | Method of producing a composition from an oleogel and an aqueous gel and the composition |
| WO2008155059A2 (en) | 2007-06-19 | 2008-12-24 | Cognis Ip Management Gmbh | Hydrocarbon mixtures and use thereof |
| WO2013174725A2 (en) * | 2012-05-25 | 2013-11-28 | L'oreal | Cosmetic composition comprising the combination of a lipophilic salicylic acid derivative, an antiperspirant aluminium salt or complex and an amino acid-n,n-diacetic acid salt |
| FR3002140A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-22 | Oreal | SOFT-SOLID OIL-IN-WATER EMULSION COMPRISING A MIXTURE OF NON-IONIC SURFACTANTS, A WATER-SOLUBLE POLYSACCHARIDE, AND A WAX COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ESTER |
| FR3002141A1 (en) * | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-22 | Oreal | OIL-IN-WATER EMULSION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE SPECIFIC MIXTURE OF NON-IONIC SURFACTANTS, A WAX COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE ESTER AND A WATER-SOLUBLE POLYSACCHARIDE |
Non-Patent Citations (10)
| Title |
|---|
| "CTFA", 2000 |
| "KIRK-OTHMER ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY", vol. 21, 1983, WILEY INTERSCIENCE, pages: 492 - 507 |
| "Remington : 1he Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 1995, pages: 282 |
| ALMEIDA ET AL., PHARMACEUTICAL DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY, vol. 13, 2008, pages 487,488 |
| ALMEIDA IF ET AL: "Moisturizing effect of oleogel/hydrogel mixtures", PHARMACEUTICAL DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 13, no. 6, 1 January 2008 (2008-01-01), pages 487 - 494, XP009174126, ISSN: 1083-7450 * |
| BRINKER CJ.; SCHERER G.W.: "Sol-Gel Science", 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS |
| C. M. HANSEN: "The three dimensionnal solubility parameters", J. PAINT TECHNOL., vol. 39, 1967, pages 105 |
| G. FONNUM; J. BAKKE; FK. HANSEN, COLLOID POLYM. SCI, vol. 271, 1993, pages 380 - 389 |
| THE JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 60, February 1938 (1938-02-01), pages 309 |
| VAN DE HULST, H.C.: "Light Scattering by Small Particles", 1957, WILEY |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2017198982A1 (en) * | 2016-05-17 | 2017-11-23 | Thornton & Ross Limited | A louse ova and nit loosening composition |
| FR3067937A1 (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2018-12-28 | L'oreal | GEL-GEL COMPOSITION COMPRISING A CRYSTALLINE STATE WAX. |
| WO2019002307A1 (en) * | 2017-06-27 | 2019-01-03 | L'oreal | Gel-gel composition comprising a wax in the crystalline state |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| FR3025096A1 (en) | 2016-03-04 |
| FR3025096B1 (en) | 2016-12-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP2958540B1 (en) | Gel-type cosmetic composition | |
| KR102101253B1 (en) | Gel / gel type composition based on hydrophobic coated pigment and liquid fatty acid and / or glycol compound | |
| JP6446539B2 (en) | Gel-type cosmetic composition with improved durability | |
| EP3185843B1 (en) | Gel composition and gel comprising a uv filter | |
| FR3028758A1 (en) | COSMETIC COMPOSITION OF GEL / GEL TYPE COMPRISING A SYNTHETIC PHYLLOSILICATE | |
| FR3067934B1 (en) | GELIFIED COMPOSITION COMPRISING A DISPERSION OF SOLID AGGREGATES. | |
| EP3595619A1 (en) | Compositions comprising a fatty phase and an aqueous phase in the form of solid spheres | |
| EP3193659B1 (en) | Novel care and/or makeup device comprising a composition of gel/gel architecture | |
| FR3090325A1 (en) | GEL / GEL TYPE COMPOSITION COMPRISING BORON NITRIDE PARTICLES AND AT LEAST ONE ENCAPSULATED PIGMENT | |
| FR3025094A1 (en) | GEL / GEL COMPOSITION COMPRISING A UV FILTER AND A HYDROPHOBIC SILICA AEROGEL | |
| FR3060382B1 (en) | GEL / GEL TYPE COMPOSITION COMPRISING A FLOWING LOAD AND A COMPOSITE PIGMENT BASED ON NON-SPHERIC ALUMINA, METAL OXIDE AND SURFACE TREATING AGENT | |
| WO2017129237A1 (en) | Gel-gel composition containing salicylic acid, one alkanolamine and pigments | |
| WO2016030851A1 (en) | Gel/gel composition containing an anti-perspirant active agent | |
| FR3045337A1 (en) | GEL / GEL TYPE COMPOSITION BASED ON HYDROPHOBIC COATED PIGMENTS, A PARTICULAR GLYCOL COMPOUND AND AT LEAST ONE POLAR OIL | |
| FR3045334A1 (en) | GEL / GEL TYPE COMPOSITION BASED ON HYDROPHOBIC COATED PIGMENTS AND A LIQUID FATTY ACID | |
| FR3075053A1 (en) | PIGMENT-BASED GEL / GEL-TYPE COMPOSITION OF AT LEAST ONE C3-C8 SATURATED LINEAR DIHYDROXYALKAN OF FREE-FORM SALICYLIC ACID | |
| FR3025097A1 (en) | GEL / GEL COMPRISING AT LEAST TWO LOOSE EFFECTS |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15771272 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 15771272 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |